Sách giáo khoa Tiếng Anh 9 - English Discovery

Xin gửi tới quý thày cô và bạn đọc file PDF cuốn sách giáo khoa TIẾNG ANH 9 của bộ sách "Right On" theo chương trình giáo dục phổ thông mới. Cuốn sách gồm 144 trang giúp các bạn tra cứu nhanh lí thuyết, kiến thức và nội dung chương trình SGK. Mời bạn đọc đón xem!

5 3 lượt tải Tải xuống
Chia sẻ Báo cáo tài liệu

Chủ đề: Sách giáo khoa Tiếng Anh 9

Môn: Tiếng Anh 9

Sách: English Discovery

Thông tin:

114 trang 1 tuần trước

Tác giả:

Profile Hậu
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery Students’ Book
ISBN:
NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC SƯ PHẠM
Sửa bản in:
Địa chỉ: Tầng 6, Toà nhà 128 đường Xuân Thuỷ,
Công ty TNHH Đầu tư và Phát triển Giáo dục Cánh Buồm
Công ty TNHH Đầu tư và Phát triển Giáo dục Cánh Buồm
Trình bày bìa:
PHAN ANH TÚ
quận Cầu Giấy, TP. Hà Nội
Điện thoại: 024.37547735
NGUYỄN THỊ NHÀN - NGUYỄN THUỲ LINH - PHẠM THỊ DIỆU THUÝ
Giám đốc - Tổng Biên tập: NGUYỄN BÁ CƯỜNG
In ...... cuốn, khổ 20x28 cm,
tại
Xưởng in:
Số xác nhận đăng kí xuất bản:
Quyết định xuất bản số:
In xong và nộp lưu chiểu
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Ông Đỗ Tuấn Minh - Chủ tịch Hội đồng
Bà Phương Hoàng Yến - Phó Chủ tịch Hội đồng
Ông Đặng Hiệp Giang - Uỷ viên, thư kí Hội đồng
Bà Đào Thị Bích Nguyên - Uỷ viên
Bà Nguyễn Thị Ngọc Quỳnh - Uỷ viên
Bà Lại Thị Phương Thảo - Uỷ viên
Bà Thái Thị Cẩm Trang - Uỷ viên
Bà Phạm Thị Thanh Bình - Uỷ viên
Bà Nguyễn Thị Thanh Dung - Uỷ viên
Bà Phạm Thị Xuân Oanh - Uỷ viên
Bà Phạm Thu Trà - Uỷ viên
DANH SÁCH HỘI ĐỒNG QUỐC GIA THẨM ĐỊNH SÁCH GIÁO KHOA
Môn: Tiếng Anh - Lớp 9
(Kèm theo Quyết định số 1551/QĐ-BGDĐT ngày 05 tháng 06 năm 2023
của Bộ trưởng Bộ Giáo dục và Đào tạo)
9
NGUYỄN THU HIỀN
TRẦN THỊ LAN ANH (Chủ biên)
COMPONENTS
Students’ Book
Teacher’s Book
WorkBook
ActiveTeach
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery is the portal to a
fascinating world of English language knowledge
and skills for the 21
st
century learners. The authentic
content and engaging style in which it is presented is
designed to inspire and challenge teenagers.
By interacting with the content, rather than just
practising, students acquire the language at a deeper
cognitive level. Rather than just another subjec
t on the
curriculum, English becomes the tool through which
they access a wider world of knowledge, skills and
experien
ce.
AUTHENTIC
The language in English Discovery presented through
relevant and inspiring real life content motivates students to
use English as it is really spoken.
INTERACTIVE
Numerous opportunities for interaction with real-life
content across print and digital formats allow students to
develop their language skills at a deeper cognitive level.
RELIABLE
Thoroughly researched and challenging content delivered
within the ‘Assessment for Learning’ principles improves
students’ chances for exam success.
Discover English
Discover a wider world
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery
STUDENTS’ BOOK
- NGUYỄN THU HIỀN
TRẦN THỊ LAN ANH (Chủ biên)
SÁCH MẪU
NGUYỄN THU HIỀN
(Chủ biên)
TRẦN THỊ LAN ANH
NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC SƯ PHẠM
STUDENTS’ BOOK
9
TIẾNG ANH
chú trọng đến việc phát triển con người toàn
diện. Bên cạnh việc xây dựng năng lực ngôn ngữ, sách còn giúp học sinh hình
thành và phát triển các kĩ năng và phẩm chất cần thiết của công dân thế kỉ XXI,
như năng lực hợp tác, giải quyết vấn đề, tư duy phản biện, sáng tạo, và thói quen
học tập suốt đời. Từ việc sử dụng được tiếng Anh để giao tiếp, các em sẽ có thêm
kiến thức về cuộc sống quanh mình, hình thành mối liên kết giữa những gì đã
biết, đã được trải nghiệm với nội dung bài học, từ đó giúp quá trình học và phát
triển ti
ếng Anh trở nên tự nhiên và hiệu quả nhất.
bám sát nguyên lí dạy và học theo đường
hướng giao tiếp (Communicative Language Teaching Approach). Nguyên lí này
được thể hiện thông qua việc phát triển cho học sinh các nhóm năng lực thành
phần cấu thành nên năng lực giao tiếp xuyên suốt các bài học. Hệ thống mục tiêu
bài học được xây dựng theo các năng lực thuộc Khung đánh giá tiếng Anh toàn
cầu GSE (Global Scale of English) kết hợp với các năng lực được quy định trong
Chương trình giáo dục phổ thông 2018. Bộ sách hướng tới tính ứng dụng cao
trong giao tiếp thông qua
việc sử dụng các tình huống giao tiếp đa dạng trong đời
thực liên quan và gắn liền với những gì học sinh quan tâm.
LỜI NÓI ĐẦU
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery
Các tác giả
được biên soạn theo Chương trình giáo dục
phổ thông 2018 (ban hành kèm theo thông tư số 32/2018/TT-BGDĐT ngày
26/12/2018) cho học sinh lớp 9 cấp trung học cơ sở.
Sách giúp các em phát triển
năng lực
tiếng Anh thông qua nhiều hoạt động và nội dung hấp dẫn, phù hợp
với lứa tuổi
và văn hoá, truyền thống Việt Nam, cũng như bổ sung kiến thức và
kĩ năng toàn cầu của thế kỉ XXI.
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery
4
Contents
STUDENTS’ BOOK
9
TIẾNG ANH
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Unit 0 - Welcome .............................................................................. 4
Unit 1 - Out of your comfort zone ................................................. 10
Unit 2 - What a waste! .................................................................... 20
Unit 3 - Việt Nam on the go ........................................................... 30
Unit 4 - The world of work .............................................................. 40
Unit 5 - Wonders of Việt Nam ........................................................ 50
Unit 6 - Light years away ............................................................... 60
Unit 7 - Take a deep breath .......................................................... 70
Unit 8 - World Englishes .................................................................. 80
Unit 9 - Let’s get together .............................................................. 90
CLIL 1 ................................................................................................. 100
CLIL 2 ................................................................................................. 102
CLIL 3 ................................................................................................. 103
CLIL 4 ................................................................................................. 104
CLIL 5 ................................................................................................. 105
STUDENT ACTIVITIES ........................................................................ 106
5
Contents
A UNIT OF THE STUDENTS’ BOOK
11
Unit 1
I watch a horror im.
Afterwards, I feel terrible.
1
Your friend has invited you to do the Ice Bucket Challenge. How do
youfeel? Complete the sentence with an adjective of emotion.
I feel
because I love all challenges.
I’m
. I’d never do anything like this; it might be dangerous.
I’m
. I might look silly, but it’s worth trying – it’s forcharity.
2
1.01 Put the words in the right column. Which adjectives
could go in both columns? Listen and check.
afraid
annoyed
anxious
confused
determined
disappointed
joyful
miserable
relaxed
satisfied
stressed
surprised
uneasy
Vocabulary A Adjectives of emotion
Positive
Negative
afraid
4
1.02
WORD FRIENDS
Complete the verbs in the
phrases. Listen and check.
give an opinion
g
sth a go
ch
your routine
m
plans
Word Friends
b your confidence
h
an adventure
g
a buzz (out of sth)
t
sth on board
5
1.0 3 Read the blog post. Choose the correct
option. Listen and check.
6
Work in groups. List all
the activities you often
do to get out of your
comfort zone. Tell your
partner how you feel when you do
each activity. Then share with the
class.
A week of challenges
Monday
Do the One Leg Yoga Challenge. Stand on
one leg for as long as you can!
Tue s day
Try the Be Really Nice Challenge on your
brother or sister. Be extra nice until they
ask you why you’re being so nice!
Wednesday
Take the Chubby Bunny Challenge: say
‘chubby bunny’ with marshmallows in
your mouth!
Thursday
This is the big one – video your Ice Bucket
Challenge!
A week of challenges
VOCABULARY
Adjectives of emotion
| New experiences
| Personality adjectives
GRAMMAR
Present tenses | Past tenses
1
Out of your
comfort
zone
I can talk about challenging new experiences and emotions.
1.1 VOCABULARY
New experiences
3
Read Claudia’s notes and pictures on page 11. Which challenges
are you most impressed with? Then look at the pictures and
choose the correct option.
1 Claudia was determined / miserable to tryall the challenges.
2 Claudia was disappointed / relaxed with the Yoga Challenge
because it didn’t gowell.
3 She felt really confused / anxious about theIce Bucket Challenge.
4 She was satisfied / miserable with the Chubby Bunny Challenge.
5 When Claudia was doing the Behaviour Challenge, she tried not
to get annoyed / uneasy with her little brother.
10 Unit 1
The lce Bucket Challenge is an activity involving dumping
a bucket of ice water on someone’s head. It’s done to
encourage people to donate money for research on
a serious disease called ALS.
Claudia,
15
YOU
And
It’s the start of a new school year. Everyone’s getting back into their
‘normal’ routine, so it seems like a good time to challenge yourself.
Here’s a simple idea. Why not surprise yourself and
1
change / make
your daily routine? You could travel a different way to school. You
never know – you might
2
have / make an adventure! Why not eat your
meals in a different place or get up early and do some yoga? Our
brains
3
have / get a buzz out of change, so it helps you to enjoy your
day and focus on what you’re doing.
I love making videos, but I was always too shy to share them. Then last month I made myself post my work
online. Now people like to comment,
4
give
/
get
their opinions and criticise, but I don’t mind. Good comments
5
make
/
boost
my confidence, but I try to
6
take
/
get
on board negative comments too.
Marco
I tried this idea on my birthday: allow a friend to
7
boost
/
make
plans for you! Your friend chooses a place
to go. You have to see a film you wouldn’t normally choose or try a new activity. I was really excited about
my day – and a bit anxious too. But I decided to
8
have
/
give
it a go and now I have a new hobby: juggling!
Carly
How to … get out of your
comfort zone!
Clear summary
of unit contents
in terms of
Vocabulary and
Grammar
Key Vocabulary
recorded
Learning
objective
(Can-do
statement) for
every lesson
Vocabulary
presented via
listening and
visuals
Special focus
on teaching
collocations
and chunks of
vocabulary
Personalisation
in the And You?
sections
6
Contents
A UNIT OF THE STUDENTS’ BOOK
Reading texts
in a variety of
genres
Everyday phrases and expressions
pulled out of the presentation
Clear
grammar
tables
One lesson per page
or opening
Manageable texts about
contemporary issues to
engage students’ attention
7
Contents
16
Unit 1
17
Unit 1
I can write a description of a personal challenge.I can ask for, offer help, and respond to offers of help.
1
Look at the photo. What are they doing and
how do you think they’re feeling?
3
Study the Writing box. Find examples of these
phrases in Bình’s description.
Reason for the challenge
I’ve always loved / wanted / dreamed about …
The problem is / was I …
I first realised this when …
Description of the challenge
Soon after that, I heard about / saw …
… I decided to give it a go.
When I arrived at / started / saw … , I gasped /
screamed.
At the beginning, it was difficult / impossible to do,
but gradually I felt …
In the end, I …
After the challenge
The experience has made me …
That day, I …
Now I’m not afraid of …
Now I … regularly.
I’m thinking of becoming a …
Writing A description of a personal challenge
4
In pairs, choose one of these challenges and
answer the questions below.
●
joining a new sports team
●
performing in front of your school mates
●
staying with a family in another country
●
taking an important exam
1 Why is the challenge difficult?
2 How would you feel before, during and
after the challenge?
Writing Time
5
Write a description (100-120 words) of a
personal challenge. Inyour description, you
should write about:
●
what the challenge was.
●
why you wanted to do the challenge.
●
how you felt during the challenge.
●
how you felt after the experience.
Phong: Okay, here we are. Do you
need any help?
An: I need to find the music
room. Do you know where
it is?
Phong: It’s opposite the principal’s
office.
An: Where’s the principal’s
office?
Trúc Anh: I’ll be with you. Don’t worry.
An: That would be great,
thanks.
Trúc Anh: Do you need anything else?
An: I’m looking for my class.
It’s always crazy on the
first day.
Phong: Can I give you a hand
with that?
An: That’s really nice of you,
thanks.
1.6 SPEAKING Asking for and oering help
2
Read Bình’s description of a personal
challenge. Which paragraph describes:
a a challenge that helped Bình?
b how the experience changed Bình?
c
1
a bad experience in the past?
I’ve always loved trying new things, so when Phong
invited me to go climbing, I was excited. The problem
is I’m scared of heights. I first realised this when I was
crossing the Glass Bridge in Sa Pa on a school trip.
Suddenly, somebody screamed and I saw that part of
the floor was glass. I started shaking and my hands were
sweating. I was disappointed with myself and sad.
Soon after that, I heard about the climbing class and
I decided to give it a go. When I arrived and saw the
climbing wall, I gasped. It was quite high, but the instructor
helped me and showed me how to climb slowly and safely.
At the beginning, it was quite difficult, but gradually I felt
less anxious although I had to concentrate very hard.
The experience has made me more confident. That day,
I got a buzz out of climbing and I couldn’t stop smiling.
Now I climb regularly and I’m never scared.
My personal challenge
by Bình
1
Can you remember the first day at
your school? What was it like?
Everything seemed so big. I didn’t
know where to go.
2
1.0 9 Listen and answer the
questions.
1 Where are they?
2 What is An looking for?
1.7 WRITING A description of a personal challenge
3
Study the Speaking box. Find more examples in
thedialogue.
Asking for help
Can / Could you help me?
Excuse me. Would you mind helping me?
Can / Could you give me a hand (with sth)?
Replying
Of course. / Sure! I’ll be with you in a minute.
Offering help
Do you need any help? Can I get you anything?
Do you need anything else? May I help you?
Can I give you a hand with …? What can I do for you?
Replying
That would be great, That’s really nice of you,
thanks. thanks.
Thanks for helping / your No, I’m fine, but thanks
help. anyway.
Speaking Asking for and offering help
4
1.10 Complete the dialogue with phrases from
the Speaking box. Listen and check. Then practise the
dialogue.
A: Excuse me. Would
1
you mind helping me? I don’t
know where the school office is.
B: No, of
2
. It’s over there. I’ll show you.
A: Thanks for your
3
.
B: Do you
4
else?
A: No,
5
, but thanks anyway.
5
In pairs, read the situations and take
turns to ask for and / or offer help.
Student A
●
Ask your teacher to help you with your homework.
●
Offer to help your friend to carry a big bag and a
guitar.
Student B
●
Ask your friend to help you buy food and drink for
yourparty.
●
A classmate isn’t feeling well. Offer to help.
YOU
And
GLOSSARY Adjectives of emotion | Personality adjectives
1
Use the glossary to find:
1 Three adjectives to
describe positive
emotions: ...
2 One action people do
when they’re nervous or
frightened: ...
3 One adjective that means
‘on time’: ...
4 One adjective that means
‘rounded and plump’: ...
5 One action people do
when they think something
is wrong: ...
2
Use the glossary to find an
adjective which describes:
1 your best friend’s
personality
2 your mum’s personality
3 how you feel when you
have a test at school
4 how you feel if you get
bad marks in an essay
5 how you feel if a friend
argues with you
18 Unit 1 19Unit 1
LISTENING
3
1.14 Listen to a dialogue between
Trúc Anh and An talking about a
personality quiz.
a
Tick (✔) the adjectives that Trúc Anh scores
high and cross (✘) the ones that she scores
low in the quiz.
sensible
calm
creative
generous
confident
fussy
organised
punctual
b
Tick (✔) the adjectives Trúc Anh uses to
describe An and cross (✘) the adjectives An
describes herself.
calm
generous
confident
fussy
organised
creative
punctual
sensible
SPEAKING
4
Choose the best response for each
question. Then practise these questions
and answers in pair.
1 Excuse me, would you mind helping me?
Ican’t open this door.
a That would be great, thanks.
b Could you give me a hand?
c Of course not!
2 Those bags look heavy. Do you need
anyhelp?
a I’ll be with you in a minute.
b No, I’m fine, thanks.
c Sure!
3 OK, the food is ready. Now, do you need
anything else?
a That’s really nice of you, but I can
manage now.
b May I help you?
c No, of course not.
5
ROLE PLAY
Work in pairs. Student A is doing
the One Leg Yoga Challenge on the school
playground. Student A lacks balance and
cannot do it well. Student B sees Student A
and offers help.
annoyed
/əˈnɔɪd/
adj khó chịu
anxious
/ˈæŋkʃəs/
adj lo lắng
calm
/kɑːm/
adj điềm tĩnh
challenge
/ˈtʃælɪndʒ/
n thử thách
chubby
/ˈtʃʌbi/
adj mập mạp
concentrate
/ˈkɒns(ə)ntreɪt/
v tập trung
confident
/ˈkɒnfɪd(ə)nt/
adj tự tin
confused
/kənˈfjuːzd/
adj bối rối
criticise
/ˈkrɪtɪsaɪz/
v phê bình, chỉ trích
determined
/dɪˈtɜː(r)mɪnd/
adj cương quyết
disappointed
/ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/
adj thất vọng
generous
/ˈdʒenərəs/
adj hào phóng
gentle
/ˈdʒent(ə)l/
adj dịu dàng
grow up
/ɡrəʊ ʌp/
vp lớn lên
joyful
/ˈdʒɔɪf(ə)l/
adj hân hoan
label
/ˈleɪb(ə)l/
n nhãn
label
/ˈleɪb(ə)l/
v dán nhãn
lush
/lʌʃ/
adj tươi tốt
miserable
/ˈmɪz(ə)rəb(ə)l/
adj buồn rầu
organised
/ˈɔː(r)ɡənaɪzd/
adj có tổ chức
punctual
/ˈpʌŋktʃuəl/
adj đúng giờ
relaxed
/rɪˈlækst/
adj thoải mái
reliable
/rɪˈlaɪəb(ə)l/
adj đáng tin cậy
satisfied
/ˈsætɪsfaɪd/
adj thoả mãn
scream
/skriːm/
v la hét
sensible
/ˈsensəb(ə)l/
adj có  thức
simplicity
/sɪmˈplɪsəti/
n sự đơn giản
street
photography
/striːt
fəˈtɒɡrəfi/
np nhiếp ảnh
đường phố
struggle
/ˈstrʌɡəl/
v cố gắng
uneasy
/ʌnˈiːzi/
adj áy náy
yawn
/jɔːn/
v ngáp
VOCABULARY
1
Write the correct word for each sentence.
1 If you can make yourself climb to the top of
a mountain, you are determined .
2 People who worry about unimportant things
aref
.
3 She felt amazed to see a l green
area in front of her.
4 You work with others to learn something new
at a w
.
5 When the traffic is c , it is hard to
move back and forth .
6 She got a b out of doing the
One Leg Yoga Challenge.
7 My friends took my sugesstion on b
and I’m really happy for her.
8 Before An travels, she plans everthing in
advance. She is highly o
.
Revision
PRONUNCIATION
3
1. 11 Listen and repeat.
/ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/
the
afraid
surprised
determined
good
foot
mood
smooth
4
1.12 Listen and put the words into the correct column.
push move adventure lose nervous
look should prove generous temperature
/ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/
5
1.13 Listen and read the dialogue in pairs.
Jack: What does it mean by “taking an adventure”?
Linh: It means pushing boundaries, trying new things, things like
that.
Jack: Does it mean moving beyond routine or losing ourselves in
new experiences?
Linh: Yes, it does. I think adventures shape who we are.
Jack: I agree. Looking back, I think the best memories are from
adventures.
Linh: True. We prove our capabilities and grow.
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
GRAMMAR
2
Complete the sentences with the Past Simple
or Past Continuous form of the verbs in
brackets.
1 A: Which activity boosted (boost) your
confidence when you first learnt (learn)
to speak English?
B: I (manage) to practise
speaking with native speakers.
2 I’ve got so much homework to do! I can’t
believe that a week ago we
(sit)
on a beach and I
(notthink)
about school at all!
3 The Prime Minister (give) a
speech when, suddenly, the microphone
(break).
4 Maria is really generous. She
(give) a lot of money to an organisation
which helps immigrants.
5 A: So, what you
(do) on Bornholm?
B: Lots of things. We (ride)
bicycles and we
(take) lots
ofphotos!
adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
A UNIT OF THE STUDENTS’ BOOK
Every functional dialogue is
presented through a drama audio
Writing skills
Pronunciation activities work
with vocabulary from the unit
All key language and functions are
reviewed in a measureable way on
this page
CONTENTS
UNIT 0
Welcome
0.1 INTRODUCTION AN Present Simple;
Wh-
questions;
Adverbs of frequency; Comparatives and superlatives
pp. 4–5
0.2 INTRODUCTION BÌNH Present Continuous; Every day
technology
p. 6
0.3 INTRODUCTION PHONG Holidays and travel; Past Simple
(regular and irregular verbs); Means of transport
p. 7
0.4 INTRODUCTION TRÚC ANH Opinion adjectives;
Present Perfect Simple with
for
and
since
p. 8
0.5 CHARACTER
QUIZ
p. 9
VOCABULARY GRAMMAR READING and
VOCABULARY
GRAMMAR LISTENING and
VOCABULARY
SPEAKING WRITING
UNIT 1
Out of your
comfort
zone
Talk about
challenging new
experiences and
emotions.
Use verbs followed by gerunds and
to
-innitives to talk about life of
challenge.
●
verbs + gerund
●
verbs +
to
-infinitives
Identify specic details in
a text about moving to a
big city.
Use dierent tenses to talk about
past events and experiences.
●
Past Simple
●
Past Continuous
Identify specic details in a
conversation and talk about
personality.
Ask for, oer help, and respond
to oers of help.
Write a description of a personal
challenge.
GLOSSARY p. 18
PRONUNCIATION /ɜː/, /ə/, /ʊ/,
/uː/ p. 18
REVISION p. 19
pp. 10–11 p. 12 p. 13 p. 14 p. 15 p. 16 p. 17
UNIT 2
What a
waste!
Talk about pollution
and the environment.
Talk about the past events using the
Past Perfect.
●
Past Perfect
Understand the main
points and identify specic
details in an article about
a teen activist.
Use question words before
to
-innitive verbs to talk about
environmental solutions.
Identify specic details in
short conversations and
talk about elections and
campaigns.
Agree and disagree with other
people’s point of view.
Write a paragraph about how to
recycle old items.
GLOSSARY p. 28
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in
the question tags p. 28
REVISION p. 29
pp. 20–21 p. 22 p. 23 p. 24 p. 25 p. 26 p. 27
UNIT 3
Nam on
the go
Talk about similarities
and dierences in
life in Nam in the
past and at present.
Use clauses of concession to talk
about changes in the education
system in Nam in the past and
at present.
●
Clauses of concession
Guess the meaning of the
words in context in an
article about the changes
in the transport system in
Nam.
Use clauses of reason to talk
about changes in clothing styles
in Nam.
●
Clauses of reason
Listen for specic details
in a conversation and
talk about changes in
entertainment in Nam.
Compare ideas and express
opinions about changes in
housing architecture.
Write a descriptive paragraph
about the changes in people's
living standards in Nam.
GLOSSARY p. 38
PRONUNCIATION /eə/, /əʊ/,
/ʊə/ p. 38
REVISION p. 39
pp. 30–31 p. 32 p. 33 p. 34 p. 35 p. 36 p. 37
UNIT 4
The world of
work
Talk about jobs and
work experience.
Use dierent forms to talk about
future events.
●
will
●
be going to
Understand the main
points and identify
specic details in an
article.
Talk about actions in progress in
the future.
●
Future Continuous
Understand specic details
in a conversation and talk
about success at work.
Give instructions, remind
somebody what to do and
respond.
Write an email to a friend to tell
about your summer job.
GLOSSARY p. 48
PRONUNCIATION /p/, /b/, /t/,
/d/ p. 48
REVISION p. 49
pp. 40–41 p. 42 p. 43 p. 44 p. 45 p. 46 p. 47
UNIT 5
Wonders of
Nam
Talk about a natural
wonder in Nam.
Use clauses of result to talk about
wonders of Nam.
●
Clauses of result
Guess the meaning of
new words in a travel
brochure about a tourist
attraction in Nam.
Use phrasal verbs to talk about a
natural wonder of Nam.
Understand the structure of
a travel story.
Use visual aids in a talk about a
natural wonder of Nam.
Write a travel brochure about a
natural wonder of Nam.
GLOSSARY p. 58
PRONUNCIATION Consonant
blends: br, dr, tr, tw p. 58
REVISION p. 59
pp. 50–51 p. 52 p. 53 p. 54 p. 55 p. 56 p. 57
UNIT 6
Light years
away
Talk about space. Talk about things that are always
true, possible situations, and
imaginary situations.
●
Zero Conditional
●
First Conditional
●
Second Conditional
Understand specic
details in an article and
talk about space travel.
Talk about unreal situations in
the past.
●
Third Conditional
Understand the main points
of a report and talk about
space science.
Give a warning and tell
somebody not to do something.
Write an essay discussing
advantages and disadvantages of
space travel.
GLOSSARY p. 68
PRONUNCIATION Weak forms of
some words p. 68
REVISION p. 69
pp. 60–61 p. 62 p. 63 p. 64 p. 65 p. 66 p. 67
UNIT 7
Take a deep
breath
Talk about health
problems.
Report what somebody else has
said.
●
Reported statements and
questions (Review)
Understand specic
details in dierent types
of text.
Use reported speech to talk
about commands and requests.
●
Reported commands and
requests.
Listen for specic details
and talk about extreme
sports.
Ask for and give advice.
●
Suggest + V-ing / should
Write a survey about health-related
habits and experiences.
GLOSSARY p. 78
PRONUNCIATION Stress moves
from verbs to nouns and
adjectives p. 78
REVISION p. 79
pp. 70–71 p. 72 p. 73 p. 74 p. 75 p. 76 p. 77
UNIT 8
World
Englishes
Talk about the
spread of English
as an international
language.
Express wishes about unreal things
at present.
●
Wishes with Past Simple
Understand text
organization in an article
about the dierences
between American and
British English.
Use modal verbs to make
deductions about the present.
●
Deductions about the present
Listen for specfc details
about the dierent accents
of English around the world.
Give a uent presentation about
English as an international
language.
Write a report about how English is
used as a foreign language in
Nam.
GLOSSARY p. 88
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in
yes / no questions p. 88
REVISION p. 89
pp. 80–81 p. 82 p. 83 p. 84 p. 85 p. 86 p. 87
UNIT 9
Let's get
together
Talk about special
occasions.
Be specic about people, things
and places by using dening and
non-dening relative clauses.
●
Relative clauses
Understand the main
points of an article
and talk about tourist
attractions.
Ask questions politely.
●
Direct and indirect questions
Identify specic details in
a radio interview and talk
about sounds.
Use verb phrases with
to
-innitive
and -
ing
forms to talk about
future plans.
●
verbs +
to
-infinitive
●
verbs + -
ing
form
Write an email inviting a friend to a
celebration.
GLOSSARY p. 98
PRONUNCIATION Linking
sounds p. 98
REVISION p. 99
pp. 90–91 p. 92 p. 93 p. 94 p. 95 p. 96 p. 97
CLIL
pp. 100–105 STUDENT ACTIVITIES p. 106
UNIT 0
Welcome
0.1 INTRODUCTION AN Present Simple;
Wh-
questions;
Adverbs of frequency; Comparatives and superlatives
pp. 4–5
0.2 INTRODUCTION BÌNH Present Continuous; Every day
technology
p. 6
0.3 INTRODUCTION PHONG Holidays and travel; Past Simple
(regular and irregular verbs); Means of transport
p. 7
0.4 INTRODUCTION TRÚC ANH Opinion adjectives;
Present Perfect Simple with
for
and
since
p. 8
0.5 CHARACTER
QUIZ
p. 9
VOCABULARY GRAMMAR READING and
VOCABULARY
GRAMMAR LISTENING and
VOCABULARY
SPEAKING WRITING
UNIT 1
Out of your
comfort
zone
Talk about
challenging new
experiences and
emotions.
Use verbs followed by gerunds and
to
-innitives to talk about life of
challenge.
●
verbs + gerund
●
verbs +
to
-infinitives
Identify specic details in
a text about moving to a
big city.
Use dierent tenses to talk about
past events and experiences.
●
Past Simple
●
Past Continuous
Identify specic details in a
conversation and talk about
personality.
Ask for, oer help, and respond
to oers of help.
Write a description of a personal
challenge.
GLOSSARY p. 18
PRONUNCIATION /ɜː/, /ə/, /ʊ/,
/uː/ p. 18
REVISION p. 19
pp. 10–11 p. 12 p. 13 p. 14 p. 15 p. 16 p. 17
UNIT 2
What a
waste!
Talk about pollution
and the environment.
Talk about the past events using the
Past Perfect.
●
Past Perfect
Understand the main
points and identify specic
details in an article about
a teen activist.
Use question words before
to
-innitive verbs to talk about
environmental solutions.
Identify specic details in
short conversations and
talk about elections and
campaigns.
Agree and disagree with other
people’s point of view.
Write a paragraph about how to
recycle old items.
GLOSSARY p. 28
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in
the question tags p. 28
REVISION p. 29
pp. 20–21 p. 22 p. 23 p. 24 p. 25 p. 26 p. 27
UNIT 3
Nam on
the go
Talk about similarities
and dierences in
life in Nam in the
past and at present.
Use clauses of concession to talk
about changes in the education
system in Nam in the past and
at present.
●
Clauses of concession
Guess the meaning of the
words in context in an
article about the changes
in the transport system in
Nam.
Use clauses of reason to talk
about changes in clothing styles
in Nam.
●
Clauses of reason
Listen for specic details
in a conversation and
talk about changes in
entertainment in Nam.
Compare ideas and express
opinions about changes in
housing architecture.
Write a descriptive paragraph
about the changes in people's
living standards in Nam.
GLOSSARY p. 38
PRONUNCIATION /eə/, /əʊ/,
/ʊə/ p. 38
REVISION p. 39
pp. 30–31 p. 32 p. 33 p. 34 p. 35 p. 36 p. 37
UNIT 4
The world of
work
Talk about jobs and
work experience.
Use dierent forms to talk about
future events.
●
will
●
be going to
Understand the main
points and identify
specic details in an
article.
Talk about actions in progress in
the future.
●
Future Continuous
Understand specic details
in a conversation and talk
about success at work.
Give instructions, remind
somebody what to do and
respond.
Write an email to a friend to tell
about your summer job.
GLOSSARY p. 48
PRONUNCIATION /p/, /b/, /t/,
/d/ p. 48
REVISION p. 49
pp. 40–41 p. 42 p. 43 p. 44 p. 45 p. 46 p. 47
UNIT 5
Wonders of
Nam
Talk about a natural
wonder in Nam.
Use clauses of result to talk about
wonders of Nam.
●
Clauses of result
Guess the meaning of
new words in a travel
brochure about a tourist
attraction in Nam.
Use phrasal verbs to talk about a
natural wonder of Nam.
Understand the structure of
a travel story.
Use visual aids in a talk about a
natural wonder of Nam.
Write a travel brochure about a
natural wonder of Nam.
GLOSSARY p. 58
PRONUNCIATION Consonant
blends: br, dr, tr, tw p. 58
REVISION p. 59
pp. 50–51 p. 52 p. 53 p. 54 p. 55 p. 56 p. 57
UNIT 6
Light years
away
Talk about space. Talk about things that are always
true, possible situations, and
imaginary situations.
●
Zero Conditional
●
First Conditional
●
Second Conditional
Understand specic
details in an article and
talk about space travel.
Talk about unreal situations in
the past.
●
Third Conditional
Understand the main points
of a report and talk about
space science.
Give a warning and tell
somebody not to do something.
Write an essay discussing
advantages and disadvantages of
space travel.
GLOSSARY p. 68
PRONUNCIATION Weak forms of
some words p. 68
REVISION p. 69
pp. 60–61 p. 62 p. 63 p. 64 p. 65 p. 66 p. 67
UNIT 7
Take a deep
breath
Talk about health
problems.
Report what somebody else has
said.
●
Reported statements and
questions (Review)
Understand specic
details in dierent types
of text.
Use reported speech to talk
about commands and requests.
●
Reported commands and
requests.
Listen for specic details
and talk about extreme
sports.
Ask for and give advice.
●
Suggest + V-ing / should
Write a survey about health-related
habits and experiences.
GLOSSARY p. 78
PRONUNCIATION Stress moves
from verbs to nouns and
adjectives p. 78
REVISION p. 79
pp. 70–71 p. 72 p. 73 p. 74 p. 75 p. 76 p. 77
UNIT 8
World
Englishes
Talk about the
spread of English
as an international
language.
Express wishes about unreal things
at present.
●
Wishes with Past Simple
Understand text
organization in an article
about the dierences
between American and
British English.
Use modal verbs to make
deductions about the present.
●
Deductions about the present
Listen for specfc details
about the dierent accents
of English around the world.
Give a uent presentation about
English as an international
language.
Write a report about how English is
used as a foreign language in
Nam.
GLOSSARY p. 88
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in
yes / no questions p. 88
REVISION p. 89
pp. 80–81 p. 82 p. 83 p. 84 p. 85 p. 86 p. 87
UNIT 9
Let's get
together
Talk about special
occasions.
Be specic about people, things
and places by using dening and
non-dening relative clauses.
●
Relative clauses
Understand the main
points of an article
and talk about tourist
attractions.
Ask questions politely.
●
Direct and indirect questions
Identify specic details in
a radio interview and talk
about sounds.
Use verb phrases with
to
-innitive
and -
ing
forms to talk about
future plans.
●
verbs +
to
-infinitive
●
verbs + -
ing
form
Write an email inviting a friend to a
celebration.
GLOSSARY p. 98
PRONUNCIATION Linking
sounds p. 98
REVISION p. 99
pp. 90–91 p. 92 p. 93 p. 94 p. 95 p. 96 p. 97
CLIL
pp. 100–105 STUDENT ACTIVITIES p. 106
1
0.01 Read the text. What does An mention?
her daily routine her friends her hobbies her home her school
VOCABULARY
Everyday technology | Holidays
and travel | Means of transport |
Opinion adjectives
GRAMMAR
Present Simple |
Wh-
questions |
Adverbs of frequency |
Comparatives and superlatives |
Present Continuous | Past
Simple | Present Perfect
Simple with
for
and
since
0
Welcome
Present Simple;
Wh-
questions; Adverbs of frequency;
Comparatives andsuperlatives
2 Read the text again. Mark the sentences T (true) or F (false).
1 An’s grandmother lives in a large city.
2 An’s parents no longer work abroad.
3 An’s grandmother always comes to visit her family at weekends.
4 An likes writing songs with her friends.
5 Bình lives near An.
6 Phong is Bình’s friend.
My name is Nguyễn Thục An and I’m fifteen. After a year in the countryside
with my grandmother, I now live in the city again with my parents. My
parents usually travel abroad a lot for their jobs, but now they work in Hà Nội.
I’m really happy to be home with my mum and dad again. I sometimes stay
with my granny at weekends. Her home is really nice but quite small. At my
parents’ house, I have a big bedroom and so there’s more space to hang out
with my friends. I love taking photos of my classmates. When I’m on my own,
I also like writing songs. I start my new school, Bằng Lăng, on Monday. My
neighbour, Bình, goes to the same school. We get on really well. My friend,
Phong, also starts there on Monday.
0.1 HI, I’M AN!
4 Starter unit
1 Bình thinks Lăng School is
the friendliest (friendly) school in
the area.
2 An is (nervous)
than Bình.
3 Lăng School is
(big) school in
the area.
4 The curriculum is
(interesting) than at An’s old
school.
5 Languages are
(important) subjects at
Lăng School.
6 An is (happy)
than she was before.
6 In pairs, take turns to
make comparisons
about things and
people at your school.
Who can make more than
5 comparisons?
3 Study the Grammar A box. Find more examples of the
Present Simple in the text.
Present Simple
I live in the countryside. She works abroad.
I don’t like doing sports. She doesn’t take photos.
Do you live in London? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
Does she go to your school? Yes, she does. / No, she
doesn’t.
Adverbs of frequency
always, often, sometimes, rarely, never
Wh-
questions
Where do you live?
When do you have breakfast?
Who do you hang out with?
Which school do you go to?
Why do you like your house?
What sports do you play?
How often do you visit your
gran?
Grammar A Present Simple and Wh- questions
4 Complete the questions with the Present Simple form of
the verbs in brackets. Then ask and answer in pairs.
1 Where do you relax (you / relax) in the evenings?
2 What (you / usually / eat) for
breakfast?
3 Who (you / often / see) at the
weekend?
4 (you / have) many cousins?
5 (you / often / visit) your
neighbours?
6 (you / live) in a city or a small town?
5 Study the Grammar B box. Complete the sentences
with the comparative or superlative form ofthe
adjectives in brackets.
The classrooms are bigger.
It’s more exciting than a normal school.
Sports lessons here better / worse than in my old school.
The classrooms have are the latest technology.
The first day is the most difficult.
It’s the best / worst school in the area.
Grammar B Comparatives and superlatives
Y
O
U
And
Linh and are the loveliest
friends of mine at school.
The library is bigger than the
music room.
My house is the nearest to
school in my class.
5Starter unit
6 Starter unit
Present Continuous; Everyday technology
1 0.02 Read Bình’s blog entry and
complete his personal profile below.
0.2 HI, I’M BÌNH!
Name: Bình
Lives with:
Name of school:
Favourite subjects:
Interests:
Dream:
Hi! My name’s Bình and I’m from Hà Nội.
My family is originally from Lạng Sơn.
Ilive with my parents and my brother
and sister. My brother’s still at school,
but my sister’s training to be a web
designer. I go to Bằng Lăng Secondary
School and my favourite subjects are
physics, chemistry and IT. When I’m
not at school, I love spending time on
my computer. Right now, I’m writing
my weekly blog. It’s about science and
I write about things I hear in the news
and upload interesting pictures. I also
love anything about physics. At the
moment, I’m reading an e-book about
Helen Sharman, the first British person
in space. I’dlove to go to another planet
one day!
2 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples
of the Present Continuous in Bình’s blog.
She’s studying art this year.
I’m not looking forward to my exams.
Are you reading a good book at the moment?
Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
Time words and phrases
at the moment, now, right now, thismonth,
this year, today
Grammar Present Continuous
3 Complete the short dialogues with the Present
Continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
1 A: What are you doing (do) on the laptop?
B: I (look for) information
about the Amazon for my geography
homework.
2 A: Is that a German book you
(read)?
B: Yes, I (study) German
literature at school this year.
3 A: you (enjoy)
the party?
B: Yes, it’s great! Everyone
(dance)! Come on, let’s dance!
4
WORD FRIENDS
Tick (✔) phrases from the
Word Friends box in Bình’s blog.
chat with friends watch music videos
upload pictures make a film / video
download songs write a blog
text friends / parents read an e-book
go online
Word Friends
5 Work in pairs. Ask and answer
about your hobbies. Use the
Word Friends in Exercise 4.
A: Do you often chat with your friends in your
free time?
B: Yes, I do. What about you?
A: I often text my friends and sometimes I go
online.
Y
O
U
And
7Starter unit
1 0.03 Study the Vocabulary
box. Write the words in the correct
categories. Listen and check.
B&B campsite city break coach
cruise hiking sightseeing ferry
Means of transport
canoe, plane, train,
1
,
2
Types of holiday
activity camp, beach holiday,
3
,
4
Accommodation
hostel, hotel,
5
,
6
Activities
horse-riding, sunbathing,
7
,
8
Vocabulary Holidays and travel
2 0.04 Read the text about
Phong. Who are the people in the
picture with him? Name three facts
about them.
Holidays and travel; Past Simple (regular and irregular verbs); Means of transport
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the
Past Simple in the text. Which verbs are regular and
which are irregular?
Regular verbs
She started a new school. They didn’t play any sports.
Did you enjoy your trip? Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t.
Irregular verbs
I met my friend. He didn’t go on holiday.
Did we forget anything? Yes, we did. / No, we didn’t.
Time expressions
earlier this morning, in 2001, last week, over a year ago,
the day before yesterday, yesterday
Grammar Past Simple
4 Complete the sentences about Phong and his family
with the Past Simple form of the verbs in brackets.
1 Phong’s brother didn’t come (not come) to Hà
because he studied at a university in Chí Minh
City.
2 Phong (leave) his old school because his
mum wants him to speak more English.
3 Phong (not want) to change schools at first.
4 Last year, Phong (not spend) the summer
in Hà
.
5 Phong (go) to Hà by train.
5 0.05
WORD FRIENDS
Study the Word Friends
box. Choose the correct option in the questions
below. Listen and check.
catch a train / a ferry / a bus drive a car fly a helicopter
ride a horse / a bicycle sail a yacht / a boat
take a bus / a train travel by bus / abroad
Word Friends
1 When was the last time you took / rode a train?
2 Do you know anyone who can fly / drive a helicopter?
3 When did you learn to ride / dri ve a bike?
4 Do you have to travel / catch a bus to get to school?
5 Would you like to learn to drive / sail a boat?
6 In pairs, ask and answer the questions
in Exercise 5.
My name’s Gia Phong. I came to Hà Nội
two years ago with my parents. My brother
stayed in Hồ Chí Minh City to study at a
university there. This is a picture of me,
Khánh and Nguyên. Khánh moved to Hà
Nội because of her dad’s job. I sometimes
see Nguyên, but we don’t go to the same
school anymore. My mum wanted me
to speak more English and there are lots
of English-speaking students at my new
school. I didn’t want to leave my old school
at first, but now I’m quite excited. Last year,
I spent my summer with my grandparents
in Ninh Bình. After two weeks there, I took
a train back to Hà Nội.
0.3 HI, I’M PHONG!
YO
U
And
8 Starter unit
Opinion adjectives; Present Perfect Simple with
for
and
since
5 Complete the sentences with
the Present Perfect Simple form
of the verbs inbrackets.
1 We haven’t lived (not live)
here very long.
2 The film
(notstart / yet).
3 Mum and Dad
(never / meet) my school
friends.
4 you ever
(have) a pet
dog?
5 Oscar (not
eat) lunch today.
6 Ella (always /
like) foreign languages.
7 I (not see)
my grandparents since
September.
8 Amanda (be)
my best friend for years.
1 0.06 Read the text. Answer the questions.
1 How long has Trúc Anh lived in Hà ?
2 Why does Trúc Anh have an English tutor?
6 Complete the
sentences so they
are true for you.
1 My family has
lived here since …
2 I’ve been at this school for …
3 My best friend has never …
4 Our English teacher has just
…
5 I’ve liked [band / singer] for
…
2 Underline the adjectives in the text.
all right amazing awesome awful exciting funny lovely
noisy perfect strange terrible unusual useful
Vocabulary Opinion adjectives
3 Find the opposites of these words in the Vocabulary box.
1 amazing awful
2 terrible a
3 serious f
4 quiet n
5 common u
6 horrible l
7 boring e
8 normal s
4 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the
Present Perfect Simple in the text.
Affirmative
I have lived abroad. I have never lived abroad.
My parents have just / already arrived.
Negative
I haven’t lived in Europe. They haven’t arrived yet.
Questions
Have you ever lived abroad? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
Has she arrived yet? Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.
for
and
since
She’s been in London for a month. (a period of time)
They’ve lived here since August. (a point in time)
Grammar Present Perfect Simple
Hi! I’m Trúc Anh. We moved to Hà Nội this summer and I’ve been
here for about a month. Hà Nội is all right, but it still feels strange.
It’s very different from Yên Bái, where I grew up. In Yên Bái, we
have some awesome mountain views. Hà Nội is busier and noisier.
I’ll start a new school on Monday. I visited it last week, but there
weren’t any pupils there as it’s the summer holiday now. I’ll learn
more English at school, but I am not very good at it. I’ve had an
English tutor for two weeks and I’ve also tried to watch loads
of news on YouTube. It has helped improve my listening skills a lot.
My pronunciation isn’t perfect yet, but I think I’ll be able to make
international friends online this year.
0.4 HI, I’M TRÚC ANH!
Y
O
U
And
9Starter unit
4 Look at the quiz. Choose the correct option.
6 In groups, make a similar quiz about your
classmates. Then give the quiz to another group
to answer. Read the questions aloud and answers
to the class.
1 Look at the photo. Describe
what is happening.
2
0.07 Check if you know
these words and phrases.
Listen and check.
hang out get the hang of
3
0.08 Listen again.
Answer the questions.
1 Has Bình met Tommo and
Phong before?
2 Who has the longest
journey to school?
3 When do the friends plan to
meet up with Tommo?
4 Who has learned to play
yoyo?
5 Has Bình tried playing yoyo
before?
6 Is An good at playing yoyo?
1 Has the school term started just / yet ?
2 Has An ever / never lived in Hà Nội before?
3 Are An’s parents travel / travelling abroad at the moment?
4 What kind of things does Bình post / posts on his blog?
5 Where has / have their friend, Khánh, moved to?
6 Where did Phong go / gone this summer?
7 Have Trúc Anh and her family moved to Hà Nội yet / just?
8 Why is Trúc Anh watch / watching lots of YouTube videos?
The big character quiz
0.5 CHARACTER QUIZ
Y
O
U
And
5 In groups, do the quiz in Exercise 4. Use the texts inLessons
1–4 to help you. How much can you remember?
1 Your friend has invited you to do the Ice Bucket Challenge. How do
youfeel? Complete the sentence with an adjective of emotion.
I feel because I love all challenges.
I’m . I’d never do anything like this; it might be dangerous.
I’m . I might look silly, but it’s worth trying – it’s forcharity.
2 1.01 Put the words in the right column. Which adjectives
could go in both columns? Listen and check.
afraid annoyed anxious confused determined disappointed
joyful miserable relaxed satisfied stressed surprised uneasy
Vocabulary A Adjectives of emotion
Positive
Negative
afraid
A week of challenges
VOCABULARY
Adjectives of emotion
| New experiences
| Personality adjectives
GRAMMAR
Present tenses | Past tenses
1
Out of your
comfort
zone
I can talk about challenging new experiences and emotions.
1.1 VOCABULARY New experiences
3 Read Claudia’s notes and pictures on page 11. Which challenges
are you most impressed with? Then look at the pictures and
choose the correct option.
1 Claudia was determined / miserable to tryall the challenges.
2 Claudia was disappointed / relaxed with the Yoga Challenge
because it didn’t gowell.
3 She felt really confused / anxious about theIce Bucket Challenge.
4 She was satisfied / miserable with the Chubby Bunny Challenge.
5 When Claudia was doing the Behaviour Challenge, she tried not
to get annoyed / uneasy with her little brother.
10 Unit 1
The lce Bucket Challenge is an activity involving dumping
a bucket of ice water on someone’s head. It’s done to
encourage people to donate money for research on
a serious disease called ALS.
11Unit 1
I watch a horror im.
Afterwards, I feel terrible.
4 1.02
WORD FRIENDS
Complete the verbs in the
phrases. Listen and check.
give an opinion
g sth a go
ch your routine
m plans
Word Friends
b your confidence
h an adventure
g a buzz (out of sth)
t sth on board
5
1.03 Read the blog post. Choose the correct
option. Listen and check.
6 Work in groups. List all
the activities you often
do to get out of your
comfort zone. Tell your
partner how you feel when you do
each activity. Then share with the
class.
Monday Do the One Leg Yoga Challenge. Stand on
one leg for as long as you can!
Tuesday Try the Be Really Nice Challenge on your
brother or sister. Be extra nice until they
ask you why you’re being so nice!
Wednesday Take the Chubby Bunny Challenge: say
‘chubby bunny’ with marshmallows in
your mouth!
Thursday This is the big one – video your Ice Bucket
Challenge!
A week of challenges
Claudia,
15
Y
O
U
And
It’s the start of a new school year. Everyone’s getting back into their
‘normal’ routine, so it seems like a good time to challenge yourself.
Here’s a simple idea. Why not surprise yourself and
1
change / make
your daily routine? You could travel a different way to school. You
never know – you might
2
have / make an adventure! Why not eat your
meals in a different place or get up early and do some yoga? Our
brains
3
have / get a buzz out of change, so it helps you to enjoy your
day and focus on what you’re doing.
I love making videos, but I was always too shy to share them. Then last month I made myself post my work
online. Now people like to comment,
4
give
/
get
their opinions and criticise, but I don’t mind. Good comments
5
make
/
boost
my confidence, but I try to
6
take
/
get
on board negative comments too.
Marco
I tried this idea on my birthday: allow a friend to
7
boost
/
make
plans for you! Your friend chooses a place
to go. You have to see a film you wouldn’t normally choose or try a new activity. I was really excited about
my day – and a bit anxious too. But I decided to
8
have
/
give
it a go and now I have a new hobby: juggling!
Carly
How to … get out of your
comfort zone!
12 Unit 1
I can use verbs followed by gerunds and
to
-infinitives to talk about life of a challenge.
3 Study the Grammar box. Underline the
verbs in the text that are followed by
gerunds or by to-infinitives.
Verbs followed by gerunds
love, spend, hate, enjoy, like, dislike, fancy,
suggest, postpone, finish, prevent, involve,
keep, etc.
Verbs followed by
to
-infinitives
plan, try, continue, hope, manage, agree,
decide, expect, want, promise, attempt,
refuse, etc.
Verbs followed by both gerunds and
to
-infinitives
try, continue, stop, love, hate, etc.
Grammar Verbs followed by gerunds
or to-infinitives (review)
4 Choose the right verb to complete the
sentences.
1 I’m satisfied that my students keep
taking / to take my advice on board.
2 Liên knows she needs to prevent herself
from to get / getting stuck in a routine.
3 Bình is confused about what his next steps
should be. His friend suggested to have /
having a trekking adventure.
4 I’m disappointed that my students
haven’t tried juggling / to juggle, but I
expect to see / seeing it soon.
5 Khánh An promised getting / to get out
of her comfort zone by changing her
daily routine.
5 In pairs, ask and answer
the questions:
1 What do you enjoy doing in a day?
2 What do you dislike doing in a day?
3 What do you try to do well every day?
4 What do you try doing in a day?
5 What do you hope to do in the future?
Use more verbs followed by gerunds or
to-infinitives in your answers.
1 In pairs, read the quote below. What do you
think it means? Do you love adventures?
2 1.04 Read and listen. What does Jake
like and dislike doing? Are you the same type
of person as Jake?
1.2 GRAMMAR Gerunds and
to
-innitives
Jake loves having an adventurous life. Every
day, he wakes up and wants to experience
something new and exciting. He enjoys
trying new things and exploring new places.
He may try hiking up a mountain or eating
a new type of food. During the weekend,
he spends hours researching different
activities and destinations. He often tries
to decide on the perfect adventure for the
day. Jack hates feeling stuck in a routine.
He also doesn’t like feeling unprepared, so
he always plans ahead and manages to set
his time wisely. For Jake, adventure is not
just a hobby, it is a way of life.
“LIFE IS EITHER
A DARING
ADVENTURE OR
NOTHING AT
ALL”
- HELEN KELLER -
Y
O
U
And
1 Read the title of the text. What does “Fitting in” mean?
Can you guess what the text is about?
2 Read the text. Look at the highlighted words. What do
these words mean? Use the words to describe pictures
A-F.
4 Read the text again. Linh had some
positive and negative experiences
when moving to a new city. Put the
following items in the right column.
friends lifestyle transportation
traffic noise museums
street photography
Positives Negatives
5
ROLE PLAY
Work in pairs.
Student A has moved
to a big city from the
countryside. Student B
meets student A for the first time
in class. Use these questions and
add your own question:
●
What differences do you see
between the city and the
countryside?
●
How do you feel when you move
to a big city?
I can identify specific details in a text about moving to a big city.
1.3 READING and VOCABULARY Moving to a big city
Linh grew up in a small village, surrounded by rice paddies
and
1
lush
green hills in Việt Nam. Life was simple, but she always
dreamed of the bright lights of the big city. When she turned 15, her family decided to move to Hồ Chí Minh City.
Moving to the city was
2
overwhelming
at first. The traffic was
3
chaotic
, and the constant noise made it hard to
sleep at night. But Linh was determined to have an adventure. She found her new teachers and friends very friendly.
They quickly became her new family.
As she explored the city, Linh discovered new foods and cultures. She visited museums and art galleries, and even
tried to take up
4
street photography
. But the city was also full of challenges, and Linh, like her parents,
5
struggled
to adapt to the fast-paced lifestyle, expensive transportation and crowdedness.
Despite the ups and downs, Linh never regretted her family’s decision to move to the city. She has found a new sense
of independence and freedom, and was excited for all the opportunities in this new environment. Even though she
sometimes missed the
6
simplici ty
of her village life, she knew that this is where her heart belongs.
Fitting in
3 Read the text. Mark the sentences T (true) or F (false).
1 Linh spent her childhood in a small village in
Nam.
2 Since she was a child, Linh always wanted to go
to a big city.
3 At the age of 15, Linh relocated to Chí Minh
City.
4 Linh disliked her new school in the city.
5 Linh and her parents faced challenges while
adapting to the city life.
6 Linh was not happy with her family’s decision to
move to the city.
A
D
B
E
C
F
13Unit 1
1.05
Y
O
U
And
14 Unit 1
I can use different tenses to talk about past events and experiences.
1 Read the text quickly. What was Malavath’s
challenge?
2 Read the text again. In pairs, ask and answer
the questions.
1 What did Malavath do in 2014?
2 Why did Malavath want to do the challenge?
3 How did she get to the training centre?
4 Why did they have to walk slowly?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples
of past tenses in the article.
Past Simple
She became a good climber. (finished action)
They trained in the countryside. (repeated
action)
Past Continuous
At nine o’clock she was studying for her exam.
(action in progress)
It was raining. (background description)
Past Simple and Past Continuous
They were sleeping when we arrived. (one
action was in progress and another action
interrupted)
Grammar Past tenses (Review)
4 Write questions using the correct past tense.
Write answers that are true for you.
1 How / you/ feel / the first day / school?
How did you feel on the rst day at school?
2 what / you / do / at 5.00 p.m. / yesterday / ?
3 you / do / Ice Bucket Challenge / the past / ?
4 you / start / English classes / five years ago / ?
5 it / rain / when / you / get up / this morning / ?
6 you / take up street photogrpahy / when /
you / younger / ?
5 Describe a past experience
when you were away from home
and had a challenge. Answer
the questions.
●
Where did you go and why?
●
Who were you staying with?
●
What did you like / not like about it?
In 2014, thirteen-year-old Malavath Poorna
became the youngest girl to climb Mount Everest.
She was living in a village in the countryside with
her parents when a government organisation
chose her and a friend for the mountain
challenge. At the time, Malavath was looking
for a chance to do something different and she
was happy to go. She flew for the first time in
her life to a special mountain centre where she
trained for eight months. The training was hard
and sometimes the temperature dropped as low
as -35°C. Malavath also hated the packaged food
that she had to eat. It didn’t smell nice and she
missed her mum’s cooking! The climb lasted
fifty-two days. At times it was dangerous and
they had to walk very slowly, but Malavath didn’t
give up. When she finally raised India’s flag on
the highest peak in the world, she said she felt
great and very proud of herself.
She did it!
1.4 GRAMMAR Past tenses (Review)
Y
O
U
And
I can identify specific details in a conversation and talk about personality.
1 Do you like trying new things? Why? / Whynot?
2
1.06 Complete the sentences with words
from the Vocabulary box. Listen and check.
calm confident creative curious
fussy generous gentle organised
punctual reliable sensible
Vocabulary Personality adjectives
1 Someone who always has new ideas is
.
2 Someone you can trust is .
3 Someone who worries about things that aren’t
important is .
4 Someone who is sure about him- or herself is
.
5 Someone who wants to learn new things is
.
6 Someone who always arrives on time is
.
3 This photo is an example of ‘projection mapping’.
Have you ever seen this on TV or where you live?
How do you think it works?
5
1.08 Listen again. In pairs, answer
the questions.
1 What did Marisa initially think the
workshop was about?
2 Where does a person create the
videos in aprojection mapping
workshop?
3 Where did Marisa see an example
ofprojection mapping?
4 Is Ivan creative or curious?
5 Why can’t Marisa go on her own to the
workshop?
6 In pairs, talk about these
classes and workshops.
What type of person are they
right for? Are they right for
you? Why? / Why not?
chess cooking creative writing
gardening photography
sewing singing
You have to be organised if you do the
cooking class because you plan recipes
and shopping lists.
I joined a singing class after school. I’m
not very condent, but the teacher was
very gentle and kind.
1.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Projection mapping
4
1.07 Listen about projection
mapping. Complete the information
with a word, a number orphrase.
Location:
1
Science Museum
Address:
2
Road
Title: ‘ Bringing the
3
’
For: fourteen- to
4
-year-olds
Time:
5
to 4.00 p.m.
Please bring:
6
and adrink.
Cost per person for this special event:
7
£
Projection mapping workshop
new, easy and great fun!
Y
O
U
And
15Unit 1
16 Unit 1
I can ask for, offer help, and respond to offers of help.
Phong: Okay, here we are. Do you
need any help?
An: I need to find the music
room. Do you know where
it is?
Phong: It’s opposite the principal’s
office.
An: Where’s the principal’s
office?
Trúc Anh: I’ll be with you. Don’t worry.
An: That would be great,
thanks.
Trúc Anh: Do you need anything else?
An: I’m looking for my class.
It’s always crazy on the
first day.
Phong: Can I give you a hand
with that?
An: That’s really nice of you,
thanks.
1.6 SPEAKING Asking for and oering help
1 Can you remember the first day at
your school? What was it like?
Everything seemed so big. I didn’t
know where to go.
2
1.09 Listen and answer the
questions.
1 Where are they?
2 What is An looking for?
3 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples in
thedialogue.
Asking for help
Can / Could you help me?
Excuse me. Would you mind helping me?
Can / Could you give me a hand (with sth)?
Replying
Of course. / Sure! I’ll be with you in a minute.
Offering help
Do you need any help? Can I get you anything?
Do you need anything else? May I help you?
Can I give you a hand with …? What can I do for you?
Replying
That would be great, That’s really nice of you,
thanks. thanks.
Thanks for helping / your No, I’m fine, but thanks
help. anyway.
Speaking Asking for and offering help
4 1.10 Complete the dialogue with phrases from
the Speaking box. Listen and check. Then practise the
dialogue.
A: Excuse me. Would
1
you mind helping me? I don’t
know where the school office is.
B: No, of
2
. It’s over there. I’ll show you.
A: Thanks for your
3
.
B: Do you
4
else?
A: No,
5
, but thanks anyway.
5 In pairs, read the situations and take
turns to ask for and / or offer help.
Student A
●
Ask your teacher to help you with your homework.
●
Offer to help your friend to carry a big bag and a
guitar.
Student B
●
Ask your friend to help you buy food and drink for
yourparty.
●
A classmate isn’t feeling well. Offer to help.
Y
O
U
And
17Unit 1
I can write a description of a personal challenge.
1 Look at the photo. What are they doing and
how do you think they’re feeling?
3 Study the Writing box. Find examples of these
phrases in Bình’s description.
Reason for the challenge
I’ve always loved / wanted / dreamed about …
The problem is / was I …
I first realised this when …
Description of the challenge
Soon after that, I heard about / saw …
… I decided to give it a go.
When I arrived at / started / saw … , I gasped /
screamed.
At the beginning, it was difficult / impossible to do,
but gradually I felt …
In the end, I …
After the challenge
The experience has made me …
That day, I …
Now I’m not afraid of …
Now I … regularly.
I’m thinking of becoming a …
Writing A description of a personal challenge
4 In pairs, choose one of these challenges and
answer the questions below.
●
joining a new sports team
●
performing in front of your school mates
●
staying with a family in another country
●
taking an important exam
1 Why is the challenge difficult?
2 How would you feel before, during and
after the challenge?
Writing Time
5 Write a description (100-120 words) of a
personal challenge. Inyour description, you
should write about:
●
what the challenge was.
●
why you wanted to do the challenge.
●
how you felt during the challenge.
●
how you felt after the experience.
2 Read Bình’s description of a personal
challenge. Which paragraph describes:
a a challenge that helped Bình?
b how the experience changed Bình?
c
1
a bad experience in the past?
I’ve always loved trying new things, so when Phong
invited me to go climbing, I was excited. The problem
is I’m scared of heights. I first realised this when I was
crossing the Glass Bridge in Sa Pa on a school trip.
Suddenly, somebody screamed and I saw that part of
the floor was glass. I started shaking and my hands were
sweating. I was disappointed with myself and sad.
Soon after that, I heard about the climbing class and
I decided to give it a go. When I arrived and saw the
climbing wall, I gasped. It was quite high, but the instructor
helped me and showed me how to climb slowly and safely.
At the beginning, it was quite difficult, but gradually I felt
less anxious although I had to concentrate very hard.
The experience has made me more confident. That day,
I got a buzz out of climbing and I couldn’t stop smiling.
Now I climb regularly and I’m never scared.
My personal challenge by Bình
1.7 WRITING A description of a personal challenge
GLOSSARY Adjectives of emotion | Personality adjectives
1 Use the glossary to find:
1 Three adjectives to
describe positive
emotions: ...
2 One action people do
when they’re nervous or
frightened: ...
3 One adjective that means
‘on time’: ...
4 One adjective that means
‘rounded and plump’: ...
5 One action people do
when they think something
is wrong: ...
2 Use the glossary to find an
adjective which describes:
1 your best friend’s
personality
2 your mum’s personality
3 how you feel when you
have a test at school
4 how you feel if you get
bad marks in an essay
5 how you feel if a friend
argues with you
18 Unit 1
annoyed
/əˈnɔɪd/
adj khó chịu
anxious
/ˈæŋkʃəs/
adj lo lắng
calm
/kɑːm/
adj điềm tĩnh
challenge
/ˈtʃælɪndʒ/
n thử thách
chubby
/ˈtʃʌbi/
adj mập mạp
concentrate
/ˈkɒns(ə)ntreɪt/
v tập trung
confident
/ˈkɒnfɪd(ə)nt/
adj tự tin
confused
/kənˈfjuːzd/
adj bối rối
criticise
/ˈkrɪtɪsaɪz/
v phê bình, chỉ trích
determined
/dɪˈtɜː(r)mɪnd/
adj cương quyết
disappointed
/ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/
adj thất vọng
generous
/ˈdʒenərəs/
adj hào phóng
gentle
/ˈdʒent(ə)l/
adj dịu dàng
grow up
/ɡrəʊ ʌp/
vp lớn lên
joyful
/ˈdʒɔɪf(ə)l/
adj hân hoan
label
/ˈleɪb(ə)l/
n nhãn
label
/ˈleɪb(ə)l/
v dán nhãn
lush
/lʌʃ/
adj tươi tốt
miserable
/ˈmɪz(ə)rəb(ə)l/
adj buồn rầu
organised
/ˈɔː(r)ɡənaɪzd/
adj có tổ chức
punctual
/ˈpʌŋktʃuəl/
adj đúng giờ
relaxed
/rɪˈlækst/
adj thoải mái
reliable
/rɪˈlaɪəb(ə)l/
adj đáng tin cậy
satisfied
/ˈsætɪsfaɪd/
adj thoả mãn
scream
/skriːm/
v la hét
sensible
/ˈsensəb(ə)l/
adj có  thức
simplicity
/sɪmˈplɪsəti/
n sự đơn giản
street
photography
/striːt
fəˈtɒɡrəfi/
np nhiếp ảnh
đường phố
struggle
/ˈstrʌɡəl/
v cố gắng
uneasy
/ʌnˈiːzi/
adj áy náy
yawn
/jɔːn/
v ngáp
PRONUNCIATION
3 1.11 Listen and repeat.
/ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/
the
afraid
surprised
determined
good
foot
mood
smooth
4 1.12 Listen and put the words into the correct column.
push move adventure lose nervous
look should prove generous temperature
/ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/
5 1.13 Listen and read the dialogue in pairs.
Jack: What does it mean by “taking an adventure”?
Linh: It means pushing boundaries, trying new things, things like
that.
Jack: Does it mean moving beyond routine or losing ourselves in
new experiences?
Linh: Yes, it does. I think adventures shape who we are.
Jack: I agree. Looking back, I think the best memories are from
adventures.
Linh: True. We prove our capabilities and grow.
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
19Unit 1
LISTENING
3
1.14 Listen to a dialogue between
Trúc Anh and An talking about a
personality quiz.
a Tick (✔) the adjectives that Trúc Anh scores
high and cross (✘) the ones that she scores
low in the quiz.
sensible
calm
creative
generous
confident
fussy
organised
punctual
b Tick (✔) the adjectives Trúc Anh uses to
describe An and cross (✘) the adjectives An
describes herself.
calm
generous
confident
fussy
organised
creative
punctual
sensible
SPEAKING
4 Choose the best response for each
question. Then practise these questions
and answers in pair.
1 Excuse me, would you mind helping me?
Ican’t open this door.
a That would be great, thanks.
b Could you give me a hand?
c Of course not!
2 Those bags look heavy. Do you need
anyhelp?
a I’ll be with you in a minute.
b No, I’m fine, thanks.
c Sure!
3 OK, the food is ready. Now, do you need
anything else?
a That’s really nice of you, but I can
manage now.
b May I help you?
c No, of course not.
5
ROLE PLAY
Work in pairs. Student A is doing
the One Leg Yoga Challenge on the school
playground. Student A lacks balance and
cannot do it well. Student B sees Student A
and offers help.
VOCABULARY
1 Write the correct word for each sentence.
1 If you can make yourself climb to the top of
a mountain, you are determined .
2 People who worry about unimportant things
aref .
3 She felt amazed to see a l green
area in front of her.
4 You work with others to learn something new
at a w .
5 When the traffic is c , it is hard to
move back and forth .
6 She got a b out of doing the
One Leg Yoga Challenge.
7 My friends took my sugesstion on b
and I’m really happy for her.
8 Before An travels, she plans everthing in
advance. She is highly o .
Revision
GRAMMAR
2 Complete the sentences with the Past Simple
or Past Continuous form of the verbs in
brackets.
1 A: Which activity boosted (boost) your
confidence when you first learnt (learn)
to speak English?
B: I (manage) to practise
speaking with native speakers.
2 I’ve got so much homework to do! I can’t
believe that a week ago we (sit)
on a beach and I (notthink)
about school at all!
3 The Prime Minister (give) a
speech when, suddenly, the microphone
(break).
4 Maria is really generous. She
(give) a lot of money to an organisation
which helps immigrants.
5 A: So, what you
(do) on Bornholm?
B: Lots of things. We (ride)
bicycles and we (take) lots
ofphotos!
1 Study the Vocabulary A box. Find two things that are not in the
poster.
bin factory litter endangered animal
oil petrol plants rubbish smoke traffic
Vocabulary A Pollution
2
2.01 Listen to part of a radio programme about the
rubbishroute. Answer the questions.
1 Where does the rubbish route start?
2 What containers are the food and the drink in?
3 How do the goods get to the shops?
4 What do people in the city want to escape from?
5 Why can’t people use the bins in parks?
3
2.02
WORD FRIENDS
Complete the Word Friends box with
the words below. Listen and check.
aluminium cans energy parks plants
recycle / throw away: plastic bags, rubbish,
1
protect / damage: the planet, the environment,
2
save / waste: water, electricity, money,
3
pollute / clean up: the air, the ocean, rivers, beaches,
4
Word Friends
Follow the
rubbish
route!
VOCABULARY
Pollution | Protecting and
damaging the environment |
Compound nouns:
the environment |
Elections and campaigns
GRAMMAR
Past Perfect | Question words
followed by infinitive verbs
2
What a
waste!
I can talk about pollution and the environment.
2.1 VOCABULARY Protecting the environment
20 Unit 2
Is it cool to be GREEN?
True or false?
5 Match the words on the left with the words on the right.
Complete the blog post with the correct form of
compound nouns from the Vocabulary B box.
1 traffic a bank
2 bottle b energy
3 petrol c centre
4 public d transport
5 renewable e change
6 recycling f station
7 climate g jam
Vocabulary B Compound nouns
Some countries
1
recycle / protect strange rubbish, including false teeth!
Recycling one aluminium can can
2
save / pollute enough energy to run a
TV for three days.
We
3
clean up / throw away enough cans to reach the moon and back twenty
times!
Acid rain
4
recycles / damages trees and plants, but not buildings.
Sweden is working hard to
5
protect / pollute the environment and now recycles sixty-nine percent of its
rubbish.
Running the water when you’re brushing your teeth can
6
save / waste around 5,000 litres of water a year.
Plastic from ships
7
pollutes / cleans up the ocean. In 2010, a ship lost 28,000 rubber ducks. People are still
finding the ducks today!
Definitely! We need to protect our planet for our future.
That’s why I always travel on
1
public transport . Too
many people drive, so there are always
2
in the
city centre.
At my school, we recycle as much as we can. We don’t
use
3
such as sun or wind power, but our head
teacher has plans for solar panels on the roof. Some
people joke that they like warmer weather, but I tell them
that
4
is really not good. Rising ocean levels
cause floods that can destroy houses and farms. The
oceans are also getting polluted with plastic, so I never
use plastic bags. In fact, I make my own bags! Next to
my school there’s a
5
where we put soft drink
bottles, but you can also use the bins for recycling cans,
paper and clothes. There’s a larger
6
outside
the city, where we can take our old TVs, furniture, books
and even bicycles. You can find loads of cool things there.
6 How green are you?
Are your town and
school green? In
groups, take turns to
talk about your ideas.
I always try to save water. For
example, I take a quick shower
and I rarely take a bath.
My town’s got a huge recycling
centre and they collect rubbish
from our house.
At my school, we recycle our
pens!
Y
O
U
And
4
2.03 Read the quiz. Choose the correct option. Listen and check.
Then do the quiz with a partner.
21Unit 2
22 Unit 2
I can talk about past events using the Past Perfect.
2.2 GRAMMAR Past Perfect
1 Which of the things below do not produce energy?
jellyfish milk natural gas sugar sun wind
2 Read the blog post quickly. Answer the questions.
1 How much do elephants eat?
2 How can animal waste help the zoo?
4 Complete the sentences with the
Past Perfect form of the verbs in
brackets.
1 The visitors had given (give) the
animals the wrong food and the
next day they were sick.
2 For her project, Maria used
photos of the animals that she
(take) at the zoo.
3 We (not realise) how
useful animal waste was until we
started saving money.
4 They (not feed) the
animals when I got there.
5 you
(hear) about this type of energy
before you visited the zoo?
5 You and your friend
are volunteers in a
clean-up campaign
organized by your
local community. You have just
finished the clean-up and are now
discussing your experience. Talk to
your friend about the following:
●
What you had done before the
clean-up campaign
●
What had already been cleaned
up before you arrived
●
What you and your friend did
during the clean-up
●
How you felt about the
experience
3 Study the Grammar box. Underline more examples of the
PastPerfect in the blog post.
Past Perfect
Max had collected the litter.
I hadn’t realised how big it was.
Had they helped? Yes, they had. / No, they hadn’t.
Past Perfect and Past Simple
When we saw them, the animals had already eaten.
She’d given the lion some food before the visitors arrived.
They left the zoo after they’d had lunch.
Time expressions
when, before, after, just, already, by the time
Grammar Past Perfect
New power for the zoo | Elephant energy
Did you know that you can
heat a building with animal
waste? At school, I heard
about a local zoo that had
tried it, so I went to see for
myself. When I got there, the
zoo-keeper had just given
the elephants some food. He
told us that they’ve got huge
appetites and can eat 100
kilos of fruit and vegetables
every day! Over the previous
week, he had collected a
container of waste from all
the plant-eating animals in
the zoo. I hadn’t realised
what a mountain of animal
waste looked like!
The mixture of animal waste
and water produces biogas.
This goes into an engine
that works on gas and
produces electricity. So, had
this idea really helped the
zoo? Absolutely! Before they
started using the waste, the
zoo had found it difficult to
control how much they spent
on electricity. Now they can
keep the animals warm and
save money too!
Y
O
U
And
I can understand the main points and identify specific details in an article about a teen activist.
2.3 READING and VOCABULARY Finding out about a teen activist
1 Have you ever been to an event to helpraise
awareness of environmental problems?
2 Look at the highlighted words in the article. Check
your understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
3
2.0 4 Read the article quickly. Match
headingsa–c with paragraphs 1–3. Circle the key
words that help you decide on the headings.
a Love for nature
b The power of music
c An outstanding speech
4 Read the article again. Choose the correct answers.
1 What surprised the people in the United Nations
most about Xiuhtezcatl?
a He was very young.
b His hairstyle and clothes were unusual.
c He wasn’t like a normal teenager.
d He could speak several languages.
2 Xiuhtezcatl’s experience in the forest
a taught him about the Mashika.
b made him want to work outdoors.
c showed him a connection to the world.
d helped him learn Nahuatl.
3 How did the documentary change
Xiuhtezcatl?
a He wants to act to protect the
environment.
b He’ll learn more about Earth
Guardians.
c He felt he was different from
other young people.
d He’ll join his mum’s organisation.
4 How does Xiuhtezcatl feel about
his life atthe moment?
a He’s not sure he wants to have
these amazing adventures.
b He accepts he’s busy, but hopes
he can make a difference.
c He’d like to have more time to
perform at events and festivals.
d He thinks working for the
environment takes up too much
time.
5 Work in groups. What
do you plan to do in the
future to raise people's
awareness of the
environmental problems around you?
1
Xiuhtezcatl (roughly pronounced shoo-tez-cat) Martinez became known around
the world in 2015, when he gave a talk about climate change to the United Nations
General Assembly in New York. It wasn’t his long hair and formal suit that got him
noticed, but the fact that he started his talk in three dierent languages: English,
Spanish and Nahuatl, the language of the Mexican Mashika or Aztec community.
2
His passion for the environment comes from the time that Xiuhtezcatl spent in the
forest with his dad, where he felt he was ‘a big part of this world’. He shares this passion
with his mom, who set up Earth Guardians, an organisation that educates young people
and encourages them to protect the environment. However, it was after he’d watched a
nature documentary that Xiuhtezcatl decided he couldmakea dierence now.
3
After a rap performance at school with his younger brother, Xiuhtezcatl realised that their
lyrics could make people wake up to the problems of pollution and waste. They both now
perform at events and festivals around the world. His mom is happy her son is having ‘these
amazing adventures’ but worries all this is taking up a lot of his time. Xiuhtezcatl admits it’s intense but is
convinced he’s doing the right thing.
Y
O
U
And
23Unit 2
24 Unit 2
I can use question words before
to
-infinitive verbs to talk about environmental solutions.
2.4 GRAMMAR Question words
4 Complete the sentences with what,
how, when or where.
1 This factory is polluting so much,
I don't know to convince
the owners to change.
2 I want to reduce my carbon
footprint, but I'm not sure
to start.
3 Help! I found an injured bird, I don't
know to do!
4 Help me decide to go on
a vacation. Weekends or weekdays?
5 Do you know to properly
dispose of electronic waste?
6 My family and I want to reduce
our plastic use, but we don't know
to start.
5 Rewrite sentences using question
words and to-infinitive verbs.
1 There are so many injured people
after the earthquake. We don’t know
who we should support.
2 I have so many old electronics in
my house, but I don't know where
I should bring to for recycling.
3 Can you tell me what sustainable
materials I should use for my home?
4 My office generates so much waste,
I don't know how I can reduce it.
5 I want to start a vegetable garden,
but I don't know what I should do to
keep pests away.
6
ROLE PLAY
Work in pairs.
Student A’s city / town /
village is experiencing
a blackout. Student A
asks Student B about ways to reduce
energy usage.
A: There is a blackout in my city. Please
tell me what to do to reduce energy
usage.
B: First, turn off all the lights.
A: Thanks very much. What else can we
do?
2
Read the text and answer the question: What
environmental issues is Phong concerned about?
Phong is deeply concerned about the
environment. He feels that there are so many
plastic bags in nearby landfills. However,
he doesn't know what to do to protect the
environment. He knows that recycling is
important, but he's not sure how to properly sort
his plastic waste. He also thinks he is overusing
energy for his private transport. He wants to
reduce his carbon footprint by using renewable
energy sources, but he's not sure where to start.
He sometimes feels unsure about which actions
to take first. What he knows for sure is that it
should be a shared responsibility.
3 Read the Grammar box. Underline question words
before to-infinitive verbs in the text in Exercise 2.
Question words can be used before
to
-infinitive
verbs to form a question or to express uncertainty or
curiosity about an action. For example:
I don’t know what to do to protect the environment.
She doesn’t know where to go for her summer vacation.
They are not aware of when to leave for the party.
The presentation is coming. I don’t know how to start.
Grammar Question words before
to
-infinitive verbs
1
Look at the photos. What is the environmental issue
in each photo?
Y
O
U
And
I can identify specific details in short conversations and talk about elections and campaigns.
2.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Protecting the environment
4 2.06 Listen to four dialogues. Choose the correct answer.
1 What is the date of the student election?
2 What is the boy going to do?
3 What did Mark’s dad use to recycle when he was a boy?
4 What kind of campaign has Sarah joined?
5 In groups, design an election leaflet about
what you would do if your group became
members of the student council. Present and
vote for the best leaflet.
As student councillors, we would plant more trees and owers
around the school. We would also ask for more after-school
sports clubs. In addition, we would …
1 Do you think student
councils are a good idea?
What subjects do you think
are important for students
to discuss?
2
2.05 Listen to the
dialogue. Answer the
questions.
1 Who is the new school
councillor?
2 What is the new school
councillor going to do?
3 Complete the sentences
with the correct form of the
phrases below.
become a member (of)
hold an election
join a campaign
organise an event
sign up (to do sth)
vote for (sth / sb)
1 I joined a campaign
yesterday; the aim is to
get more people to
recycle their rubbish.
2 David has just
a group that protects
local wildlife.
3 Please to help
clean up the beach.
There’s a pen and a list
on the table over there.
4 Yesterday we
at our school for a new
head boy and head girl.
5 I my friend Jane
because I think she’ll be
a great head girl.
6 Last month my
brother at
school, called Trash to
Treasure. The idea was
that everyone made
something from a piece
of rubbish.
A B
A B
A B
A B C
C
C
C
Y
O
U
And
25Unit 2
26 Unit 2
I can agree and disagree with other people’s point of view.
2.6 SPEAKING Agreeing and disagreeing
2 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples of
agreeing and disagreeing phrases in the dialogue.
Agreeing
I think that’s a good /
greatidea.
Maybe you’re right.
I think so too.
I totally agree.
Absolutely!
You can say that again!
I suppose / guess so.
Disagreeing
I don’t agree.
True, but …
That’s not always true.
I don’t think so.
I don’t think we should …
I’m not sure about that.
I totally disagree.
Speaking Agreeing and disagreeing
3 Complete the dialogues with phrases from the
Speakingbox.
1
A: I think if you care about the environment, you
shouldn’t use plastic bags at all.
B: Maybe you’re
1
right , but sometimes you need
them. For example, we use them in our kitchen bin.
A: I think that’s
2
, but then you should reuse
them each time.
B: I’m not
3
about that. They’d stink!
2
A: My mum has to fly a lot because of her job.
B: I
4
think people should travel by plane.
Itcauses too much pollution.
A: I guess
5
, but some people need to travel
toother countries for work.
B: That’s not always
6
. You can have Skype
meetings instead.
4 2.08 Listen to five people talking about
recycling and reusing things. Respond to each
statement with aphrase from the Speaking box.
Give reasons.
1 2.07 Listen and answer
thequestions.
1 Why is An making a chair? What
material is sheusing?
2 Which friend thinks it isn’t a good
idea? Why?
3 What else could you make from
plastic bottles?
5 In pairs, discuss:
1 Rubbish is just rubbish and there is no
need to recycle it.
2 We should plant more trees around the school.
Use expressions of agreement and disagreement in
Exercise 2.
Trúc Anh: What are you doing in your
garage?
An: Actually, you guys can help
me. I’m taking part in a Trash
to Treasure competition. The
idea is to make something
new out of rubbish.
Trúc Anh: I think that’s a great idea!
Phong: Really? I don’t agree. Isn’t
rubbish just rubbish?
Trúc Anh: That’s not always true.
An: Anyway, I want to make a
chair out of these bottles. So,
we need to cut the tops off
the bottles and fit them inside
each other. Like this. Then
I think we should tie them
together with some string.
Bình: I’m not sure about that. I think
the string will come loose.
An: Mmm … Maybe you’re right.
I’ve got some strong sticky
tape. OK, let’s get started!
Let’s get started!
OUT
class
of
Y
O
U
And
Writing Time
5 Write a paragraph (100-120 words) to
describe different ways families can do to
recycle old electronics in their houses. Use
the ideas in Exercise 4 or your own ideas.
Use the structures in the Writing box.
There are several ways we can do to
.
The rst thing we can do is
.
I can write a paragraph about how to recycle old items.
2.7 WRITING A paragraph
4 Rewrite the sentences using the structures
in the Writing box.
1 Students should remember to turn off
the lights when they leave the classroom.
It is important for
.
2 Recycling paper and plastic is a good
way to reduce waste.
It is of
.
3 It is vital to check with our local recycling
program to see if they accept electronic
waste.
It is vital that
.
4 Parents need to learn how to sell their old
electronics through online marketplaces.
It is necessary for
.
5 It is crucial for families to donate their
old electronics to a local charity or
nonprofit organization.
It is crucial that families
.
1 Which of the following ways have you tried to recycle plastic items in your house?
2 Read the following paragraph. Which ideas are
mentioned in Exercise 1? Which ideas are not
mentioned?
1 Use refillable
water bottles
2 Avoid single-
use plastics
3 Use a recycling
bin
4 Donate or
repurpose
plastic items
5 Send plastic
items to recycling
centres
Recycling plastic
3 Read the Writing box and underline the
structures used in the paragraph above.
It is important / essential / necessary / vital /
imperative / crucial + to verb:
It is important to recycle plastic to reduce waste.
It is crucial to conserve water during a drought.
It is important / essential / necessary / vital /
imperative / crucial + that + subject + verb:
It is vital that houses, schools and offices reduce
their plastic waste.
It is of the utmost importance + to verb:
It is of the utmost importance to protect
endangered species from extinction.
Writing Expressing importance
Recycling plastic items is an important step towards
reducing plastic waste. Initially, we can check our local
recycling centres to find out which types of plastic are
accepted in our area. The next step is to keep a separate
bin for plastic items such as bottles and plates. It is vital
to clean them before recycling to avoid contamination.
Additionally, it is crucial that we can reuse these items
to reduce waste. Next, families can also choose to use
refillable water bottles each time we go out. Lastly,
although single-use plastics are convenient to use, it is
of utmost importance to avoid using them. By making
small changes in our daily routines, we can contribute to
limiting plastic waste and preserving our green planet.
27Unit 2
GLOSSARY Changes in the past and present
28 Unit 2
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
1 three types of energy: ...
2 one type of pollution: ...
3 two words that describe a person: ...
4 two places that can be used for recycling: ...
2 Use the glossary to complete the sentences. The
first letter is given.
1 I always fill up my car with u petrol to
reduce air pollution.
2 My grandmother wears f because she
lost her natural ones due to decay.
3 R sources such as solar and wind
power are becoming increasingly popular.
4 E is a growing problem as people
dispose of electronic devices frequently.
5 The construction of a new w in the
area will provide clean energy to the local
community.
3 In pairs, choose two or three words each
from the glossary and write sentences.
What’s the longest sentence you can make?
The government needs to raise people’s
awareness about e-waste.
4 2.09
PRONUNCIATION
Listen to the
intonation in the question tags.
1 You’re in the nature club, aren’t you?
When you want to check information, your
voice goes up. It’s a real question.
2 You’re in the nature club, aren’t you?
When you probably know the answer and
expect the other person to agree, your
voice goes down.
5
2.10 In pairs, practise saying these
questions. Listen and check.
1 You enjoy wildlife, don’t you?
2 You aren’t a member, are you?
awareness
/əˈweənəs/
n sự nhận thức
biogas
/ˈbaɪəʊɡæs/
n khí sinh học
bottle bank
/ˈbɒtl bæŋk/
np ngân hàng chai lọ
candidate
/ˈkændədət/
n ứng viên
collapse
/kəˈlæps/
v sụp đổ
container
/kənˈteɪnə/
n thùng đựng hàng
councillor
/ˈkaʊnsələ/
n uỷ viên hội đồng
endangered
/ɪnˈdeɪndʒərd/
adj bị đe doạ
e-waste
/iː weɪst/
n chất thải điện tử
false teeth
/fɔːls tiːθ/
np răng giả
gadget
/ˈɡædʒɪt/
n thiết bị điện tử nhỏ
jellyfish
/ˈdʒelifɪʃ/
n con sứa
land
pollution
/lænd
pəˈluːʃən/
np ô nhiễm đất
loose
/luːs/
adj lỏng lẻo
natural gas
/ˌnætʃərəl
ˈɡæs/
np khí tự nhiên
recycling
centre
/riːˈsaɪklɪŋ
ˈsentə/
np trung tâm tái chế
renewable
energy
/rɪˈnjuːəbəl
ˈenədʒi/
np năng lượng tái tạo
rubbish
/ˈrʌbɪʃ/
n rác thải
set up
/set ˈʌp/
vp cài đặt
solar energy
/ˈsəʊlə
ˈenədʒi/
np năng lượng
mặt trời
solar panel
/ˈsəʊlə ˈpænəl/
np tấm pin năng lượng
mặt trời
sticky tape
/ˈstɪki teɪp/
np băng dính
stink
/stɪŋk/
adj / n hôi, mùi hôi
string
/strɪŋ/
n sợi dây
the United
Nations
/ðə juːˈnaɪtɪd
neɪʃnz/
n Liên Hiệp Quốc
tie (sth)
together
/taɪ təˈɡeðə/
vp buộc (cái gì) lại
với nhau
treasure
/ˈtreʒə/
n kho báu
unleaded
/ˌʌnˈledɪd/
adj không chì
wildlife
/ˈwaɪldlaɪf/
n động vật hoang dã
wind farm
/ˈwɪnd fɑːm/
np trang trại gió
adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
29Unit 2
Revision
VOCABULARY
1 Write the correct word for each definition.
1 To keep someone or something safe.
p r o t e c t
2 It’s black or grey and is produced when
something burns. s
3 A building where things are produced in
large quantities. f
4 To make air, water, etc. dirty. p
5 A long line of vehicles on the road that can’t
move. t j
6 To use more of something than you need.
w
2 Complete the sentences with the words and
phrases below.
endangered animal public transport
recycling centre rubbish throw away
1 Do you usually throw away your old clothes?
2 Do you know where the nearest is?
3 Do you think people should use
instead of their own cars?
4 If you see in the street, do you pick
it up?
5 Which would you help protect?
3 In pairs, ask and answer the questions in
Exercise 2.
GRAMMAR
4 Complete the diary entry with the Past Perfect
form of the verbs below.
cause choose forget not arrive not have plan
LISTENING
5
2 .11 Listen to two friends, Phong and
An, talking about animal waste.
1 According to Phong, what are the three
key aspects of animal waste disposal?
a Why, what, how
b When, where, how
c How, where, why
d What, when, why
2 According to Phong, when should animal
waste be disposed of?
a Daily on small farms and weekly on
large farms
b Weekly on small farms and daily on
large farms
c Monthly on small farms and daily on
large farms
d Daily on small farms and monthly on
large farms
3 How do farmers typically dispose of cow
waste?
a They sell it to other farms.
b They bury it underground.
c They store it in a pit or pond.
d They burn it.
4 What is the main topic of the conversation
between Phong and An?
a Animal welfare on farms
b Animal waste management
c Organic farming
d Animal waste composting
SPEAKING
6 In pairs, role-play the situations.
1 A: Tell your friend about an idea to recycle
some old jeans. Say why you think it’s a
good idea.
B: Say if you agree or disagree with your
friend’s idea.
2 B: Tell your friend about an event you are
organising to make people more aware
of the litter in your local park. Say why
you think it’s a good idea.
A: Say if you agree or disagree with your
friend’s idea.
Thursday was our school trip. I was excited because our
teacher
1
had planned a day at a wind farm. She
2
the biggest wind farm in Scotland with more
than 200 wind turbines. But when we got to school in
the morning, the bus
3
and we had to wait for
ages. We heard that an accident in the town centre
4
a huge traffic jam. When it finally came, I was
starving because I
5
my packed lunch. It was a
really long journey and when we got to the farm, the wind
turbines weren’t moving. The farm
6
any wind
that week!
VIETNAMESE FOOD
1 Look at the photos (A-B). Discuss with a partner the differences
between the two photos.
2 3.01 Study the Vocabulary box. Match the words with the
photos (A-H). Listen and check.
economic growth improved living conditions
increased infrastructure advanced technology national identity
love for nature traditional cuisine family values
Vocabulary Aspects of our nation
VOCABULARY
Life in the past and present |
Transport system | Clothing styles |
Entertainment | Architecture |
Changes in living standards
GRAMMAR
Clauses of concession |
Clauses of reason
3
Viêt Nam
on the go
I can talk about similarities and differences in life in
Nam in the past and at present.
3.1 VOCABULARY Life in Nam in the
past and at present
A
A
E
B
F
C
G
D
H
B
30 Unit 3
4 Complete the sentences with the following
expressions.
similar to …, different from …,
Similarly, In contrast,
In contrast to both ... and …
Vocabulary Expressions of comparison
and contrast
1 Nam’s traditional cuisine is
similar to
different from other Asian cuisines.
2 other ASEAN countries who
exprienced a fall in tourist numbers,
Vietnam's has made life much less
difficult increased infrastructure has
made it easier for people to travel
around the country.
3 other ASEAN countries who
exprienced a fall in tourist numbers,
Vietnam's tourism industry has recorded
an impressive number of tourists after the
COVID-19 pandemic.
4 some other developing
countries, Nam’s family values have
not changed much over the past century.
5 Today Nam is 30 years
ago because of the improved living
conditions of its people.
6 Although cities are growing with less
green space, the love for nature of
people today is that in the
past.
5 Work in pairs. Ask and
answer: What similarities and
differences do you see between
life in Nam now and 10 years ago?
●
buildings
●
technology
●
foods and drinks
●
family size
1 Family values are more valued today
than in the past.
2 Economic growth has been slower
now than in the past.
3 Technology is more advanced than in
the past.
4 Vietnamese people do not show
respect for their elders as much as
before.
5 Vietnamese people have the same
sense of national identity.
6 Vietnamese people do not
appreciate nature.
3 Read the dialogue between Trúc Anh
and her teacher. Decide if the following
sentences are T (True) or F (False).
Teacher: How things have changed and stayed
the same over time in Việt Nam?
Trúc Anh: I think today we don’t value our family
as much as in the past.
Teacher: In general, the Vietnamese still have
strong family values. But you’re
correct, they are not quite as strong as
in the past. Are there other differences?
Phong: Our country has witnessed a lot of
economic growth and increased
infrastructure in the past 10 or 20
years.
Teacher: Yes, thanks to such developments,
families in Việt Nam today have
improved living conditions. We also
have more advanced technology.
What has remained the same?
Bình: Today Vietnamese people still show
respect for their ancestors. I think it’s
part of our national identity just like
our traditional cuisine and our love
for nature. They stay the same for a
long time.
Y
O
U
And
31Unit 3
32 Unit 3
I can use clauses of concession to talk about changes in the education system
in Nam in the past and at present.
4 Complete the sentences by circling the correct
option.
1 we have more advanced
technology, we still prefer to meet with our
relatives face to face at our homes.
a However b Even though c Whereas
2 people in big cities enjoy
improved living conditions, they also
complain about the lack of green spaces.
a Despite b However c Whereas
3 Nam’s economic growth
has quickly increased, family values have not
changed much.
a Although b Whereas c Despite
4 the number of foreign
restaurants in Vietnam’s cities today, the
Vietnamese still prefer their traditional cuisine.
a However b Whereas c Despite
5 The increased infrastructure in Hà has
made getting around the city easier;
, the increased traffic has not
made it much faster.
a although b however c whereas
5 Work in groups. Choose one
aspect of the educational system
in your school and compare it with
the educational system of your
parents' time.
Although nowadays students can have access to
a lot of information from the Internet, teachers
still play an important role in the learning process.
1 Look at the photos (A and B). What are the
differences between them?
2 Read the text and answer the questions.
3.2 GRAMMAR Clauses of concession
A B
The Vietnamese education system has changed in
many ways. Although educational resources are
somewhat limited, Việt Nam has more today than it
did in the past. Currently, there are more educational
institutions and more students attending class.
Traditional Vietnamese teachers required students
to memorize information; however, today’s teachers
emphasize critical and creative thinking more.
Traditional schools emphasized literature, science,
math, and history, whereas today's schools are
offering courses in vocational skills, technology,
and entrepreneurship. Even though Vietnamese is
the national language, schools today place more
emphasis on English since it is a global language.
In spite of its popularity, English is still a foreign
language in Việt Nam.
1 How many changes are mentioned?
2 What does Nam have more of today?
3 What do Vietnamese teachers
emphasize these days?
4 Which subjects are considered traditional?
3 Read the Grammar box and find examples of clauses of concession in the text in Exercise 2.
Although / Even though /
Though
Although
/
Even though
/
Though
there is more advanced
technology in the classroom,
some students still prefer
traditional methods of learning.
Although / Even though /
Though + S
1
+ V
1
, S
2
+ V
2
.
Grammar Clauses of concession
However / Whereas
Whereas my classroom has no projector and TV, your
classroom has a modern smart board.
Whereas S
1
+ V
1
, S
2
+ V
2
.
English will be more popular; however, the role of
Vietnamese is still crucial in a child’s learning.
In the past, many students didn’t have access to even
printed books, whereas today they have access to a
huge collection of both printed and e-books.
S
1
+ V
1
; however, / , whereas + S
2
+ V
2
.
Despite / In spite of
Despite
/
In spite
of
the pandemic,
teachers and students
still managed to study
online.
Despite / In spite of +
noun / noun phrase,
S + V.
Y
O
U
And
33Unit 3
1 In pairs, discuss: What are the differences between
the trains in photos A and B?
3 Read the text again. Choose the correct
option.
1 What does the expression get around
mean?
a To go in a circle
b To travel to different places
c To travel a long distance
2 What does the word attempts mean?
a policies
b solutions
c efforts
3 What does ride-sharing services mean?
a sharing cars with others
b matching drivers with cars
c buying cars together
4 What does the word affordable mean?
a not expensive
b very expensive
c very cheap
4 Read the text again. Decide if the
following statements are true, (T), false
(F) or not given (NG) in the text. Write T, F,
or NG.
1 People can no longer move
around easily.
2 In the past, people mostly
used bicycles.
3 Many major Asian cities
have traffic problems.
4 People in Chí Minh City can
spend a lot of time in traffic.
5 The total number of buses
in the cities has increased.
I can guess the meaning of the words in context in an article about the changes in the
transport system in Nam.
3.3 READING and VOCABULARY Transportation in the past
2 Read the text. Circle the surrounding words that
help you guess their meanings of the highlighted
words.
A B
Over the past century, Việt Nam’s transport system has
changed. People can now get around town much more
easily than in the past.
Not long ago there were not many cars or motorbikes
on the road. Most people used either a bicycle or public
transport.
Today, traffic is a major problem as it is in other major
Asian cities. It’s common for traffic to move slowly in
Hà Nội or Hồ Chí Minh City. This means that people
waste many hours each week in traffic.
Despite the government’s attempts to reduce traffic,
the increase in the number of cars and motorbikes
has created other problems. Air pollution and noise
pollution affect the busiest parts of large Vietnam’s
cities. Today, the air is much dirtier than just 10 years
ago. Also, the noise from cars, motorbikes, lorries, and
buses is getting worse.
The government is trying to reduce traffic problems
by improving the public transportation system. Today,
there are more buses and trains, which make it easier
for people to get around. These means of transport are
not expensive.
Another development is ride-sharing services such as
Grab and Go Viet. These are convenient and affordable
for many people in large cities.
5 Talk about how you went
to school in primary school
and how you go to school
now. Are there differences or
similarities?
I used to walk to school, but now I go to
school by bike.
Y
O
U
And
3.02
34 Unit 3
Y
O
U
And
I can use clauses of reason to talk about changes in clothing styles in Nam.
1 Look at the pictures (A, B and C). What
are the differences and similarities in
these images?
2
3.03 Listen and read the dialogue
and answer the questions.
Mother: We need to get you a new Áo
dài as you will need something
nice to wear to your cousin’s
wedding.
An: Oh. I forgot about that. What
kind of Áo dài did you and your
grandmother wear when you
were young?
Mother: Well, because my grandmother
grew up in the north, she wore
Áo thân and a hat or she
would put a scarf over her
head. Áo thân looks similar to
the Áo dài of today.
An: Did you wear Áo dài only on
special occasions?
Mother: No, actually we used to wear
them as our school uniforms in
high school and university.
An: I see. But why?
Mother: Because Áo dài represents
our national identity, many
people felt it would be good for
students to wear them.
3.4 GRAMMAR Clauses of reason
3 Read the Grammar box and find examples of
clauses of reason from the dialogue.
• Clauses of reason show the reason why something
happened due to the action of the main clause.
1
Since
we went to the shopping mall last week,
we stayed home yesterday.
2
As
it was too far to travel, we didn’t visit my
cousins this year.
3 I didn’t eat dinner
because
I was not hungry.
• We can rewrite clauses of reason using
Because
of
/
Owing to
/
Due to
+ N
1
Because of
the time, I didn’t wash my clothes.
Grammar Clauses of reason
4 Rewrite sentences using the given phrases.
1 Because technology has advanced, we can
now easily communicate with relatives in
different countries.
Due to .
2 As there has been a lot of economic growth
over the past 12 years, our living conditions
have improved.
Because of .
3 Since the infrastructure around our town has
increased, it’s much easier these days to get
around.
Owing to .
4 As noise pollution has increased, many people
no longer want to live near the centre of our
city.
Due to .
5 Because the government has improved the
public transport, it’s easier to travel to far-away
cities now.
Owing to .
5 Class survey. Interview your friends.
No Name Questions Reasons
1
Do you like wearing
uniforms to schools?
2
Do you like wearing
socks and shoes on hot
summer days?
3
Do you like wearing Áo
dài on national days?
A B C
1 Who is going to a wedding?
2 Who grew up in the north?
3 Who wore Áo thân?
4 Who wore Áo dài to
university?
35Unit 3
I can listen for specific details in a conversation and talk about changes in
entertainment in Nam.
1 Work in pairs. Do you know the names of these forms of entertainment?
4
3.06 Fill in the gaps with the Word
Friends from Exercise 2.
historical legends
lion dance
pay homage to
water puppet
Word Friends
1 The child loved the fire crackers
and loud music of the
performance at the temple.
2 The puppets appear to be moving on
the water in the show.
3 Most countries have to
explain the origins of their country.
4 We our ancestors when
we return to our village every year.
5 Work in pairs. Ask and
answer about one form of
entertainment.
●
What is it?
●
When was it first introduced?
●
What changes have occurred to this
form of entertainment in the last 50
years?
●
Do you want to play / see / watch /
listen to it? Why (not)?
water puppet fan dance
hat dance lion dance
3.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Changes in entertainment
Y
O
U
And
• Lion dance was performed to bring good
1
and fortune.
• Water puppetry was used to teach villagers old
2
• The fan dance is similar to the
3
dance.
• The hat dance pays homage to
4
and
5
who join in.
Four Types of Traditional Vietnamese Entertainment
2
3.04 Listen to a conversation between
two friends discussing different forms of
entertainment in the recent history of Nam.
Listen and write fan dance, hat dance, lion
dance, or water puppet in the blanks.
1 brings fortune.
2 entertains villagers.
3 is about historical legends.
4 originated in open fields.
5 looks like hat dance.
6 pays homage to farmers.
3
3.05 Listen again and complete the notes
with ONE word for each blank.
A B C
36 Unit 3
I can compare ideas and express opinions about changes in housing architecture.
4 Read and re-order the dialogue from
2 to 9. Then fill in the blanks with
expressions for giving opinions.
1 Jack: Why are the houses in this part
of Hà
so narrow?
Jack: What are modern houses in Hà
like?
Đào: Um, they are more like houses
you see elsewhere. They are
wider and are for living, not for
business.
Đào: We call the houses here, in
the Old Quarter, tube houses
because they are long and
narrow. Sometimes the back
of the house goes into the next
street.
Jack: That’s somewhat unusual.
Jack: I prefer to live in a modern
houses, but tube houses are
certainly unique. I hope they
stay around for a while.
Đào: Me too. I
a
the
residents should do their best
to maintain their houses.
Đào: Traditionally, the front of the
house was used for the family
business. They made or sold
goods there. And there were
small open courtyards to let
light in. The family lived in the
backrooms.
Jack: Right. But I
b
that
special craftsmen who can
repair these types of houses are
needed.
5 Work in pairs. Compare
houses in your area now
and 10 years ago. Use
expressions for comparing ideas and
giving opinions.
1 Work in pairs. What do these houses have in common?
What do they differ?
2
3.07 Listen and read the dialogue. Answer the
questions.
An: Look at this house! It looks simple but beautiful.
Bình: Yes, it does. This is an example of modern
architecture in Nam. It emphasizes being
functional and minimalist in design.
Bình: What does that mean?
An: Minimalist design differs from traditional design in
some ways. For example, it is less decorative and
more functional in use.
Bình: Yes, this house is different from that traditional
house in terms of materials, too. That old house is
made of wood and tiles, while the modern house
is made of bricks and glasses.
Mai: Yes, and many houses in Nam today are
smaller and taller than houses in the past.
1 How do houses with minimalist design look?
2 What materials are used in modern houses?
3.6 SPEAKING Expressions for comparing ideas and expressions for giving opinions
A B
Y
O
U
And
3 Read the Speaking box. Find expressions for
comparing ideas in the dialogue.
Expressions for comparing ideas
This house is smaller than that house.
My house is more convenient than your house.
While this house is made of bricks, that house is made
of straw.
This palace differs from that one in architecture.
Expressions for giving opinions
I think that local residents should protect old houses in
this area.
I believe that this house needs repairing.
I feel that we need to protect old houses.
Speaking Expressions for comparing ideas
and giving opinions
The two graphs show the changes in
average monthly per capita income and
average monthly expenditure per capita
in a period of 10 years. It is clear that
Vietnamese incomes and expenditures
increased consistently over the given
period. In the rst graph, the average
monthly per capital income increased
over three times between 2010 and 2020.
In 2010, the average monthly per capital
income was 1.387 million VND, but this rose
sharply to 4.230 million VND after ten years.
Similarly, the second graph shows a steady
increase in average monthly expenditure
per capital per person. This number jumped
dramatically from 1.21 million VND to 2.89
million VND over the same decade.
37Unit 3
I can write a descriptive paragraph about the changes in people's living
standards in Nam.
1 Look at the photo. What does each graph
show?
1 The percentage of poorer households
since 2005. (slow growth)
2 Home prices have over
the past 2 years. (steady increase)
3 There is a in the number
of college and university graduates. (decline
gradually)
4 We have seen a in
wages since 2000. (increase significantly)
5 There has been a in the
number of rural households using hygienic
latrines over the past 10 years. (surge
suddenly)
3 Read the Writing box. Then complete the
sentences with the correct form of the phrases
in brackets.
Changes are often described using phrases that
contain an adjective + noun or a verb + adverb
adjective + noun verb + adverb
steady increase /
decrease
increase / decrease
steadily
consistent rise / fall rise / fall consistently
dramatic jump jump / fall dramatically
Comparative and superlative phrases
largest / greatest jump
smaller increase
most consistent rise
Writing
Writing Time
4 Write a paragraph (100-120 words) to
describe changes in the following chart.
2 Read the paragraph below and answer the
questions.
3.7 WRITING A descriptive paragraph
https://en.vietnamplus.vn/vietnams-household-living-standards-over-years/202366.vnp
Graph 1
1 How many graphs are being compared?
2 What time period do the graphs show?
3 What is the general trend in both graphs?
4 What are some significant data included
in the report?
Graph 2
GLOSSARY A clause of concession
1 Use the glossary to find:
1 a tall building: ...
2 an adjective that means ‘very
special’: ...
3 a phrase that shows differences:
...
4 people who watch something: ...
5 an adjective that means very
simple: ...
2 Complete the Word Friends below.
1 advanced
2 growth
3 condition
4 increased
5 national
6 cuisine
3 Make a sentence with each Word
Friend in Exercise 2.
Many tourists are interested in
traditional cuisine of
Nam.
38 Unit 3
PRONUNCIATION
4 3.07 Listen and repeat.
/eə/ /əʊ/ /ʊə/
whereas
wear
there
growth
know
follow
tourist
poor
assure
5 3.08 Listen and put the words into the correct column.
sure compare boat tournament toe
jury careful share pair though
/eə/ /əʊ/ /ʊə/
6 3.09 Listen. Circle the words with souds /eə/, /əʊ/,
or /ʊə/. Then practise the dialogue in pairs.
Lan: Can you share what you think about life in Nam
in the past?
Phong: I think life was tough for the poor.
Lan: True, but Nam has grown since then. Now it's a
popular tourist destination.
Phong: Yes, there are many tours for visitors to choose.
Lan: I agree!
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
advanced
technology
/ədˈvɑːnst
tekˈnɒlədʒi/
np công nghệ
tiên tiến
architecture
/ˈɑːkɪtektʃə/
n kiến trúc
audience
/ˈɔːdiəns/
n khán giả
considering
/kənˈsɪdərɪŋ/
pre / c xem xét
decorative
/ˈdekərətɪv/
adj trang trí
detail
/ˈdiːteɪl/
n chi tiết
different from
/ˈdɪfərənt frəm/
adj khác với
economic
growth
/ˌekəˈnɒmɪk
ɡrəʊθ/
np tăng trưởng
kinh tế
entertain
/ˌentəˈteɪn/
v giải trí
entertainment
/ˌentəˈteɪnmənt/
n sự giải trí
family value
/ˈfæməli ˈvæljuː/
np giá trị gia đình
in contrast
/ɪn ˈkɒntrɑːst/
p ngược lại
in contrast to
/ɪn ˈkɒntrɑːst tə/
p trái ngược với
increased
infrastructure
/ɪnˈkriːst
ˈɪnfrəˌstrʌktʃə/
np cơ sở hạ tầng
gia tăng
jump
dramatically
/dʒʌmp
drəˈmætɪkli/
vp nhảy vọt
living condition
/ˈlɪvɪŋ kənˈdɪʃən/
np điều kiện sống
love for nature
/lʌv fə ˈneɪtʃə/
np tình yêu
thiên nhiên
minimalist
/ˈmɪnəməlɪst/
adj thuộc về
tối giản
national
identity
/ˈnæʃənəl
aɪˈdentəti/
np bản sắc
dân tộc
ride-sharing
services
/raɪd ʃeəɪŋ
ˈsɜːvɪsɪz/
np dịch vụ đi
chung xe
rise
consistently
/raɪz
kənˈsɪstəntli/
vp tăng liên tục
similar to
/ˈsɪmələ tə/
adj giống với
skyscraper
/ˈskaɪskreɪpə/
n toà nhà
chọc trời
steady increase
/ˈstedi ɪnˈkriːs/
np sự tăng
đều đặn
traditional
cuisine
/trəˈdɪʃənəl
kwɪˈziːn/
np ẩm thực
truyền thống
unique
/juːˈniːk/
adj độc nhất
adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb
pre: preposition c: conjunction p: phrase vp: verb phrase
39Unit 3
3 improvement in living conditions, many
families having more children. (due to)
4 increase in wages, average person saves
more money nowadays. (because of)
5 water puppets famous, many foreign
tourists want see while visiting Hà . (as)
READING
5 Use the context clues to guess the meanings
of the bold words. Then write the words
under the correct pictures below.
VOCABULARY
1 Match the pictures A-D with the words from
the glossary.
2 In pairs, discuss the differences between the
words / phrases below.
1 economic growth increased infrastructure
2 national identity traditional cuisine
3 similarly in contrast
4 public transport ride-sharing service
5 entertain audience
6 architecture skyscraper
Revision
GRAMMAR
3 Fill in the blanks with ONE WORD.
1 economic growth has jumped
dramatically, the infrastructure has not yet
improved much.
2 both the older generation
and the younger generation have a
love for nature, they both still pollute the
environment.
3 Entertainment today uses a lot of advanced
technology, entertainment in
the past depended more on the skills of the
entertainers.
4 The building is rather minimalist by design;
, the doors are rather decorative.
5 looks similar to other foods
in the region, its taste is rather unique.
4 Use the clues to write sentences with clauses
of concession. Add words if necessary.
1 traditional temples so old, government
wants to preserve them. (because)
2 ride-sharing services popular, many
people now earning extra money by driving
passengers around town. (since)
Dear Minh,
Our history teacher assigned us a project.
We have to write about a traditional type of
Vietnamese entertainment. Because I saw the
water puppet show in Hà Nội two years ago,
I’ve decided to write about them.
I was surprised to learn that water puppetry is
pretty old. It started around the 11
th
century.
Most of the stories are about daily life in rural
areas or historical legends.
And the puppets are made of wood, and they
are painted. They are also quite heavy.
The performers conduct the show in about a
meter of water. Because originally they were
performed in flooded fields or ponds near the
village, performers used large bamboo ro ds to
support the puppets.
Today, the puppeteers stay hidden behind
a sc reen, but the puppets look like they’re
moving. I was surprised to learn that the
audience cannot see the strings that move the
puppets because they are actually hidden in
the water.
Best,
Linda
A B C D
E
A
C
B
D
1 Which jobs in the photo (A-D) would you like to do?
2
4.01 Study the Vocabulary A box. Find some of the jobs in
the photos. Listen and check.
cleaner cook engineer interpreter librarian
lifeguard manager painter plumber psychologist
scientist writer
Compound nouns
app designer dentist’s assistant computer programmer
fashion designer film director flight attendant lorry driver
music critic travel agent veterinary assistant
Vocabulary A Jobs
3 In pairs, take turns to describe a job for your partner to guess.
I help people understand each other when they don’t speak the
same language.
Jack: It’s helped me decide
what I want to do in the
future and it’s given …
Lisa: It’s great to have
hands-on experience.
I didn’t …
Alex: I’ve really enjoyed it
and it looks good on my
CV! It was …
A
C
B
D
Ella: It was more interesting
than I expected. I learned
so much …
My world
VOCABULARY
Jobs | Finding and losing a job |
Working conditions |
Success at work
GRAMMAR
Talking about the future |
Future Continuous
4
The world
of work
I can talk about jobs and work experience.
4.1 VOCABULARY Work and jobs
40 Unit 4
4
4.02 Study the Vocabulary B box. Complete the
article with the words and phrases below. Listen and check.
company flexible overtime
hourly rate part-time paid holiday
It’s a full-time / part-time / temporary / permanent / summer job.
I work in a big company / in a small firm.
It’s well-paid / badly-paid.
The hourly rate is …
We work shifts / flexible hours / nine to five.
We often work overtime.
You can get a bonus / a pay rise.
You have paid holidays.
Vocabulary B Working conditions
5 In pairs, discuss the question: In
your opinion, which jobs should
be better paid? Why?
I think doctors should be better
paid because they have to work
very hard and they do not often
have holidays.
Lots of young people I know are
starting to get
1
part-time and
full-time jobs. They work a lot of
2
, so they are too tired
to go out. The
3
for
their jobs is low – for example, my
friend, who is a waiter, earns £4.50
an hour. When they complain, I want
to say, ‘Why don’t you start your own
4
then?’ I’m ateen ‘trep’ –
that’s short for ‘entrepreneur’. I create
online games. OK, so I don’t get any
5
and I usually save money
during the year so I can take a break
in the summer. On the other hand, the
hours are
6
and there’s
lots of freedom. So what makes a
successful trep? First of all, you need to
think outside the box. You’ll also need
communication skills and good problem
solving skills. If this sounds like you,
why not be the next teen trep?
Y
O
U
And
Could you be
ateentrep?
41Unit 4
42 Unit 4
I can use different forms to talk about future events.
4.2 GRAMMAR Talking about the future
1 What are the advantages and disadvantages of an open

2 Read the email. What are Dimitris’ plans?
4
4.03 Circle the correct
option. Listen and check.
Mark: Hi, Lara. Are you OK? You
look worried!
Lara: I am! My interview at the
bakery
1
willbe / is in half an
hour!
Mark: I didn’t know you were looking
for ajob.
Lara: Yes. I
2
’m going / ’ll go on
holiday next month; it’s all
booked now, so Ineed to
save some money!
Mark: Oh, I see. And where
3
do you
go / are you going?
Lara: Ireland – I can’t wait. My
friend’s grandparents have
invited us, so we
4
’re staying
/ ’ll stay at their house in
Dublin.
Mark: Cool!
5
Will you be able to /
Are you able to travel around
Ireland a bit?
Lara: Yes, definitely. We plan to
go to Cork, Galway and
Limerick.
Mark: I hope you have a great time
– and good luck with the
interview!
Lara: Thanks!
Hi Matt,
What are you going to do in the summer? I’m going to Greece. My
uncle is starting an open air cinema this summer and I’m going to
help sell tickets. My uncle lives next to the sea, so I’ll be able to
swim every day. I’ll probably spend my mornings on the beach with
my cousins and then I’ll work with my uncle in the evenings.
My flight is on the day after we finish school and I fly back to the
UK on 30 August. I’m going to miss hanging out with my friends,
but I won’t miss the British weather! I’ll send you a postcard from
Greece!
Bye for now,
Dimitris
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of these
forms in the email.
will
I’ll get you some water – you look thirsty. (spontaneous decision)
They won’t find this kind of work difficult. (prediction)
be going to
I’m not going to work full-time. (plan)
The job’s going to be interesting. (prediction based on facts)
Present Continuous
Sam and Chloe are arriving at two o’clock. (arrangement)
Present Simple
The train leaves in twenty minutes. (timetable)
Look at the future forms of
can
and
must
.
I can save some money. ➞ I’ll be able to save some money.
I must be back at two. ➞ I’ll have to be back at two.
Grammar Talking about the future
5 Write two true
sentences and one
false one about
your plans for the holidays.
Use be going to for plans and
the Present Continuous for
arrangements. In pairs, ask and
answer questions to find out the
information that is not true.
Y
O
U
And
I can understand the main points and identify specific details in an article.
4.3 READING and VOCABULARY Summer jobs
1 
Why not?
2
4.04 Read the ads quickly. What jobs are
advertised?
3 Look at the highlighted words in the ads. Check
your understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
4 Three young people are looking for summer jobs.
Match the people with ads A–C.
Summer staff needed at City Souvenirs
We are looking for shop assistants for our
busy gift shop. Applicants need to be reliable,
friendly and enjoy speaking to customers. A
second language is preferred as many of our
customers are tourists from other countries.
The positions are part-time and the hours will
be mostly at weekends. Visit our website for
moreinformation.
Keystones: new vacancy
Keystones Italian restaurant has a part-time
position available for a lunchtime kitchen
assistant. The role includes preparing food and
cleaning the kitchen.
This is a great opportunity to gain experience
and work with some great chefs. The hours are
between 10.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m., Thurs–Sun.
Call Marco for more information on 0321585067.
Star summer job!
Little Stars Summer Camp is looking for activity
leaders to organise activities for children aged
5–8. You will work as part of a team, and activities
will include arts and crafts and sports. Working
hours are between 1.00 p.m. and 5.00 p.m.,
Monday to Friday. So if you love working with
children and have lots of energy, please write to:
littlestars@pmail.com.
Hoàng Anh
She likes talking to
people and is a fast
learner. At the moment
Hoàng Anh is learning
Chinese on Tuesday and
Thursday afternoons and is
quite fluent in it. She isn’t very
sporty, but she loves drawing.
Hùng
Hùng loves sport and
he’s part of a swimming
club that meets every
morning at 8 a.m. – also
in the summer. He’s quite
shy and finds it difficult
to talk to people he doesn’t
know. He likes working with his hands
and is very neat and tidy.
Kiên
Kiên likes being outdoors
and is very sociable. He
loves water sports and
often takes his young
cousins surfing. He enjoys
learning new things. This
summer he’s having guitar
lessons every morning.
5 Do you think you would
be good at any of the
summer jobs in the ads?

I think I would be a good
shop assistant because I’m a condent
speaker and I’m quite brave! I don’t think
I’d be a good activity leader because I’m
not very patient with children.
B
A
C
Y
O
U
And
43Unit 4
44 Unit 4
I can predict about my future job.
4.4 GRAMMAR Future continuous
2 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the
Future Continuous in the dialogue.
She’ll be helping in the office.
We won’t be working outside.
Will you be working with animals? Yes, I will. / No, I won’t.
When will you be working there?
Time expressions
in five / ten / twenty years
I’ll probably be working in a hospital in five years.
at 9.00 p.m. / half past eight tonight
I’ll be doing my homework at 7.00 p.m. tonight.
next summer / next year / in the future
I’ll be working with animals next summer.
Grammar Future Continuous
3 Complete the sentences about Bình and Kelly with the
Future Continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
1 Kelly will be doing (do) a lot at the surgery.
2 Bình (work) with Kelly in
the summer?
3 The vet (show) Kelly how to look after
sickanimals.
4 Kelly (not probably earn) much money.
5 Kelly (visit) farms to learn about other
animals.
6 Bình (not see) much of Kelly because she’ll
be busy.
4 Make questions in the Future Continuous. In pairs, ask
and answer the questions.
1 you / work / in your own country / in the future / ?
2 what subjects / you / study / next year / ?
3 you / do / work experience / next summer / ?
4 your friends / go to university / after school / ?
5 you / celebrate / your birthday / soon / ?
A: Will you be working in your own country in the future?
B: No, I won’t. I’ll probably be working abroad.
1
4.05 Listen and answer the
questions.
1 What news does Kelly receive?
2 What does Bình think about the
news?
5 In pairs, complete the sentences to make
them true for you. Use the Future Continuous.
Next summer … After dinner this evening…
In ve years … At 11.00 p.m. tonight …
In fty years … This weekend …
In ve years, I will be studying art …
Bình: Look – you’ve got a letter.
Kelly: At last! I’ve been waiting for ages
for this. It’s from the vet. He says
I can help in the surgery this
summer.
Bình: Cool. What will you be doing?
Kelly: Let me see. I’ll be working in the
office and I’ll be doing simple
day-to-day jobs with the vet.
Bình: Mmm … simple day-to-day
jobs …
Kelly: Yes, it’ll be fun. I’ll be working with
different animals. I’ll be looking
after sick pets. And I’ll be helping
people who are worried about
their pets.
I’ve been waiting for
ages!
OUT
class
of
Y
O
U
And
I can understand specific details in a conversation and talk about success at work.
4.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Success at work
1 Have you ever won a prize? What was it? What

2
4.06 Study the Vocabulary box. Then
write the correct word for each definition.
Listen and check.
award candidate career
diploma employer speech
Vocabulary Success at work
1 a prize that you get for doing something
well award
2 a job that you have trained for and have
done for along time
3 a formal talk to a group of people
4 a document that shows you have
completed acourse
5 someone who wants to be chosen for a job
or aprize
6 a person or company that pays you to work
3 Look at the photos of Max and Hannah. What
do you think their jobs are?
4
4.07 Listen to the recording. Were
you right about Max’s and Hannah’s jobs?
5
4.08 Listen again. Mark the
sentences T (true) or F (false).
1 Max felt calm on the TV show.
2 Max got his diploma when he was
seventeen.
3 Max and Hannah are both
interested in sport.
4 Hannah designed the app after
afamily holiday.
5 Hannah’s mum owns a sports shop.
6 Max thinks of his dad as
acolleague.
7 Both Hannah and Max won
anaward.
6 In pairs, think of a simple idea
for a new business. Explain your
idea to the rest of the class. Use

●
What is the business?
●
Why is the business a good idea?
●
How many people are there in the
business?
●
What’s the future for your business?
Y
O
U
And
Max Hannah
45Unit 4
46 Unit 4
I can give instructions, remind somebody what to do and respond.
4.6 SPEAKING Instructions and reminders
Y
O
U
And
4 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples of
instructions and reminders in the dialogue.
Giving instructions
First, / Firstly, / Second, / Secondly, wash the glasses.
Then put ice in the glasses.
After that, ...
Be sure to smile.
But you'll have to ...
The last thing you need to do is … / Finally, …
Always / Never put your notebook down.
Try to / not to …
You need to … / It’s important to …
Reminding
Don’t forget to give them some water.
Remember to write it down.
Responding to instructions
That seems easy.
Of course. / OK. / Sure. / No worries. / No problem.
Then what? / Then what do I do?
I hope I remember it all!
Speaking Instructions and reminders
5
4.10 Complete the dialogue with words
from the Speaking box. Listen and check.
Jay: I’ve got an interview for a summer job at the
museum, but I’m not sure how to prepare.
Nina: Well,
1
first , look at the website to find out a
bit about the museum.
Jay: Of course. Then
2
?
Nina: After
3
, you need to decide what
you’re going to wear.
Jay: That
4
easy.
Nina: Hmm. It’s
5
to wear something
smart. That shirt’s too scruffy!
Jay: No
6
. Anything else?
Nina:
7
forget to check the time of the
interview.
Jay: You’re making me really nervous!
I
8
I remember it all.
6 In pairs, choose a summer job.
Take turns to tell each other
how to prepare for an interview.
help in a children’s activity camp help in a gift shop
A: Guess what! I’ve got an interview for …
How should I prepare?
B: Well, rst …
An: Thanks for coming, Bình. My brother, Bách,
usually works today, but he’s off sick.
Bình: No worries, An.
An: Oh, it’s all very simple. First, show the
customers to a table. Make sure the table
is clean. Then give them a menu.
Bình: That seems easy.
An: Yes, but be sure to give them time to read
the menu.
Bình: Of course. Then what?
An: After a few minutes, go back to the table
and take their order. Don’t forget to write
it down and always write the table number
on the order.
Bình: I hope I remember it all!
An: You need to be organised, Bình. I’ll be in
the kitchen, so try to bring me the orders as
soon as possible.
Bình: No problem. Anything else?
An: Yes. Remember to be polite with all the
customers.
Bình: Sure. Thank you, An.
He’s off sick.
It’s all very simple.
OUT
class
of
1 Do you find it easy to remember instructions
or do you often forget things?
2 Look at the photo. What is Bình doing?
3
4.09 Listen and answer the questions.
1 Why does An want Bình to help in thecafé?
2 How does Bình feel about working there?
I can write an email to a friend to tell about my summer job.
4.7 WRITING An email
Writing Time
5 Imagine you work part-time as an English
tour guide at local tourist attractions. Write
an email (100120 words) to your pen-pal
to tell about the job. You can use some of
the ideas here or your own ideas.
Responsibilities of the job
●
Show visitors around
●
Tell them about local culture and history
Good things about the job
●
Meet people from all around the world
●
Practise my English speaking skills
●
Free admission to some places
●
Flexible hours
●
Good hourly rates
1 Work in pairs. What kind of part-time job can
you do during your summer holidays? List the
jobs you can do.
2 Imagine if you have a part-time job during
summer holidays. What will you tell your

3 Read the email form Bella to Linh. What does
Bella tell Linh about? Are these ideas different
from or similar to your ideas?
4 Read the Writing box. Underline the
phrases you can find in Bella’s email.
• Be informal
Hey / Hi / Hello [Friend's Name],
How's it going?
I hope you're doing well.
Guess what?
I have some exciting / interesting news to share.
Have you heard about [topic]?
I've been busy with [activity / task / job] lately.
Take care and talk to you soon.
Best / Lots of love / Love
• Share details about the summer job
I’m working as ...
It is a full-time / part-time job.
It is a temporary / permanent job.
I earn a good hourly rate.
It is a well-paid / badly-paid job.
The owner offers flexible hours.
I do not have to work overtime.
I wash the dishes and clean the kitchen.
• Talk about your place of work and
teammates
My teammates / colleagues are friendly /
supportive / caring. They trained me …
• Share your personal experience
I really enjoy my time. / I really like it here.
Writing Writing an email to your friend
to tell about your job
Linh
New job
Hey Linh,
I hope you’re
doing well. I have
exciting news
to share! Guess
what? I’ve just
got my summer
holiday job!
I’ve been busy with being a part-time kitchen-
hand at a small restaurant near my house.
I take orders, sometimes wash the dishes and
clean the kitchen. This is a temporary job, but it
is well-paid, and I earn a good hourly rate. The
owner offers flexible hours. Isn’t it great? I can
still enjoy my summer break.
Everyone at the restaurant is very friendly and
supportive. They trained me what to do on the
first days.
I really enjoy my time here.
Tell about your summer
and how things are going with you.
Take care and talk
to you soon!
Bella
47Unit 4
GLOSSARY Jobs and expressions of jobs
48 Unit 4
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
1 one office job:
2 two creative jobs:
3 two jobs related to language:
4 two words related to money:
2 Use the glossary to complete the sentences with ONE
or TWO WORDS.
1 I received my last year and now I'm ready
to start my career.
2 The company offers so that employees
can maintain a healthy work-life balance.
3 The for the job is competitive in the current
market.
4 To succeed in my chosen , I need to
improve my skills.
5 The internship provided me with valuable
that I can apply to my future career.
PRONUNCIATION
3 4 .12 Listen and write the missing
letters. Then listen and repeat.
/p/ ainter, lumper, art-time, aid, osition,
ilot
/b/
ad, ack, rother, aker, arber,
ookkeeper
/t/
gui ar, onight, wenty, ime, able,
eacher
/d/
entist, iploma, iscuss, octor
4 Complete the sentences with ONE
word. Then read the sentences again.
1 A is a person who flies
an aircraft.
2 The is an expert in the
field of teeth and oral health.
3 A is an individual who
imparts knowledge and educates
students.
4 The is the head of a
country.
5 4.12 Listen and circle the words

Then practise the dialogue in pairs.
Phong: What do you think of being a
pilot?
Bình: I think being a pilot would be
exciting. You get to travel to
different places and experience
the joy of flying.
Phong: How about being a dentist?
Bình: Being a dentist requires a lot of
knowledge of oral health. It's
a rewarding profession, too.
You can help people maintain
healthy teeth.
badly-paid
/ˈbædli peɪd/
adj trả công rất thấp
career
/kəˈrɪə/
n sự nghiệp
colleague
/ˈkɒliːɡ/
n đồng nghiệp
communication
skills
/kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn
skɪlz/
np kĩ năng giao tiếp
communicator
/kəˈmjuːnɪkeɪtə/
n người giao tiếp
computer
programmer
/kəmˈpjuːtə
ˈprəʊɡræmə/
np lập trình viên
máy tính
day-to-day
/ˌdeɪ tə ˈdeɪ /
adj ngày qua ngày
dentist’s
assistant
/ ˈdentɪsts
əˈsɪstənt/
np trợ lí nha sĩ
diploma
/dɪˈpləʊmə/
n bằng cấp
entrepreneur
/ˌɒntrəprəˈnɜː/
n doanh nhân
fashion designer
/ˈfæʃən dɪzaɪnə/
np nhà thiết kế
thời trang
film director
/fɪlm dəˈrektə/
np đạo diễn phim
flexible hours
/fleksəbəl ˈaʊəz/
np giờ linh hoạt
full-time
/ˌfʊl ˈtaɪm/
adj / adv nguyên ngày
hands-on
experience
/hændz ɒn
ɪkˈspɪəriəns/
np kinh nghiệm
thực hành
hourly rate
/ˈaʊəli reɪt/
np tiền công theo giờ
interpreter
/ɪnˈtɜːprətə/
n thông dịch viên
lifeguard
/ˈlaɪfɡɑːd/
n nhân viên cứu hộ
neat
/niːt/
adj gọn gàng
overtime
/ˈəʊvətaɪm/
n / adv tăng ca
paid holidays
/peɪd ˈhɒlədeɪz/
np ngày nghỉ có
lương
plumber
/ˈplʌmə/
n thợ sửa ống nước
position
/pəˈzɪʃən/
n chức vụ
proof
/pruːf/
n bằng chứng
qualification
/ˌkwɒlɪfɪˈkeɪʃən/
n trình độ
shift
/ʃɪft/
n ca làm việc
sociable
/ˈsəʊʃəbl/
adj thích giao tiếp
speech
/spiːtʃ/
n bài nói chuyện
surgery
/ˈsɜːrdʒəri/
n ca phẫu thuật
vacancy
/ˈveɪkənsi/
n chỗ trống
well-paid
/ˌwelˈpeɪd/
adj trả công cao
adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
49Unit 4
Revision
VOCABULARY
1 Write the correct word for each definition.
Someone who:
1 helps swimmers in danger at the beach
is a l i f e g u a r d .
2 repairs water pipes, toilets, showers, etc.
is a p
.
3 translates spoken words into another
language is an i
.
4 works in a library is a l
.
5 looks after passengers on a plane is a
f
.
6 studies how people’s minds work is a
p
.
GRAMMAR
2 Choose the correct option.
1 Don’t worry. I will help / help you with your
homework later.
2 Jack’s decided that he isn’t going to work /
isn’t working in his dad’s company.
3 When I start my new job next week, I will
be able to / can practise my English.
4 This evening Alice helps / is helping in her
local theatre.
5 Let’s wait here. The train is going to leave /
leaves in ten minutes.
6 I’ve failed an exam, so I will have to / must
take it again in the summer.
3 Complete the dialogues with the Future
Continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
1 A: I’ve got an interview tomorrow.
B: Good luck! I ’ll be thinking (think) of
you!
2 A: What time will you be home tonight?
B: I’m not sure, but I (not work)
late again.
3 A: This time tomorrow you
(relax) after your first day at work.
B: No, I won’t. I (study). I’ve got
my driving test on Friday!
4 4.13 Listen to six students talking about
doing work experience. What jobs do they
refer to?
1
2
3
4
5
6
SPEAKING
5
4.14 Sam wants to be a teacher and
is spending a day at a primary school doing
work experience. Reorder the conversation.
Listen and check.
Sam: Thanks for having me. What
should I do first?
1
Teacher: After a few minutes, read the
children a story.
Sam: I hope I remember it all.
Teacher: Then ask the children about the
story. Be sure to listen to them.
Sam: That seems easy. They love stories.
Then what do I do?
Teacher: First, say hello to the pupils and
write your name on the board.
Sam: Of course. Then what?
Teacher: You’ll be fine, Sam. The children
will love you.
6 Imagine your friend is a new kitchen assistant

to do.
A
C
B
D
Wonders of Việt Nam
1 In pairs, answer the following questions.
1 What is the name of a famous limestone cliff in Long Bay?
2 Which waterfall in Nam is the largest in Southeast Asia?
3 What is the name of the cave system located in Phong Nha -
Bàng National Park?
4 Which mountain range runs through the northern part of
Nam?
5 What is the name of the sand dune desert located in the coastal
city of Mũi Né?
6 Which national park is home to the highest peak in Nam,
Fansipan?
7 What is the name of the river that runs through the Mekong Delta
in southern Nam?
8 Which island off the coast of
Nam is known for its white
sandy beaches and crystal-clear waters?
VOCABULARY
Tourist attractions | Natural
wonders | Waterfalls and caves |
Beaches and sand dunes |
Mountain ranges | Travel stories
GRAMMAR
Clauses of result |
Phrasal verbs
5
Wonders of
Viêt Nam
I can talk about a natural wonder in Nam.
5.1 VOCABULARY
50 Unit 5
E F G
4 5.02 Listen to a dialogue between
two friends, Bình and An, about a natural
wonder of Nam. Answer the questions
below.
1 What kind of experience did An have?
2 What did An have an impressive view of?
3 Who lives in stilt houses?
4 What kind of food did An try?
5 5.03 Listen again. Number the
phrases in the order you hear.
a spectacular scenery
b tasty food
c cultural heritage
d memorable experience
e friendly locals
f amazing tourist attraction
g breathtaking view
h affordable prices
6 Imagine you had a two-day trip
to one natural wonder in
Nam in Exercise 2. Tell your friend
about the trip. You should say:
●
Which place you would go to
●
Where it is located
●
What special features it has
●
What you can do there
●
How you feel about this place
Y
O
U
And
2 Look at photos (A-G). In groups, match the
places with the photos. Write the names under
the photos.
Ba Lake Waterfall
Long Bay Mã Pì Lèng Pass
Tràng An Grottoes
Hoàng Liên Mountain Range
Phong Nha - Bàng National Park
3 5.01 Listen to the Word Friends.
Complete the sentences with these Word
Friends.
affordable price cultural heritage
breathtaking views friendly locals
spectacular scenery tasty food
memorable experience
amazing tourist attractions
Word Friends
1 I took a lot of photos of the on the
Hoàng Liên Mountain Range.
2 We found most of the on Phú
Island not very expensive. We ate a lof of
them.
3 I’ve learned a lot about the of the
H’mông people in Sa Pa.
4 My visit to Phong Nha - Bàng National
Park was a truly .
5 The offered us some great food at
the market.
6 There are a lot of in Lào Cai. You
could spend a day or two visiting these
places.
7 We climbed the mountain to get a
of the valley.
8 We got tickets to Long Bay at an
.
51Unit 5
52 Unit 5
I can use clauses of result to talk about wonders of
Nam.
5.2 GRAMMAR Clauses of result
1 Look at the photo. What do you know about
this waterfall?
2
5.04 Read the dialogue between
Lan and Mike. What information about the
waterfall is new to you?
4 Choose the correct option in bold to
complete the sentences.
5 Rewrite the following sentences so that they
have the same meaning as the first.
1 We found a lot of hotels at affordable
prices. Because of this, I’m going to stay
there longer.
2 The lake has very clear water. I think loads
of people now visit it regularly.
3 I find H’mông cultural heritage extremely
interesting. I’m going to learn their
language.
4 I love the spectacular scenery on my trip to
Sa Pa. I intend to return someday.
5 The area at the border had really amazing
tourist attractions. I’m sure it will become
more popular in the future.
6 In groups, describe one natural
wonder in Nam. Describe it
in five sentences. Use clauses of
result.
3 Read the Grammar box and complete it with
ONE word for each blank.
Use clauses of result to show the result of an
action or situation. Use
such / so … (that);
(and)
as
a result / therefore
to introduce clauses of result.
Follow these patterns:
Such a / an
+ adjective + singular countable
noun +
1
: is such a beautiful
waterfall (that) it attracts many tourists.
Such
+ adjective + uncountable noun / plural
noun + (
that)
: It was such nice weather (that)
we played outside.
2
+ adjective / adverb +
that
: The water
was so cool (that) we all went swimming.
As a
3
/
therefore
+ clause: We didn’t see
the waterfall, therefore we’ll see it tomorrow.
Grammar Clauses of result
Mike: My class is planning for an outing to
Waterfall. What’s it like?
Lan: It’s the biggest and best waterfall in
Nam. You’ll be so impressed by the
white falls that you will want to take
loads of photos.
Mike: I see. Where is it located exactly?
Lan: It’s on the Nam-China border. As a
result, it has two sides, a Chinese side
and a Vietnamese side. We call the side
in Nam .
Mike: Can we swim there?
Lan: It can be dangerous, therefore you can’t
swim there. But you can take a small
bamboo raft to the edge of the falls.
Pongour Waterfall
Pongour Waterfall is a waterfall with a
couple of levels. The falls are about 40 m
high and 100 m wide. So much water falls to
the ground
1
that / such / so the loud sound
of the falling water fills the air.
These falls are not as popular as others in
the area
2
as / so / such there is less rubbish
around. And
3
as / so / such a result, more
and more tourists prefer these falls to some
of the other local favourites.
A local legend says a beautiful woman had
captured four rhinos. When she died, the
rhinos were sad,
4
therefore / such / as they
died too. One morning some locals found the
place where they died, and it was a beautiful
waterfall.
Overall, it’s
5
that / such / so a beautiful
scene that you will want to take many photos.
Y
O
U
And
53Unit 5
INTRODUCTION
The Sơn Đoòng Cave is the largest in the world.
It’s so big that a large jet could fly through it
without touching the sides.
SIZE
The cave system is 9 km long and 200 m wide
and 150 m deep underground.
LOCATION
The cave is located in central Quảng Bình
Province and is part of the Phong Nha - Kẻ
Bàng Grotto. It is surrounded by rainforests.
WE EXPLORE
THE SƠN ĐOÒNG CAVE
Highlighted terms Contextual clues Meanings
underground river
hanging columns
dripped down
cave pearls
refreshing
ORIGINS
This cave system was created by
an underground river. It is filled
with giant stalactites, over 80 m
high. These giant hanging columns
appear to be growing out of the
cave ceiling. When water dripped
down from the rainforest above it,
stalactites formed. Sơn Đoòng also
has stalagmites, which look like
stalactites, but grow upwards from
the ground. The stalagmites are
the tallest in the world at 70 m
high.
ACTIVITIES
In addition to stalactites and
stalagmites, the cave has another
natural wonder - cave pearls. These
are ball-like salts naturally formed
in caves. The ones in the Sơn Đoòng
caves are larger than tennis balls.
The cave also has a rainforest
growing inside of it, with its own
ecosystem. Biologists have
discovered over 200 species of
plants and trees. You can also swim
in a refreshing underground lake
which is as cool as 17-20°C.
Introduction The Sơn Đoòng Cave is the largest in the world. It’s so big that a large jet could fly through it without touching the sides.
Size The cave system is 9 km long and 200 m wide
and 150 m deep underground.
Location The cave is located in central Quảng Bình Province and is part of the Phong Nha - Kẻ Bàng Grotto. It is surrounded by rainforests.
Origins This cave system was created by an underground river. It is filled with giant stalactites, over 80 m high. These giant hanging columns
appear to be growing out of the cave ceiling. When water dripped down from the rainforest above it, stalactites formed. Sơn Đoòng
also has stalagmites, which look like stalactites, but grow upwards from the ground. The stalagmites are the tallest in the world at 70
m high.
Activities In addition to stalactites and stalagmites, the cave has another natural wonder - cave pearls. These are ball-like salts naturally formed
in caves. The ones in the Sơn Đoòng caves are larger than tennis balls.
The cave also has a rainforest growing inside of it, with its own ecosystem. Biologists have discovered over 200 species of plants and
trees.
You can also swim in a refreshing underground lake which is a cool 17-20°C.
I can guess the meaning of new words in a travel brochure about a tourist attraction
in
Nam.
5.3 READING and VOCABULARY A tourist attraction
1 Watch a video about Đoòng Cave. What is special about this cave?
2 Read the travel brochure about Đoòng Cave. What do the words and phrases highlighted in
pink mean? Write the contextual clues in the table below then guess their meanings.
3 Read the travel brochure again and choose
the correct answers.
1 How long is the cave?
a 9 km b 200 m c 70 m
2 How deep is the cave?
a 9 km b 200 m c 150 m
3 What surrounds the cave?
a rainforests b stalactites
c stalagmites
4 What are over 80 m high?
a rainforests b stalactites
c stalagmites
5 What did biologists find in the cave?
a stalagmites b plants
c plants and animals
4
ROLE PLAY
Student A is
Student B’s mother / father
who just came back from an
expedition to Đoòng Cave. Student B
asks Student A about the trip.
●
where it is
●
what is special about it
●
how long the expedition was
●
what equipment was needed
●
what your mother / father felt most
impressed with
Y
O
U
And
5.05
54 Unit 5
I can use phrasal verbs to talk about a natural wonder of
Nam.
5.4 GRAMMAR Phrasal verbs
3 Complete the sentences with check in, check out,
get away, get on, pick up, see off, set off, and take
off.
1 the bike and follow me.
2 some tasty food when you go to the
market.
3 Let’s check our equipment before we
for the underground river.
4 I will at a hotel near the border.
5 I want to this weekend and see some
spectacular scenery.
6 The friendly locals tourists at the bus
station.
7 your shoes before you enter the temple.
8 After you of your hotel, you will still have
time to see some amazing tourist attractions.
4 Circle the correct preposition.
5 In pairs, talk about a trip to a tourist
attraction that you or someone you
know had last year. Use the phrasal
verbs in Exercise 2 to ask and answer.
●
Where did you go to get away in the summer last
year?
●
What time did your plane / train / coach set off?
●
Which hotel did you check in?
1 Look at the photo. Do you know this
place?
2
5.06 Listen and read the
dialogue between a couple planning
for their holiday. Tick (✔) the
statements that are true.
Hùng: I can’t wait to get away and go to
Mũi Né Beach. I’m bringing a pair
of sunglasses and shorts. Is there
anything else to take?
: Before we set off, we need to pick
up some suntan lotion.
Hùng: How are you getting on with
packing? Is there anything else to
take?
: No, but take off that dirty hat so I
can wash it for tomorrow.
Hùng: What time do we check in at the
hotel tomorrow?
: At 2.00 p.m. and we have to check
out by noon the next day.
Hùng: Is your sister coming?
: No, but she’ll see us off tomorrow.
1 Hùng is going to Mũi Né Beach.
2 Hùng is taking his swimming
costume.
3 They will buy suntan lotion at
Mũi Né Beach.
4 will wash the dirty hat.
5 They will check out at 2.00 p.m.
6 ’s sister is seeing them off.
Y
O
U
And
When you want to
1
get away / in / off, go
to Phú Quốc Island.
After you
2
check in /
up / off at a hotel,
3
set
away / in / off to see
some of the white sand beaches.
4
Get on / out /
up a motorbike to explore the island’s attractions,
like the local fish sauce factory and a local fishing
village. If locals invite you into their homes, don’t
forget to
5
take in / up / off your shoes first before
entering.
Before you
6
check away / out / on of your hotel
and return to the big city, you might also
7
pick on /
out / up some local street food favourites.
55Unit 5
I can understand the structure of a travel story.
5.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY
1 Decide if the following statements
about Hoàng Liên Mountain
Range and Fansipan Peak are true
or false. Write T (true) or F (false).
2
5.07 Listen to the story of a trekker to Hoàng Liên
Mountain Range. What is the structure of the story?
A cause and effect
B compare and contrast
C listing
D time order
3
5.08 Listen again. Write down the connectors you
hear.
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
WORD FRIENDS
Below are the Word Friends from the
story. Write the missing words in Column B and match
the Word Friends with their meanings in Column C.
Column A Column B Column C
1 trekking An exciting experience of
trekking
2 join a Become a member of a
group of people
3 hotel People working at a hotel
4 cable Vehicles that hang from
a cable and transport
people up mountains
5 traditional Clothes worn for many
years by a particular
group of people
5 In groups, plan a trekking trip to Fansipan.
You should discuss:
●
Who should you go with?
●
When is the trip?
●
What will you need to bring?
●
What skills should you learn before the trip?
Y
O
U
And
1 The mountain range runs
through three provinces.
2 No ethnic minorities live on
this mountain range.
3 Most people need a local
guide to help them trek up
Fansipan.
4 You can fly to the top of
Fansipan.
5 Some local favourites from
the area are and
lam.
6 It’s generally quite cool in
Sa Pa.
56 Unit 5
I can use visual aids in a talk about a natural wonder of Nam.
5.6 SPEAKING Visual aids
3
5.09 Watch a video (See page 106
to scan code or go to the link to watch
the video). Take notes of what visual aids
are used. Then match the visual aids
(1-6) with their tips (A-D).
Visual aids Tips
1
use only relevant
images
2
use as an opener
or closer
3
show your
reaction
4 and show trends and
main ideas
4 Work in groups. Your teacher asks you
to give a presentation about a natural
wonder of Nam. Make an outline for
the talk. Then discuss what visual aids
will be used to support your talk.
Ideas Visual aids to use
1
2
3
4
2 Read the purposes of using visual aids in a
presentation. What do you often use visual aids
for?
Here are a number of ways in which visual aids can
help your next presentation:
• Use them to summarise your information.
• Use them to reduce the amount of explanation by
showing graphs and images.
• Increase impact on the audience.
• Use them to increase the interest in your
presentation.
• Use them to clarify some concepts.
Speaking Using visual aids
picture(s)
videoclip
chart
graph
handout
poster
1
3
5
2
4
6
5 Give a short presentation
on a natural wonder of
Nam to the class. Use
visual aids in your talk.
YOU
And
1 Tick (✔) the visual aids below that you have used
in a presentation.
57Unit 5
I can write a travel brochure about a natural wonder of Nam.
5.7 WRITING Travel brochure
1 Read the travel brochure in Lesson 5.3 again. Tick (✔) the
aspects it includes.
Location Transport Food
Activities Accommodation Origins
2 Your teacher asks you to design a travel brochure for a
natural wonder of Nam. Choose one natural wonder
in Lesson 5.1. Work in pairs. Make a mind-map about
what to include.
1 ... is located
2 There is plenty to
3 You can get there
4 You can stay at
5 Be sure to
6 You can easily get
7 ... is near
8 You can go
3 Read the expressions in the Writing box. Complete the
sentences using the ideas in the mind-map in Exercise 2
and these expressions.
Describing location
… is located in … Province. … is near …
… is 10 km from … City.
Describing activities
You can … There is plenty to do in / at …
Many people enjoy …
Describing how to get there
You can get there by … From … take a train / plane there.
It takes 2 hours to get there. Many travellers go there by …
Describing accommodation
A great place to stay is … You can stay at one of the …
Tourists generally like staying at / in …
Describing food
Be sure to try the … A local favourite is …
Try some …
Describing how to get around
You can easily get around by …
Try getting around in a …
It’s easy to catch a …
Writing Useful expressions
Writing Time
4 Write a travel brochure (100-120
words) in your group. Use the
checklist below to guide your
writing.
Include some of these aspects
o
Location
o
Food
o
Origin
o
Transport
o
Activities
o
Accommodation
Use useful expressions for
describing natural wonders.
Use some phrasal verbs or
clauses of result
5 Use the checklist to assess
another group’s travel brochure.
Rewrite your travel brochure.
GLOSSARY Natural wonders, travel stories
58 Unit 5
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to complete
the Word Friends. Then make a
sentence with each Word Friend.
1 trekking adventure
2 river
3 friendly
4 view
5 price
6 experience
I’d love to take the trekking adventure
inside Đoòng Cave.
2 Use the glossary to complete the
sentences.
1 After we arrive, let’s
at the hotel.
2 We’re going straight home after
we of the hotel.
3 I want to from
here for a few weeks.
4 your bike and
let’s ride to the market.
5 I forgot to
some milk at the shop.
6 We will by
noon.
7 It’s getting warm, so
your jacket.
PRONUNCIATION
3 5.10 Listen and repeat.
/br/ breathtaking, bring, bread
/dr/ drip, drum, drink
/tr/ contrast, transport, traditional
/tw/ twenty, twin, twist
4 5 .11 Listen and complete the sentences.
1 Don't forget to your camera to capture the
stunning landscapes of Ninh Bình.
2 The sound of water from the
stalagmites creates an enchanting atmosphere in the
caves of Phong Nha.
3 Waterfall offers visitors a view.
4 This town has places of interest. You can visit
all of them in a week.
5 5.12 Listen to the dialogue. Find the words with the
/br/, /dr/, /tr/, /tw/ sounds. Practise the dialogue in pairs.
Bình: Have you ever been to Long Bay before?
An: Yes, I have visited it more than twenty times. I love
the breathtaking beauty of the bay with its limestone
cliffs. It's a must-visit wonder of Nam.
Bình: What about Ninh Bình? Have you been there?
An: Yes! I love it, too. Ninh Bình is often called the " Long
Bay on land". It has stunning natural landscapes and
the peaceful Tràng An complex. Visiting Ninh Bình
is like stepping into a fairytale. By the way, have you
tried traditional foods and drinks there?
affordable
price
/əˈfɔːdəbəl
praɪs/
np giá cả phải chăng
amazing
tourist
attraction
/əˈmeɪzɪŋ
ˈtʊərɪst
əˈtrækʃən/
np điểm thu hút khách du
lịch tuyệt vời
border
/ˈbɔːdə/
n biên giới
breathtaking
view
/ˈbreθteɪkɪŋ
vjuː/
np cảnh đẹp ngỡ ngàng
cable car
/ˈkeɪbəl kɑː/
np cáp treo
cave pearl
/keɪv pɜːl/
np ngọc động
check in
/tʃek ɪn/
vp làm thủ tục nhận phòng
check out
/tʃek aʊt/
vp làm thủ tục trả phòng
cultural
heritage
/ˈkʌltʃərəl
ˈherətɪdʒ/
np di sản văn hoá
drip down
/drɪp daʊn/
vp nhỏ giọt
edge
/edʒ/
n bờ vực
friendly local
/ˈfrendli
ˈləʊkəl/
np người địa phương
thân thiện
get away
/ɡet əˈweɪ/
vp thoát khỏi / đi xa
get on
/ɡet ɒn/
vp lên (xe)
hanging
column
/ˈhæŋɪŋ
ˈkɒləm/
np cột treo
hotel staff
/həʊˈtel stɑːf/
np nhân viên khách sạn
join a tour
/dʒɔɪn ə tʊə/
vp tham gia tour du lịch
memorable
experience
/ˈmemərəbəl
ɪkˈspɪəriəns/
np trải nghiệm đáng nhớ
pick up
/pɪk ʌp/
vp đón (khách)
refreshing
/rɪˈfreʃɪŋ/
adj dễ chịu, sảng khoái
see … off
/siː ɒf/
vp tiễn (người thân)
set off
/set ɒf/
vp khởi hành
spectacular
scenery
/spekˈtækjələ
ˈsiːnəri/
np phong cảnh ngoạn mục
take off
/teɪk əf/
np cởi bỏ giày / quần áo
traditional
clothes
/trəˈdɪʃənəl
kləʊðz/
np quần áo truyền thống
trekking
adventure
/trekɪŋ
ədˈventʃə/
np cuộc phiêu lưu đi bộ
đường dài
underground
river
/ˈʌndəɡraʊnd
ˈrɪvə/
np sông ngầm
adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
59Unit 5
Revision
VOCABULARY
1 Complete the sentences with the correct
form of the given words.
1 Long Bay is renowned for its
breathtaking views of limestone cliffs,
making it a experience for any
traveler. (MEMORY)
2 The cultural of An Ancient
Town, with its well-preserved architecture
and rich history, offers visitors a unique
glimpse into Vietnam's past. (INHERIT)
3 Fansipan Peak has spectacular
of green forests and winding mountain
trails. (SCENE)
4 The Mekong Delta, with its vibrant floating
markets, offers visitors a chance to
experience foods. (TASTE)
5 Phong Nha - Bàng National Park,
with its stunning caves and
underground rivers, is a must-see tourist
attraction for nature lovers. (FRESH)
2 Choose the best choice to fill in the blanks.
1 Our friendly staff will you
as you leave our hotel. (see off /
see on / take off)
2 , start your trekking adventure
by hiring a local guide to help you. (First /
Next / Then)
3 take a cable car to the top of
the mountain. (Finally / Next / Before)
4 This is a great way to
from other tourists. (get on / get by / get
away)
5 Or you can of the
mountain range for a memorable
experience. (join a tour / check in a tour /
check out a tour)
GRAMMAR
3 Fill in the blanks with these words.
result so such that therefore
1 Mã Pì Lèng Pass is high that it is
cool and refreshing.
2 We had bad weather at Ba
Lake that we set off early to our next
destination.
3 The mountains near the border are so
pleasant I want to visit them next
year too.
4 As a , I want to move there to enjoy
the spectacular scenery and tasty food.
5 We arrived too early at the hotel,
we had to wait an hour before we could
check in.
READING
4 Use the underlined context clues to help
understand the meanings of the highlighted
words. Match these words to their definitions.
There are extra definitions.
Terms Definitions
valleys
to pay to use something
villages
managed by
steep mountain side at the edge of
water
think of something in a particular way
sold by
small attractive caves
taken by
tops of mountains
WRITING
5 Search the Internet and write a travel
brochure (100-120 words) to describe another
attraction in Ninh Bình Province.
The Tràng An Grottoes are located in Ninh Bình Province in the
southern part of the Red River Delta. The area includes 50 small
attractive caves formed by water. They cover an area of 31 valleys,
which is home to 600 types of plants and 200 kinds of animals.
The unique environment is now attracting visitors who come to
admire the splendid scenery.
Visitors will notice limestone peaks, or mountain tops, and vertical
cliffs that seem to grow out of the edge of the water. This has led
some tourists to call it “Hạ Long Bay on land”.
People have lived in this area for over 30,000 years. It was also
home to the ancient Vietnamese capital, Hoa Lư, in the 10
th
-11
th
centuries AD.
Most visitors rent small boats with guides at aordable prices to
take them to the best places in the area.
There are some nearby hotels run by friendly hotel sta.
Today the area contains pagodas, villages, paddy elds, and
temples and is considered by visitors as an amazing tourist
attraction increase.
VOCABULARY
Space | Space science
GRAMMAR
Zero, First and Second
Conditionals |
Third Conditional
6
Light years
away
I can talk about space.
6.1 VOCABULARY Space
1 Have you ever:
●
learned the names of stars?
●
used a telescope?
●
watched a programme
about space?
2 Check your understanding of the words in the Vocabulary box.
Which words can you find in the pictures?
astronaut astronomer comet Earth galaxy moon orbit planet
planetarium satellite solar system space station spacecraft
star telescope
Vocabulary Space
3
6.01 Listen to a presentation at a planetarium and answer
the questions.
1 What kind of information can satellites send?
2 What is a galaxy?
3 What is the name of the galaxy we live in?
4 Is the light that stars send always the same colour?
5 What colour is the Earth from space?
6 Can we see the International Space Station from the Earth?
60 Unit 6
What do you know about space? Try our quiz and nd out!
1
The Earth travels around the sun in a(n) orbit , which is
a a perfect circle.
b an ellipse (similar to an oval).
c a star shape.
2 The sun is a giant star. Which is the third
from the sun?
a Mars b Venus c Earth
3 A(n) is an icy rock travelling through space.
We can see its ‘tail’ of gas when
a it’s near the sun.
b it’s travelling fast.
c it’s getting smaller.
4 The travels round the Earth. Its light
a comes from hot gas inside it.
b is reflected from thesun.
c is very bright.
5 If you want to see galaxies, you need a(n)
. They work best
a in dark countryside skies.
b in a bright city.
c on a cloudy night.
4
6.02 Complete the quiz questions with words from the Vocabulary box.
Then do the quiz. Listen and check.
Did you know?
Mars is millions of kilometres
1
away / far but actually, the
distance between Mars and the
Earth changes all the time – from
over 50 to 401
2
million / millions
kilometres. For that reason, it’s
difficult to calculate the
3
long /
length of time it takes toget there.
The fastest
4
satellite / spacecraft
can travel at 58,000 kilometres
5
per / the hour, so theoretically, we
should get to Mars in thirty-nine
days. However, this is not possible
because the distance is never
short for a long time. Also, you
can’t travel in a straight line. So it
6
takes / gets much longer! In 1969,
Mariner 6 took 155 days to get to
Mars, but Viking 2 took twice that
time – 333 days!
5
6.03 Read the article. Choose
the correct option. Listen and check.
61Unit 6
6 In pairs, each reads about a planet.
Then tells each other what you know.
VENUS
●
second planet from the sun
●
closest planet to Earth
●
known as Earth's sister planet due to its similar
size and composition
●
has a thick atmosphere composed primarily of
carbon dioxide, with clouds of sulfuric acid
●
hottest planet with a temperature of 462 degrees
Celsius
●
slow rotation: 243 Earth days
●
no moons or rings
●
first spacecraft: the Soviet Union's Venera 7 in
1970
MERCURY
●
closest to the sun
●
has a diameter of about 4,880 kilometers, slightly
larger than Earth's moon.
●
has a very thin atmosphere composed mostly of
helium and oxygen and sodium.
●
has no moons of its own
●
slow rotation: 59 Earth days
●
first spacecraft: NASA's Mariner 10 in 1974
Y
O
U
And
62 Unit 6
I can talk about things that are always true, possible situations and imaginary situations.
6.2 GRAMMAR Zero, First and Second Conditionals
Bình: Hi! You guys ready to go
outside?
Trúc Anh: Why? It’s cold out there. I don’t
want to stand around in the
dark!
An: You’ll be fine if you borrow my
scarf and gloves. Come on.
Trúc Anh: Why have you brought the
tripod, Bình? Are you going
to take a photo of my new
hairstyle in the dark?
Bình: Ha ha! No, we want a photo
of the comet for our space
project.
Trúc Anh: Are you sure we’ll be able to
see it?
Bình: Good question! The comet is
millions of miles away. If we
didn’t have a good camera
and the tripod, it would be
reallytricky.
1
Do you think astronomy is interesting?
Why? / Why not?
2
6.04 Listen to the dialogue.
Answer the questions:
1 Who brought the tripod?
2 Why did he / she bring the tripod?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of
conditionals in the dialogue.
Zero Conditional: for things that are always true
if
+ Present Simple, Present Simple
Astronomers watch the sky if the sky is clear.
First Conditional: for possible situations in the future
if
/
unless
+ Present Simple,
will
+ infinitive / imperative
If you don’t go outside, you won’t see the comet.
I will buy a telescope unless it costs too much.
If you want to see a comet, check online.
Second Conditional: for imaginary situations
if
+ Past Simple,
would
+ infinitive (without
to
)
If I won the lottery, I’d buy a ticket to Mars.
I wouldn’t wait any longer if I were you.
Grammar Zero, First and Second Conditionals
4 Complete the sentences using the correct form of
the verbs in brackets.
1 If Sara had (have) enough time, she would show
(show) me how to use the telescope.
2 If you (be) in space, you
(experience) weightlessness.
3 If we (not have) a science test tomorrow,
we (not feel) stressed.
4 What you (do) if you
(see) an UFO?
5 If I (be) you, I (use) the
binoculars to look for the comet.
6 If the weather (be) clear tonight, we
(see) the stars.
7 If space exploration (be) less expensive,
I (travel) to space.
8 If humans (live) on other planets, we
(solve) the problem of overpopulation on
Earth.
9 If the rocket engine (fail), the spacecraft
(not launch).
5 In pairs, complete the sentences to
make them true for you.
1 I’ll do my homework this evening
unless …
2 I get really cross if …
3 If the weather is good tomorrow, …
4 I would feel very excited if …
Y
O
U
And
63Unit 6
I can understand specific details in an article and talk about space travel.
6.3 READING and VOCABULARY A big adventure
1 Do you think it’s a good idea to send people
into space? Why? / Why not?
2 Look at the title of the article and the photo.
What do you think the girl’s dream is?
Then read the first paragraph of the text
and check.
3 Look at the highlighted words in the
article. Check your understanding. Use a
dictionary if necessary.
4
6.05 Read the article. Choose the
correct answers.
1 Alyssa decided to go to Mars because
she
a read about it in a book.
b liked the idea of doing something
different.
c went to a space camp.
d enjoyed travelling and exploring.
2 What is Alyssa’s parents’ opinion of her
ambition?
a They think it’s too expensive and try to
discourage her.
b They want to help her fulfill her
dream because they are also ‘Mars
generation’.
c They don’t mind because they have a
lot of money to spend.
d They find it difficult because of the
expense, but they try to help her.
3 Which of these things is not important for
an astronaut’s training?
a learning to fly a plane
b learning to dive
c attending a space camp
d speaking foreign languages
4 What is the author’s purpose?
a giving advice
b giving information
c describing a place
d describing a person
5 Work in pairs. Ask and answer:
●
What do you think of Alyssa's
dream?
●
If you were Alyssa, what would you
do when you stepped foot on Mars?
The future is far away!
Alyssa Carson is a teenager and she already has big ambitions
for her future. If her dreams come true, she’ll fly into space.
So, is this just a dream? No. Alyssa made the decision when
she was three years old because the idea was exciting and
‘no one’s been there!’ After that, she read lots of books on
Mars and attended her first
space camp when she was
seven. Since then she’s learned
a lot about travel to other
planets. It’s an expensive trip,
which requires many years of
training. This is a problem for
Alyssa’s family, but they try
to support her. As her father
explains, ‘If you see the passion
she has, you have to be there
for her.’ Alyssa believes we are
‘the Mars generation’ and that
the mission to Mars will help
us get to know the planet better.
More than 100,000 people have already applied for a
journey to Mars. If they pass the tests, like Alyssa, they
will start a training programme. It’s also important to speak
several languages if you want to be an astronaut. Alyssa
speaks Spanish, French, Chinese and some Turkish, so this
should be enough! She also has a certificate in scuba diving
and is already working on her pilot’s licence. Both these
things, as well as a certificate in skydiving, are important for
an astronaut’s training.
Y
O
U
And
64 Unit 6
I can talk about unreal situations in the past.
6.4 GRAMMAR Third conditional
1 Should we spend millions of
pounds on space experiments?
Why? / Why not?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the
Third Conditional in the interview.
for unreal situations in the past
if
+ Past Perfect,
would
have
+ past participle
The experiment would have ended if the lander had
broken. (It didn’t break.)
Grammar Third Conditional
4 Match 1–3 with a–c to make sentences.
1 If the lander had had
more solar power,
2 The Rosetta mission
would have been
quicker
3 If the European
Space Agency hadn’t
spent millions of
euros,
a if the comet had
been nearer to Earth
during the mission.
b the scientists would
have gathered more
data.
c the Rosetta Mission
wouldn’t have
happened.
5 Complete the Third Conditional sentences in
the article using the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
Did you know some people believe that astronauts have never
landed on the moon? They believe NASA faked the landing.
Here are some of their reasons.
They say that the flag
1
wouldn’t have waved (not wave) if
the astronauts
2
(film) it on the moon because there
is no air on the moon. They also think some stars
3
(be) visible if the astronauts
4
(take) the photos on
the moon. Another mystery is that although we can see the
astronauts’ footprints on the surface, we can’t see any traces
of the landing module. If the module
5
(land) on the
surface of the moon, it
6
(leave) some traces!
2 Read the interview. Answer the
questions.
1 Were the scientists’ calculations
right?
2 Was the mission successful?
6 Complete the sentences to make
them true foryou.
1 If I hadn’t come to this school, …
2 If I hadn’t met my best friend, …
3 If I had learned how to …
4 If I had been born in a different country, …
This week in
Space
magazine, astronomer
Guy Greenwood
talks about a historic
mission to catch a
comet.
Space: The Rosetta mission cost 1.7
billion dollars. That’s a lot of
money! What was your aim?
Guy: Our aim was to discover more about
comets. The Rosetta spacecraft
flew 6.4 billion kilometres to
comet 67P, which is about four
kilometres wide. The flight took
ten years!
Space: What would have happened if
your calculations had been wrong?
Guy: Well, lots of scientists worked on
this project, so we were confident
that we’d got it right. We would
have been very disappointed
if the mission had failed. If the
mission hadn’t been successful, we
wouldn’t have had these incredible
close-up photos or this analysis of
the comet’s surface.
Moon landings:
fact or fiction?
Y
O
U
And
65Unit 6
I can understand the main points of a report and talk about space science.
6.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Fearless Felix
Y
O
U
And
1 Would you jump out of a plane or a hot air balloon?
Why? / Why not?
2
6.06 Study the Vocabulary box. Choose the
correct option. Listen and check.
atmosphere balloon capsule engine force gravity
helium oxygen parachute sound barrier
Vocabulary Space science
1 Humans need oxygen / helium to breathe.
2 The Concorde was a jet plane which broke the
engine/sound barrier.
3 The force which attracts objects towards the Earth is
parachute / gravity.
4 Helium is a very light gas which is used in balloons /
parachutes.
5 A jet engine / atmosphere is very powerful.
6 Greenhouse gases damage the Earth’s sound
barrier/ atmosphere.
3 Look at the pictures and read the information. What
do you think happened? Explainyour ideas.
4
6.07 Listen to the first part of
a report about Felix Baumgartner.
Were your ideas correct? Use
the prompts to summarise what
happened.
1 First, Felix put on …
2 Then he got into …
3 The balloon took him …
4 When he reached the right
height,…
5 Finally, he opened …
5
6.08 Listen to the second
part of the report. Complete the
notes with a word or phrase.
Name: Felix Baumgartner
Dat of jump:
1
14 October 2012
Location:
2
, USA
Nationality:
3
Age: 42
Height of about
4
jump: kilometres
Speed:
5
kilometres
per hour
Tim in
6
minutes
fre fall: and seconds
Cost:
7
of
US dollars
Felix Baumgartner’s
record-breaking adventure!
Felix jumps from the
capsule under the balloon.
His descent takes
ten minutes at
high speed.
The giant helium balloon
travels upwards for about
two and a half hours.
He free-falls before
opening his parachute.
6 In pairs, decide what
you would do and how
you would feel in each
situation.
What would you do if:
1 you had to climb ten metres up
a climbing wall to win a big
prize?
If I had to climb ten metres up
a climbing wall, …
2 your friend invited you to fly in
a hot air balloon?
66 Unit 6
I can give a warning and tell somebody not to do something.
6.6 SPEAKING Warnings and prohibition
Bình: An, I’ve got a great idea for our science
project. We didn’t get a photo of the comet,
but we can make a great film with this!
An: What is that?
Bình: It’s my birthday present. It’s a drone with a
small camera on it – here. You can get them
for a good price now.
An: That’s so neat! How fast does it fly?
Bình: I don’t know. Let’s try it. Right, the camera’s
on. We’re off! Mind out!
An: Awesome! Be careful – don’t fly too high.
You mustn’t get in the way of planes.
Later:
Bình: Watch out! You can’t do that! If you’re not
careful, you’ll … crash!
An: Well, if you hadn’t pressed the wrong button,
it wouldn’t have crashed!
Bình: It’s OK. There’s no damage. Phew! Let’s
check the recording.
An: That’s amazing! This will be perfect for our
project.
That’s so neat!
We’re off!
OUT
class
of
1 Do you think people should be allowed to use
drones? Why? / Why not?
Drones are not a good idea because they can
be adanger to planes.
2 Look at the photo. What are An and Bình
doing? What problems might they have?
3 6.09 Listen to the dialogue and
answer the questions.
1 What are they using the drone for?
2 Was Bình’s drone expensive?
3 What does An think of the drone?
4 Was the crash An’s fault?
4 Study the Speaking box. Find examples of
warnings and prohibition in thedialogue.
Warnings
Mind out!
Mind the steps / ladder / wet floor.
Look out!
Watch out! / Be careful!
Watch out for the people / bicycles / dogs!
If you’re not careful, you’ll …
Prohibition
You can’t / mustn’t do that!
You aren’t allowed to … it when …
Don’t fly too high / go too fast.
Keep off the flower beds / grass / carpet.
Make sure you don’t …
Speaking Warnings and prohibition
5 In pairs, take turns to explain what each
sign means. Tell the class.
6 What would you say in each
situation? Use phrases from the
Speaking box.
●
You see a cyclist riding
towards your friendquite fast.
●
Your little brother is playing online games
all evening.
●
There is ice on the path where you and
your friends are walking.
●
Your dad is driving the wrong way up a
one-way street.
Skateboards and
bikes are notallowed
in the park.
Smoking
prohibited
It is forbidden to
take photos in
this exhibition.
No camping permitted.
No fires or barbecues.
Y
O
U
And
67Unit 6
I can write an essay discussing advantages and disadvantages of space travel.
6.7 WRITING A paragraph
1 If you won a trip into space, would
you rather go to the moon, to Mars or
visit the International Space Station?
3 Work in pairs. Read Nina's essay. List the
advantages and disadvantages Nina gives for
space travel. Are they the same as your ideas in
Exercise 2?
4 Study the Writing box. Find examples of these
phrases in Nina’s essay.
Introduction
Nowadays, many / more and more people …
Many people believe / have wanted …
But is … really useful / good …?
Is … worth …?
Listing advantages and disadvantages
On the one hand, … On the other hand, …
Firstly, … / Secondly, … / Moreover, …
One / Another / The main advantage / disadvantage is
(that) …
One / Another reason for … is …
Finally, …
Giving and justifying opinions
I believe …
In my opinion, …
It seems …
For example, …
This is because …
Ending
To sum up, …
In conclusion, …
Writing An essay
Writing Time
5 Write another paragraph (100-120 words) about the
advantages and disadvantages of space travel. You
can use the following ideas.
Advantages
1 Scientific discovery: better understanding of our
own planet, the solar system, and the wider universe
2 Resource exploration: valuable resources, such as
rare metals and minerals
Disadvantages
1 Environmental impacts: negative environmental
impacts, such as the production of space debris
2 Health risks: negative effects on human health,
including muscle atrophy, bone loss, and
radiation exposure
2 In pairs, make a list of the
advantages and disadvantages of
space travel. Compare your ideas
with the class.
Sinc th first spac flight in 1961,
many peopl hav dreamed of travelling
into space. This essay will discuss th
advantages and disadvantages of spac
travel.
On th on hand, I believ spac travel
might b useful for humans in th futre.
For example, th main advantag is that
w can look for another planet to liv on,
lik Mars. This would b useful if w had
climat problems her on Earth.
On th other hand, I think spac travel
is too expensiv to invest in. Things
lik hospitals and education ar mor
important and need this money instead.
Another disadvantag is that it’s very
dangerous becaus of th speed and th
distance.
To sum up, if I had to choose, I would forget
about spac travel and try to look after
planet Earth better.
Nina
GLOSSARY Expressions related to space
68 Unit 6
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
ambition
/æmˈbɪʃən/
n tham vọng
astronomer
/əˈstrɒnəmə/
n nhà thiên văn học
binoculars
/bɪˈnɒkjələz/
n ống nhòm
capsule
/ˈkæpsjuːl/
n tàu con thoi
certificate
/səˈtɪfɪkət/
n giấy chứng nhận
comet
/ˈkɒmɪt/
n sao chổi
damage
/ˈdæmɪdʒ/
v làm hư hại
drone
/drəʊn/
n máy bay không
người lái
experiment
/ɪkˈsperəmənt/
n thí nghiệm
footprint
/ˈfʊtprɪnt/
n dấu chân
free fall
/friː fɔːl/
np rơi tự do
galaxy
/ˈɡæləksi/
n dải ngân hà
gravity
/ˈɡrævɪti/
n trọng lực
light year
/laɪt jɪə/
np năm ánh sáng
meteorite
/ˈmiːtiəraɪt/
n mảnh thiên thạch
mission
/ˈmɪʃən/
n sứ mệnh
parachute
/ˈpærəʃuːt/
n dù bay
pilot’s licence
/paɪləts laɪsns/
np bằng lái phi công
record-
breaking
/ˈrekɔːd ˌbreɪkɪŋ/
adj phá kỉ lục
satellite
/ˈsætəlaɪt/
n vệ tinh
scientific
/ˌsaɪənˈtɪfɪk/
adj có tính khoa học
solar system
/ˈsəʊlə sɪstəm/
np hệ mặt trời
sound barrier
/ˈsaʊnd bæriə/
np rào cản âm thanh
space camp
/speɪs kæmp/
np trại ngoài
không gian
spacecraft
/ˈspeɪskrɑːft/
np tàu vũ trụ
telescope
/ˈteləskəʊp/
n kính viễn vọng
Venus
/ˈviːnəs/
n Sao Kim
visible
/ˈvɪzəbl/
adj dễ thấy
1 Use the glossary to find:
1 two man-made objects you can find in
space:
2 a scientist who observes stars and
planets:
3 an aircraft without a pilot:
4 an object orbiting around a planet:
5 an expression to describe a length of
time or distance:
2 In pairs, write definitions for two words
from the glossary. Give your definitions to
another pair. Can they guess the words?
3 Work in pairs. Choose two words from the
glossary each. Your partner must write a
sentence including both words.
A: astronomer, binoculars
B: An astronomer uses binoculars to observe
stars.
4 6.10
PRONUNCIATION
Listen to the
sentences. Notice the pronunciation of
weak forms in the underlined words.
1 I’d find out more if I were you.
2 If I hadn’t phoned you, I wouldn’t have
known about it.
3 It’s travelling at a speed of 1,000 miles
anhour.
4 If I won the lottery, I’d buy a ticket to the
moon.
5 What would have happened if they had
missed the plane?
6 I’d love to travel to Mars.
5 6 .11 Listen again and repeat the
sentences.
6 Work in pairs. Student A is an astronaut.
Student B asks Student A to describe what
he / she does in a day.
Every day, I wake up at …
adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
69Unit 6
VOCABULARY
1 Write the correct word for each definition.
1 an item of clothing that astronauts wear
s p a c e s u i t
2 a place where you can learn about planets
p
3 the measurement of how fast something
travels s
4 a small, light flying machine with a camera
d
5 how long an object is from one end to the
other l
6 a moving space object with a long bright
‘tail’ c
2 Complete the quiz with the nouns below.
There is one extra noun.
Earth light year million
solar system thousand Venus
Revision
4 Complete the Third Conditional sentences
with the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
1 We wouldn’t have seen (not see) the stars
if the sky hadn’t been (not be) clear.
2 She (not become) an astronaut
if she (not be) to space camp.
3 If somebody (tell) me about the
space documentary, I (watch) it.
4 If he (not read) that book about
space, he (not study) physics.
SPEAKING
5 Match the sentences with the situations.
What else could you say? Then role-play
the situation in pairs.
1 You see a young child running to
pick up a ball from the road.
2 Your teacher is carrying a lot of
books and can’t see that the floor is
wet.
3 Your sister is going to fly a drone in a
busy children’s play park.
a Be careful! You might slip!
b You mustn’t use it here. You’ll have to go
somewhere else.
c Mind out! There’s a car coming.
GRAMMAR
3 6.12 Complete the Second Conditional
sentences in the article with the correct form of
the verbs in brackets. Listen and check.
Did you know that:
1 the sun is about the same size as one
million Earths?
2 there are thousands of planets in the
universe, but only eight in our ?
3 two of those eight planets, and
Mercury, don’t have any moons?
4 ancient astronomers believed that the
was at the centre of the
universe?
5 the edge of space is called the Karman Line?
It’s one hundred metres above
the Earth (that’s 100 kilometers!)
Life as an astronaut is very strange. First of all,
it’s very quiet. Radio waves can travel in space,
but sound waves can’t. So astronauts wouldn’t
hear the other astronauts if they
1
didn’t wear
(not wear) radio headphones! Then, of
course, there’s no gravity. What
2
(happen) if an astronaut cried in space? Or if
he
3
(drop) his sandwich? Well, the
tears and the sandwich
4
(stay) in
the air! And at bedtime, they
5
(not
fall) asleep unless they fixed themselves to the
‘bed’. However, one good thing happens as
a result of zero gravity: your back stretches
about five or six centimeters. So if you
6
(want) to grow taller, you should
travel into space!
Life in space
VOCABULARY
Health problems |
At the doctor’s |
Extreme sports
GRAMMAR
Reported speech |
Reported commands and
requests
7
Take a deep
breath
I can talk about health problems.
7.1 VOCABULARY Sickness and health
1 Study the Vocabulary box. In pairs, use the words and phrases to
describe the people in the picture.
I think the girl has got asthma. Perhaps the boy has got a virus.
The woman has got a headache. The boy is sneezing.
allergy asthma bug food poisoning
hay fever infection injury insomnia
migraine virus travel sickness
Vocabulary Health problems
2 Look at the posters from the doctor’s waiting room. Choose the
correct explanation for each poster.
1 a Wait here if you think you have a food allergy.
b You don’t have to wait for a food allergy test.
c Everybody should get a food allergy test now.
2 a If you want to go to the asthma clinic, arrange a time with
thenurse.
b You can check the hours of the asthma clinic with the nurse.
c The nurse will be at the asthma clinic.
3 a Sealegs wristbands are for sale at the chemist’s.
b You can get free Sealegs wristbands at the chemist’s.
c You can buy Sealegs wristbands from the doctor.
70 Unit 7
6 In pairs, ask and answer the
questions.
1 Do you or does anyone in
your family have an allergy?
2 What do you do when you feel
stressed?
3 When did you last have a virus? How
did you feel?
Y
O
U
And
3 7.01
WORD FRIENDS
Complete the Word
Friends box with the words below. Listen and
check.
a check-up a rash a temperature
some tablets your blood pressure
your voice
Feeling ill
come down with the flu / something
have
1
a rash / a runny nose /
2
/ a nose bleed / a cough /
an infection
lose your appetite /
3
Seeing the doctor
get a prescription
have
4
listen to your chest
take your temperature /
5
Getting better
get lots of rest
stay in bed
take medicine /
6
Word Friends
4 7.0 2 Listen to a conversation
between a doctor and a patient.
Tick (✔) the phrases you hear in the
Word Friends box.
5 7.0 3 Listen again. Answer the
questions.
1 What is the boy’s problem?
2 What does the doctor do?
3 What is the doctor’s advice?
4 Is the boy happy with the doctor’s
advice? Why? / Why not?
71Unit 7
72 Unit 7
4 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of reported
speech in the text.
Present Simple Past Simple
‘I have a headache.’ He said (that) he had a headache.
Present Continuous Past Continuous
‘I’m getting better.’ She said (that) she was getting better.
Past Simple Past Perfect
‘I wanted to be a doctor.’ He said (that) he had wanted to be a
doctor.
will
would
‘My mum will do it’. He said (that) his mum would do it.
can could
‘I can’t see anything’. She said (that) she couldn’t see anything.
Questions
‘Do you work in a hospital?’ She asked me if I worked in a
hospital.
‘What time is it?’ He asked what time it was.
Other changes
We often change pronouns, time phrases and place adverbials.
now then here there this month that month
yesterday the previous day / the day before
tomorrow the following day
‘My brother was here yesterday.’ The girl said her brother had
been there the day before.
Grammar Reported statements and questions
I can report what somebody else has said.
7.2 GRAMMAR Reported speech
3 Read the text quickly.
Why did George go to the
doctor?
5 Rewrite the questions in reported speech.
1 ‘What time does the doctor finish?’ I asked.
Iaskedwhattimethedoctornished.
2 ‘When are they leaving?’ Rachel asked.
3 ‘Does it hurt?’ the nurse asked.
4 ‘When did you take the medicine?’ he asked me.
5 ‘Did Emma see the doctor yesterday’ I asked.
6 ‘Can I make the appointment tomorrow?’ Liam asked.
7 ‘My friends will wait for me here’ I told Laura.
8 ‘My mother has worked as a nurse for five years’ Mary
told her new neighbour.
6 Work in pairs. Think of the last time somebody
told you some important news. What did they
say? How did you feel?
My friend told me she passed the test into the high school
she wanted.
1 If a person is colour blind, why
is it difficult to do the things
below?
cook choose clothes
drive a car
read a geography book
2 Look at the photo in the text.
What sort of testdo you think
this is?
When twelve-year-old George
said that he was getting
headaches at school, his
dad made an appointment
for an eye test. The optician
showed him some coloured
images and asked him what
numbers he could see,
but George found the task
difficult. The optician then
asked him what his plans
were for the future. George said that
he hoped to be a pilot. ‘That might be
difficult,’ said the doctor, ‘because you’re
colour-blind’. She told George that he
probably wouldn’t be able to fly planes
in the future. He was very disappointed.
Later at home, his mum told him that
colour-blindness ran in the family and
said his grandad had the same problem,
but that he had learned to live well
with it. She said that he couldn’t tell
the difference between some colours.
George asked if that was why his grandad
didn’t drive a car. ‘No,’ said his mum. ‘You
can drive when you’re colour-blind. He
just never enjoyed driving.’
Y
O
U
And
73Unit 7
I can understand specific details in different types of text.
7.3 READING and VOCABULARY What to do if you’ve got a cold
1 How often do you get a cold? Do you try to
avoid a person who’s got a cold? Why? / Why
not?
2 Look at the highlighted words in the two texts.
Check your understanding. Use a dictionary if
necessary.
3 Look at the poster. Where do you think you
might see this information?
5 7. 05 Read the blog post. Answer the
questions. Do not use more than three
words.
6 In pairs, take turns to answer
the questions. Use information
from the two texts and your own
experience.
1 What do you think are the best remedies
foracold?
I always drink hot lemon and honey.
2 How do you feel when you’ve got a cold?
Do you try to carry on with your life or do
you usually stay in bed and rest?
Achoo! Have you got a cold?
Read on for some great tips!
Always feed a cold. Perhaps you don’t feel
like eating, but your body needs vitamins, so eat
small amounts regularly.
Try hot chicken soup. Your body needs food and
water. Hot soup clears your nose and thewater in
it hydrates you.
Fresh air won’t make your cold worse and might
make you feel better. But if you go outside,
remember to wear warm clothes.
Don’t get too hot. Some people think it’s good to
sweat if you’ve got a cold, but you will feel worse.
Get lots of vitamin C. You don’t have to drink loads
of orange juice. Some green vegetableshave more
vitamin C in them. Sotry some broccoli.
1 What does the blogger normally write
about?
2 How long does the blogger hope the virus
will last?
3 What effect do raw onions have on a
virus?
4 What is dark chocolate good for?
4 7.0 4 Read the poster. Mark the
sentences T (true) or F (false).
1 You should try to stop eating when
you’ve got a cold.
2 Soup can help a cold, but you
mustdrink water with it.
3 Going outside can help when you’ve
got a cold.
4 Sweating won’t make you feel better.
5 Orange juice is the best source
ofvitamin C.
I’ve always blogged about keeping healthy, but
guess what! Today I’m sweating, my throat hurts, my
nose is running and my head feels like it’s going to
explode. Yes, I’ve caught a cold and I’ve got a party
on Saturday! I think it’s time to find some cool ideas
to help me get better fast.
Eating well is super important. Fruit and vegetables
are a must, but I’ve read that onions can fight a virus
if you eat them raw – just like eating an apple! Yuk!
I might try it, but I don’t think anyone will want to
talk to me at the party! Another remedy is chocolate.
Apparently, dark chocolate can stop a cough, so I’m
definitely going to try that. Hot chocolate with chilli
works best because the spice fights the cold. Yum!
I’ve got a virus but I’m going to grab some chocolate
and go to bed. Wishing you all a happy and healthy
weekend!
Y
O
U
And
74 Unit 7
I can use reported speech to talk about commands and requests.
7.4 GRAMMAR Reported commands and requests
2
7.0 6 Listen. Why does Trúc Anh lift Bình's head?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of
reported commands and requests in the dialogue.
Grammar Reported commands and requests
Commands
‘Move the left leg first.’ I told you to move the left leg first.
‘Don’t rush.’ She told us not to rush.
Requests
‘Can you help me, please?’ He asked them to help him.
‘Please don’t touch the medical equipment.’
She asked us not to touch the medical equipment.
4 Rewrite the commands and requests in reported
speech.
1 ‘Put a bandage on my arm.’
She told me to put a bandage on her arm .
2 ‘Please don’t use mobile phones in the hospital.’
The nurse asked us .
3 ‘Don’t do any sports for the next six weeks.’
The doctor told him .
4 ‘Please help me with my biology homework.’
Sarah asked her mum .
5
7.07 Complete the text with the correct form of
the verbs in brackets. Listen and check.
Trúc Anh: You go first, Bình. Lie down,
please. What are you doing?
Bình: You asked me to lie down!
Trúc Anh: Yes, but not with your legs up on
that chair! Come on, Bình. Please
be serious! I really want to learn
this. I’d love to be a first aider at
festivals one day.
Bình: OK, I was just messing about.
Trúc Anh: Now, the instructor told us to
start by bending this arm – like
this. And then I pull your other
hand and put it on your cheek.
Iasked you to be serious!
Bình: Sorry!
Trúc Anh: Then he told us to bend the
knee and then I need to pull
the leg over.
Bình: Gently!
Trúc Anh: Oh yes! Sorry, Bình. Now
I need to move your head a
bit so you can breathe OK.
Anything else?
Bình: Yes. Call an ambulance!
Trúc Anh: Very funny!
Please be serious!
I was just messing about.
Very funny!
OUT
class
of
1 Look at the photo. What are Phong
and Trúc Anh doing? Why is it
important to put someone who is hurt
in the recovery position?
6 Work in pairs. Ask and answer about
what to do in case of a finger cut,
allergy and choking. Use reported
commands and requests.
A: Whatdoyouoftendowhenyouhaveangercut?
B: My parents told me to wash my hands with soap,
then use a clean cloth to hold the wound …
Matt Hanford is a first aid specialist at festivals and
events – and he’s just sixteen years old. It all began
when Matt’s teacher
1
asked (ask) his class to take
(take) part in a first aid course. Matt really enjoyed it
and his local first aid organisation
2
(ask)
him (become) a first aider. The first event Matt helped at was
a rock music festival. He was a bit nervous at first, but his colleagues
3
(tell) him (not worry) and he loved the experience.
Last week his first aid team leader
4
(ask) him
(help) at a rugby match. When we
5
(ask) Matt
(explain) why he likes being a first aider, he told us it’s because he loves
helping people – and going to lots of great events!
Young first
AIDERS
Matt’s story
Y
O
U
And
75Unit 7
I can listen for specific details and talk about extreme sports.
7.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Extreme sports
1 Which sports can you see in the photos? Which do
you think look the most exciting? Why?
2 7.0 8 Study the Vocabulary box. Write the
words in the correct category. Use a dictionary if
necessary. Listen and check.
abseiling BMXing bodyboarding bungee jumping
free running hang-gliding (ice) climbing kite-surfing
parachuting paragliding sandboarding sky-diving
snowboarding white-water rafting
Vocabulary Extreme sports
●
on land: , , , ,
,
●
in the air: , , , ,
●
on / in the water: , ,
3 7.0 9 Complete the sentences with words from
the Vocabulary box. Listen and check.
1 I love BMXing and I just got a new bike for my
birthday.
2 On our holiday in Tunisia, we went in
thedesert.
3 We’re going on the Salmon River –
I hope Idon’t fall in!
4 My dad went once, but he was too
scared to jump out of the plane!
5 We do around our town. It’s a mix of
athletics and acrobatics.
6 I tried for the first time today. We wore
ropes and went down a ten-metre rock.
4 7.10 Listen to a girl leaving
a message about her birthday
party. Which of the sports in the
Vocabulary box is she going to do at
her party?
5 7.11 Listen again. Complete
thenotes.
6 Have you ever tried an
extreme sport? Discuss in
pairs.
●
If so, which one? How
did you feel?
●
If not, which extreme sport would
you like to try? Why?
I’ve never tried an extreme sport, but
I’d like to try hang-gliding because I
thinkit’sthenearestthingtoying!It
would be amazing to see everything
from high up.
A
B
C
D
Harriet’s extrem party!
Where:
1
(opposit
2
and next to th
leisur centre)
When: Saturday @
3
a.m.
Tell Harriet’s mum about any
4
Must wear:
5
and trousers
Phon Katy’s mum about lift (mobil
no:
6
)
E
F
Y
O
U
And
76 Unit 7
I can ask for and give advice.
7.6 SPEAKING Asking for and giving advice
4 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples
in the dialogue.
Asking for advice
What do you suggest?
If you were me, what would you do?
What’s your advice?
Any ideas what to do?
Giving advice
If I were you, I’d drink warm water with some honey
and lemon.
You’d better see a doctor.
You should / ought to go home.
I suggest taking some rest.
It might be a good idea to …
Have you thought about making an appointment
to see the doctor?
Have you tried putting some cream on it?
Try holding your nose.
I’d recommend / advise / suggest taking an aspirin.
Being unable to give advice
I don’t know what to advise / suggest, I’m afraid.
I wish I could help / suggest something, but I …
I’m afraid I can’t really help you.
Speaking Asking for and giving advice
5
7.13 Complete the dialogues with words
from the Speaking box. Listen and check.
1 A: I’ve got a rash on my stomach. What’s
your advice ?
B: It might be a good to see a
doctor. It could be something serious.
2 A: I’ve had a runny nose for a few days.
What do you
?
B: I don’t know to advise, I’m afraid.
I think you’ll just have to wait for it to go.
3 A: I feel a bit dizzy. ideas what to do?
B: If I you, I’d have something to
eat and sit down for a while.
1
Do you know a cure for hiccups? What is it
and does it work?
I’ve heard that eating a slice of lemon can
stophiccups,butIhaven’ttrieditbecause
Idon’tlikelemons!
2 Look at the photo. What do you think is
happening?
3
7.12 Listen. Do the friends stop
Trúc Anh’s hiccups? How?
6 In pairs, each choose one of the
problems below. Take turns to ask
for and give advice.
●
a bad headache
●
a sore throat
●
itchy eyes and sneezing
Trúc Anh: You’ve got to help me. I can’t get rid
of these hiccups. It’s driving me mad!
Any ideas what to do?
An: Have you tried holding your breath?
Trúc Anh: Yes. It didn’t work!
Bình: I know it sounds weird, but if I
were you, I’d try drinking some
water upside down. Drink from the
opposite side of the glass.
Trúc Anh: OK. I’ll give it a go. Oh no, the water
has gone everywhere!
An: I know! I saw this on TV. Try blocking
your ears and nose and drinking the
water. It’s supposed to work every
time!
Trúc Anh: OK, I’ll block my ears, but …
An: I’ll hold your nose.
Phong: And I’ll take the glass of water. Take
a sip.
Trúc Anh: Wait a minute. My hiccups have
gone! Thanks, Phong!
It’s driving me mad!
I know it sounds weird, but …
I’ll give it a go.
OUT
class
of
Y
O
U
And
I can write a survey about health-related habits and experiences.
7.7 WRITING Healthy lifestyle
1 Complete the survey about you. 3 Work in groups. Imagine you want to survey your
classmates about their health issues. Tick (✔) the
questions you will ask. Add other five questions.
1 How often do you have a hiccup that lasts for
more than an hour?
2 How often do you get a cold or flu each year?
3 Have you ever performed first-aid on yourself or
someone else?
4 Have you ever visited a doctor for a health issue
related to hiccups?
5 How often do you visit a doctor for routine
check-ups?
6 How often do you experience symptoms of anxiety
or depression?
7 Have you tried meditation to treat a health issue?
Writing effective survey questions:
• Write simple questions.
• Ask specific questions: Instead of asking "Do you
exercise regularly?", ask "How many times per week
do you engage in physical activities?"
• Avoid asking two questions at a time.
• Write options that are the same in forms.
• Write questions that are appropriate and relevant to
the target audience.
• Avoid yes / no questions.
Writing A survey
4 Read the Writing box and decide which questions in
Exercise 1 and 3 should not be used.
2 Work in groups. Discuss these
questions:
1 What is a survey?
2 What is the purpose of a survey?
3 Who can do the survey in Exercise 1?
1 How many servings of fruits and
vegetables do you eat on an
average day?
a Less than 1 serving
b 1-2 servings
c 3-4 servings
d 5 or more servings
2 How often do you engage in
physical activities such as jogging,
cycling, swimming, or playing
sports?
a Less than once a week
b 1-2 times a week
c 3-4 times a week
d 5 or more times a week
3 How many hours of sleep do you
often get per night?
a Less than 6 hours
b 6-7 hours
c 7-8 hours
d More than 8 hours
4 How often do you consume sugary
drinks such as soda or coke?
a Every day
b 2-3 times a week
c Once a week or less
d Never
5 Have you ever been diagnosed
with migraine, high blood pressure,
or asthma?
a Yes
b No
6 How often do you see a doctor?
a Every two years or more
b Every year
c Every month
d Every week
77Unit 7
Writing Time
5 Work in groups. Write a health survey (100-120 words)
about exercising habits to adults. Write from 5
to 8 questions and three or four options for each
question.
6 Give your survey to as many adults as you can.
Report the results of the survey to the class later.
GLOSSARY Health problems | Adjectives and nouns for illness | Extreme sports
78 Unit 7
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
1 four nouns related to medical conditions: ...
2 four adjectives to describe a medical
condition: ...
3 one sport you do on water: ...
4 three extreme sports you do in air: ...
2 Choose the correct option.
1 What do you do if you take /have a
nosebleed?
2 What can you do if you lose / get your
appetite?
3 When did you last have / take a check-up?
4 Has the doctor ever had / taken your
temperature? If so, when?
3 In pairs, ask and answer the questions in
Exercise 2.
A: Whatdoyoudoifyouhaveanosebleed?
B: I put a wet towel on my nose.
4 7.14
PRONUNCIATION
Listen and
repeat the groups of words.
Sometimes the stress moves, depending
on the part of speech. Sometimes it stays
the same.
Stress moves: operate, operation
Stress doesn’t move: injure, injury, injured
5 7.15 Mark the stress in the words
below. Write them in the correct category
in Exercise 4. Listen and check.
allergy, allergic
asthma, asthmatic
depress, depression
dyslexia, dyslexic
infect, infection, infected
prescribe, prescription
allergic
/əˈlɜːdʒɪk/
adj bị dị ứng
allergy
/ˈælədʒi/
n sự dị ứng
ambulance
/ˈæmbjʊləns/
n xe cứu thương
appointment
/əˈpɔɪntmənt/
n cuộc hẹn
bandage
/ˈbændɪdʒ/
n gạc băng bó
bend
/bend/
v bẻ cong
bodyboarding
/ˈbɒdibɔːdɪŋ/
n môn lướt ván
bụng
bungee
jumping
/ˈbʌndʒi
ˌdʒʌmpɪŋ/
np nhảy bungee
carsick
/ˈkɑːsɪk/
adj say xe
clinic
/ˈklɪnɪk/
n phòng khám
come down
with
/kʌm daʊn wɪð/
vp bị ốm
dyslexic
/dɪsˈleksɪk/
adj mắc chứng
khó đọc
explode
/ɪkˈspləʊd/
v nổ tung
extreme sports
/ɪkˈstriːm spɔːts/
np thể thao
mạo hiểm
first aid
/ˌfɜːst ˈeɪd/
np sơ cứu
first aider
/ˌfɜːst ˈeɪdə/
np người sơ cứu
food poisoning
/ˈfuːd pɔɪzənɪŋ/
np ngộ độc
thực phẩm
adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
hang-gliding
/ˈhæŋ ɡlaɪdɪŋ/
n dù lượn
hiccup
/ˈhɪkʌp/
n nấc cụt
hold your
breath
/həʊld jə breθ/
vp giữ hơi thở
hydrate
/ˈhaɪdreɪt/
v bổ sung nước
ice climbing
/ˈaɪs ˌklaɪmɪŋ/
np môn leo băng
itchy
/ˈɪtʃi/
adj ngứa
kitesurfing
/ˈkaɪtsɜːfɪŋ/
n môn lướt ván
diều
migraine
/ˈmiːɡreɪn/
/ˈmaɪɡreɪn/
n chứng đau
nửa đầu
muscle
/mʌsl/
n cơ bắp
parachuting
/ˈpærəʃuːtɪŋ/
n môn nhảy dù
paragliding
/ˈpærəɡlaɪdɪŋ/
n môn dù lượn
plaster
/ˈplɑːstə/
n băng dán
recovery
position
/rɪˈkʌvəri
pəˌzɪʃən/
np vị trí
phục hồi
remedy
/ˈremədi/
n biện pháp
khắc phục
seasickness
/ˈsiːsɪknəs/
n say sóng
skydiving
/ˈskaɪdaɪvɪŋ/
n môn nhảy dù
sneeze
/sniːz/
v hắt hơi
79Unit 7
Revision
VOCABULARY
1 Write the correct health problem for
each situation.
1 It’s like a terrible headache and
I need to stay in the dark.
m i g r a i n e
3 I go to bed tired, but I lie awake
for hours. i
4 Sometimes I find it difficult to
breathe. a
2 I ate some fresh fish, but I was
sick as soon as I got home.
f p
5 I cut my finger and didn’t
clean it properly. It’s very red
and painful. i
6 I fell and hurt my back doing
sport, but it’s getting better.
i
2 Have you ever suffered from any of
the problems in Exercise 1? Discuss
in pairs.
3 Complete the text with the words
below.
dizzy dizziness ill painful
prescribe tiredness travel sickness
It’s that horrible feeling that starts in
your stomach. You feel
1
dizzy , you feel
sick and for some people it ends with
a
2
headache. Although
it’s often called
3
, it’s really
motion sickness. Some people get it
on exciting rides at the fair or even
watching 3D movies where they
complain of
4
and nausea.
In very serious cases, the doctor might
5
tablets, but there are other
remedies such as ginger or wristbands
that don’t cause
6
. Other
remedies include sitting on brown paper!
Maybe it’s worth trying as nobody wants
to be
7
on holiday.
Motion sickness
GRAMMAR
4 Read the dialogue. Complete the text below with
one or two words in each gap.
Alice: I feel awful. I can’t get rid of my headache.
Mark: I had a bad one last week and my teacher
sent me home. Have you talked to your
teacher?
Alice: Yes, she just gave me a glass of water! Do you
have an aspirin?
Mark: No, I don’t. Sorry. Go and see the school
nurse.
SPEAKING
5 Work in pairs. Student A, your partner is ill. Find
out what’s wrong and give him / her some advice.
Student B, imagine you have a health problem. Tell
your partner about it. Follow the instructions below.
A: Say hello. Ask your friend how he / she is.
B: Say you aren’t well. Explain what the problem is.
A: Give your friend advice.
B: Say you’ve tried that, but it doesn’t work.
A: Suggest something else.
B: Again, tell your friend that doesn’t work and why.
A: Say you can’t help, but hope your friend feels
better soon.
B: Thank your friend.
Alice told Max she
1
felt awful. She said she
2
get rid of her headache.
Mark said that he had had a bad one the
week
3
and that his teacher
4
sent him home. He asked Alice
5
she had talked to her teacher. She said
the teacher had just
6
her water.
Then Alice asked Mark if he
7
an
aspirin. Mark said he
8
and
told Alice
9
go and see the
school nurse.
VOCABULARY
English as an international
language | Differences between
American and British English |
English accents | Presentation
fluency
GRAMMAR
Wishes with Past Simple |
Deduction about the present
8
World
Englishes
I can talk about the spread of English as
an international language.
8.1 VOCABULARY
1 How popular is English? Take the quiz about the use of English
around the world. You can choose more than one option.
1 Approximately how many people speak English as a first
language?
a nearly 400 million people b 1 billion people
c 1.5 billion people d 2 billion people
2 Which international organization uses English as its official
language?
a United Nations b European Union
c World Trade Organization d African Union
3 Which of the following is not a reason why English is an
international language?
a It is the easiest language to learn.
b It is the language of science and technology.
c It is the language of international business.
d It is the language of communication.
4 According to Kachru (1985), which countries
are NOT in the inner circle?
a Canada
b New Zealand
c Philippines
d Australia
5 According to Kachru (1985),
which countries are NOT in
the expanding circle?
a China b Japan
c
Nam d Sri Lanka
English as an international
language
80 Unit 8
(Kachru, 1985)
5 In pairs, share about your
experience of learning
English. Talk about:
●
how you first started to learn English
●
what you are good / bad at
●
what your language barriers are
●
what your goal in learning English is
●
what you like and dislike about this
language.
Y
O
U
And
2 8.01 Look at the Vocabulary box. What
do these words mean? Listen and repeat. Then
fill in the blanks with these words to match their
definitions.
accent accuracy dialect
fluency intonation minority language
mother tongue target language
Vocabulary
1 a less common
language
2 form of a language used by
a social group or in a specific region
3 the way in which the level
of your voice changes to add meaning to your
words
4 the way someone
pronounces words
5 the degree of being correct
6 someone’s first and main
language
7 a language you are learning
8 the ability to speak very well,
often smoothly and confidently
3 8.02 Listen to a dialogue between
Gia Phong and Trúc Anh talking about their
experiences of learning English. Tick (✔) the
sentences below as True or False.
Phong: Can you understand Marcus, Trúc Anh?
Trúc Anh: It’s very difficult. I think it’s because he
has a strong Irish accent. But his mother
tongue is English. He just speaks a different
dialect than what we are used to.
Phong: Yes, I think accent is very important. We are
speaking with Vietnamese English accent
right now. I guess it must be hard for non-
Vietnamese to understand our English, too.
Trúc Anh: Agree. I know my intonation in English is
not too good. We use English as a foreign
language here in Nam. I think that
people who live in countries like the
Philippines or Singapore have an
advantage of learning English as a target
language, since English is the official
language in their countries, so they hear
and use English all the time.
Phong: Yes, I’ve noticed that their English accuracy
and fluency are really good.
True False
1 Trúc Anh cannot
understand Marcus easily.
2 Marcus has a Vietnamese
accent.
3 Marcus’ mother tongue
is English.
4 Phong and Trúc Anh are
not used to Irish-English.
5 Singaporeans learn
English more easily than
the Vietnamese do.
6 English is used as an official
language in the Philippines.
7 Singaporeans don’t speak
English quite fluently.
4 Check if you understand the Word
Friends in the box. Complete the
sentences with their correct form.
acquire a language
become a fluent speaker
have a command of
hold a conversation in
encounter language barriers
Word Friends
1 Our Canadian teachers don’t
Vietnamese. They do not
understand our conversations in class.
2 I was unable to English until I
became fluent.
3 Practising is the best way to .
Fluency needs a lot of time to develop.
4 Susan when she visited the
US. She could hardly understand what
American people said.
5 It’s hard work to , but it’s not
impossible. If you think you can, you
can.
81Unit 8
82 Unit 8
I can express wishes about unreal things at present.
8.2 GRAMMAR Wishes with Past Simple
3 Read the Grammar box. Underline examples of
wishes for the present in the dialogue.
We use
wish
+ past simple to express that we want a
situation at present or in the future to be different.
I
wish
my children
spent
more time reading English books.
I
wish
I
were
a fluent speaker.
S1 + wish / wishes + S1 / S2 + V (Past Simple)
We use
wish
+ past continuous when we want to be doing
a different action at present or in the future.
My son
wishes
he
were studying
English rather than maths.
S1 + wish / wishes + S1 / S2 + was / were V-ing
Grammar Wishes for the present
1 In pairs, discuss: When do you often
make a wish? What do you often wish for?
5 Complete the sentences, then
work in pairs to read aloud these
sentences with your friend.
●
I wish I were fluent in English so that I
.
●
I wish I had more time to so
that .
●
I wish my friends were
so that .
●
I wish our teachers had
so that .
●
I wish I were able to understand
so that .
4 Put the verbs into the correct tense.
1 Jack wishes he (have) a good
command of the target language so that he
could communicate effortlessly with native
speakers.
2 I wish I (be) more proficient in my
mother tongue, as it would help me to learn
other languages more easily.
3 I wish my classroom (be) a
bilingual environment.
4 My brother wishes he (can)
speak the target language with fluency and
confidence.
5 We wish our students (have) better
accuracy in grammar and vocabulary in the
target language.
6 My teachers wish they (use) more
authentic materials such as movies, books, and
news, to enhance our language skills.
Y
O
U
And
2 Read the dialogue. Answer the questions.
Bình: Hi, An. If you could have one wish related
to learning English, what would it be?
An: Oh, that's an interesting question. Well,
I wish I were a fluent English speaker. It
would be great to express my thoughts
confidently without any language
barriers.
Bình: I feel the same way, An. I wish I had
more opportunities to practice
speaking English with native speakers.
It would improve my pronunciation and
fluency.
An: Definitely true! You know what else I
wish? I wish I were able to understand
English songs without looking up every
word. I would find listening to music
more enjoyable.
Bình: That's a great wish, An. And you know
what? I wish I had a chance to study
abroad in an English-speaking country.
I’d like to immerse myself in the English
language and culture.
An: That’s really nice. I hope our wishes will
come true one day.
1 Who wishes to become a fluent
speaker?
2 Who wishes to study abroad?
3 Who wishes to practise speaking
English with native speakers?
4 Who wishes to understand every word
in English songs?
83Unit 8
I can understand text organization in an article about the differences between American
and British English.
8.3 READING and VOCABULARY American and British English
1 Work in pairs. Look at the list. Can you add more
examples of the differences between British
English and American English vocabulary?
American and
British English
British English and American English are two
variations of the English language that share many
similarities, but also some notable differences in
pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar.
The pronunciation of American English is one of
the biggest differences. One of the most noticeable
differences is the pronunciation of R. The British tend
to pronounce R in the middle and end of words very
softly, but Americans like to stress it.
Spelling is another difference. Americans often spell
many verbs ending with a -t sound by using -ed as in
burnt (BE) and burned (AE). In both of these cases,
the -t is pronounced. British prefer to spell -ise with
a S but American prefer to spell it as it is pronounced
with a Z.
There are even differences in vocabulary. Americans
use the word “pants” for “trousers” and “apartment”
for the word “flat”.
Grammar is another area of difference. The British
are more likely to use formal speech, such as “shall”,
while Americans prefer the more informal version,
“will”. You may hear the British say “needn’t” but
Americans would almost always use “don’t need to”.
In spite of these differences, the vast majority of
language points is the same in both variations.
4 Read the text again and complete the
sentences below with the highlighted
phrases from the text.
1 Most teenagers prefer to learn a / an
of English.
2 The of the world’s
English speakers live outside of the US.
3 Nowadays, there are no
between native and non-native English
speakers.
4 Both British and American English follow
the same basic grammar rules and
structures. They .
2 Read the text about differences between
American and British English. Choose the
correct option.
1 What do the different sections of this text
focus on?
a grammar b vocabulary
c similarities d differences
2 Which of the following are used to give more
explanations to each point?
a numbers b facts
c examples d quotes (other
people’s words)
3 Which example is NOT mentioned in the text?
a pronunciation of R
b fluency
c spelling of -ed
d apartment vs. flat
4 What final comment does the author make
about differences between American and
British English?
a They need to be memorized.
b There are not many differences.
c There are many differences.
d They are confusing to learners.
5 What is the organisation of the text?
a compare and contrast
b listing
c problem and solution
d time order
car park
flat
high street
lift
parking lot
apartment
main street
elevator
5 Work in groups. Imagine you will
have to explain the differences
between British and American
English to a friend. Make a
poster about these differences. Write your
own examples. Give a talk to the class.
Y
O
U
And
8.03
84 Unit 8
I can use modal verbs to make deductions about the present.
8.4 GRAMMAR Deductions about the present
I’m sure it’s in .
I’m not quite sure. It is in .
2
8.04 Listen and read the dialogue between Nguyên
and Phong. Where is Nguyên’s grammar book?
Phong: Nguyên, look at all the textbooks and study
materials on your desk. Your grammar book must
be one of these.
Nguyên: No, I can't find it. It might be on my bed at home,
or it could be on the bookshelf in my bedroom.
Phong: Nguyên, it can’t be at your house. I think I’ve seen
it somewhere at school. It might be in the library,
so keep looking.
Nguyên: Oh, it might be in my backpack. Let me see. Here
it is! You’re right, Phong!
3 Read the Grammar box. Underline the modal verbs used
for deductions.
Must
We use
must
when we feel very sure that something is true
or it is highly possible.
He
must
live near here because he always walks to school.
Might, may, could
We use
might
,
may
or
could
to say that we are not quite
sure that something is true or possible.
She is not in the classroom. She
might
/
could
/
may
be in
the music room.
Can’t
We use
can't
when we feel very sure that something is not
true or possible.
It
can’t
be easy. Studying 50 words a day is really
challenging!
Grammar Deductions about the present
4 Makes some deductions about
learning and teaching English
in Thailand at present. Fill in the
blanks with must, may, might,
could or can’t.
1 English private classes
be in high
demand these days. There’re
many new language centers in
Bangkok.
2 Online resources and
language apps
become the primary learning
tools for Thai learners.
They provide flexibility and
convenience.
3 There are many different
learning methods. Thai
students
watch English movies or
join conversation groups to
enhance their skills.
4 Some Thai learners
be struggling
with certain aspects of English
grammar. They’ve made a lot
of mistakes in their writing.
5 I’m sure the Thai accent
have a significant
influence on the way Thai
learners speak English.
6 Studying abroad
be the best option for Thai
students if they don’t try their
best.
5 Work in groups.
Make five
deductions about
learning and teaching English
in Nam present.
Y
O
U
And
1 Look at the photo. An lost her grammar book in the
classroom. Where can it be? Make a guess.
85Unit 8
I can listen for specific details about the different accents of English around the world.
8.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY
1 What type of accent is spoken in the following
countries? Is accent important in communication?
4 8.06 Listen to a linguist talking
about the different accents of English
around the world. Complete the
summary of the talk with ONE WORD
or A NUMBER.
1 English changes as it all
over the world.
2 English as spoken in Singapore is
called .
3 Singaporeans don’t stress the
sound.
4 Singaporeans all syllables
in a word.
5 Sometimes occur as a
result of Singlish pronunciation.
6 Two examples of Singlish include:
and .
2 8.05 Listen to four short recordings. Match
the recording with the accents. Write 1-4 next to
the accent.
Australian English
British English
Indian English
Irish English
3
WORD FRIENDS
Match the words on the left with
the words on the right to make Word Friends.
Then complete the passage with the correct form
of the given words.
1 put a like a song
2 express b emphasis on
3 flow c agreement
4 pronounce d softly
5
Work in pairs. See if
you can guess the
meanings of the
following sentences
in Singaporean English. Then
practice saying these sentences in
Singaporean accent.
1 Eh, let's go makan some chicken
rice at the hawker center.
2 Can lah, I'll help you carry your
bags.
Y
O
U
And
English accents vary greatly around the world, with each region
1
different sounds and
intonations. In some parts of the United States, for example, the accent is characterized by a flattened
"r" sound. In contrast, English spoken in the Caribbean can
2
, with a melodic intonation.
Meanwhile, speakers of British English are known for their ability to
3
just like whispering.
They can
4
or disagreement with other people’s ideas nicely through their intonation.
86 Unit 8
I can give a fluent presentation about English as an international language.
8.6 SPEAKING Improving uency
3
8.08 Listen to two different
versions of an opening of a
presentation. Which one is more fluent
(smoother and natural sounding)?
4
8.09
Listen to two recordings
about teaching English in Thailand.
Which version is more fluent? Which tips
in Exercise 2 are used in the more fluent
version?
5
Choose one of the following topics.
Make notes using the mind-map below.
Then practice speaking with your
groups using the tips in Exercise 2.
1 The role of English in international
communication
2 The differences between American
and British English
3 The variety of accents of English
around the world
4 How people learn English in your
country
1
In pairs, look at the picture. Discuss: What makes
a good presenter?
2
8.07 Listen to a dialogue between Phong
and Trúc Anh about how to give a fluent
presentation. Tick (✔) the tips mentioned.
1 Don’t speak too quickly.
2 Make sure your ideas are easy to
understand.
3 Make the opening perfect.
4 Practice words that are difficult to
pronounce.
5 Don’t speak too slowly.
6 Raise your voice for important points.
7 Slow down for important points.
8 Speak with some notes as the outline.
87Unit 8
I can write a report about how English is used as a foreign language in Nam.
8.7 WRITING A report
1 Look at the chart below. In which Asian
country is English most commonly used?
Which fact do you find the most suprising?
3 Read the report again. Tick (✔) the
information included in the report.
1 The national language of Cambodia
2 The number of English speakers in
Cambodia
3 The population of Cambodia
4 The three main languages spoken in
Cambodia
5 Reason why Cambodians live in cities
6 Reason why Cambodians learn English
7 Reasons why Cambodians study French
4 Read the Writing box and complete the
sentences using the sentence prompts given.
Using passive voice:
English is spoken in Cambodia.
English is used by student in the classroom.
Using statistics:
… is used by 3.5 million or roughly
22% of Cambodia’s population.
Writing Useful language in a report
1 English is used by .
2 Now English is taught in .
3 Information in English is searched by
.
4
approximately 75% of
adults think that English .
Writing Time
5 Write a report (100-120 words) about the
teaching and learning of foreign languages
in Nam. Use the following questions as a
guide. You can search for more information
from the Internet.
1 How many languages are taught in
Vietnamese schools?
2 When do students start to learn English?
3 How many periods of English lessons do
students have in a week?
4 Which skill (reading, writing, speaking,
listening) do students most want to study?
5 How are students exposed to English
outside of the classroom? (Internet, movies,
TV, friends, books, etc.)
2 Read a report about English language use
in Cambodia. Answer the questions:
Number of English Speakers in Asia in Millions
Cambodia India Nepal Pakistan Philippines
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
125
10.7
94
90
140
3.5
Cambodia
English is spoken in
Cambodia; however,
it is not the national
language. The national
language of Cambodia
is Khmer. According
to a recent estimate,
English is used by about
3.5 million or roughly
22% of Cambodia’s
population. Along with French and Khmer, English
is one of the three major languages in Cambodia.
English is commonly spoken in large Cambodian
cities.
People of all ages are learning English because they
see the value of knowing it. They can communicate
more easily with foreign travellers, get jobs with
foreign companies and even use it to get information
from the Internet. Nowadays, children can learn
English at schools, at English language centres or
through many multimedia platforms.
(Source: www.cambodia-travel.com)
1 What is the national language of
Cambodia?
2 How many major languages are spoken
in Cambodia?
3 How many people in Cambodia are
estimated to speak English?
GLOSSARY Languages | Multiculturalism
88 Unit 8
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 In pairs, discuss the differences between
the words below.
1 target language / mother tongue
2 accent / dialect
3 lingua franca / minority language
4 formal / informal
5 punctuation / spelling
6 audience / viewer
2 Match comments 1–7 with the words
below they are referring to.
accuracy fluency grammar
pronunciation stress misunderstanding
1 She speaks quickly and smoothly like
an English person.
2 I can’t understand her. Her words
sound strange to me.
3 I have a hard time with verb tenses in
English.
4 My younger sister speaks like a serious
adult.
5 I often don’t choose the correct
words.
6 English speakers sound out one part
of a word louder than the other parts.
7 I thought she wanted us to go home
early today. I was wrong.
PRONUNCIATION
Intonation in yes / no questions
The intonation falls slightly then rises at the end of the
last word in the question.
●
Do you speak English?
●
Are you doing your English homework?
3 8.10 Listen and repeat.
1 Did the audience ignore the main points of his
presentation?
2 Will you consider learning another dialect of
English?
3 Was there a misunderstanding about the spelling
of colour?
4 Do the majority of Americans prefer to use a more
informal version of English?
5 Does your English teacher tend to make you
sound out new words in class?
4 Practise saying the sentences with a partner.
1 Do the majority of speakers stress the beginning
of the word?
2 Is it noticeable that his pronunciation has
improved?
3 Does she still have an accent when she speaks
formal English?
4 Is learning grammar important if you want to
become a fluent speaker?
5 Will he encounter language barriers on his trip
overseas?
accent
/ˈæksənt/
n giọng
accuracy
/ˈækjərəsi/
n sự chính xác
acquire a
language
/əˈkwaɪə ə
ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/
vp nắm vững
ngôn ngữ
dialect
/ˈdaɪəlekt/
n thổ ngữ
fluency
/ˈfluːənsi/
n độ trôi chảy
have a
command of
/hæv ə
kəˈmɑːnd ɒv/
vp thành thạo
(ngôn ngữ)
hold a
conversation
in
/həʊld ə
ˌkɒnvəˈseɪʃən
ɪn/
vp duy trì hội
thoại
informal
version
/ɪnˈfɔːml
ˈvɜːʃən/
np phiên bản
không
chính thức
adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase
intonation
/ˌɪntəˈneɪʃən/
n ngữ điệu
lingua franca
/ˌlɪŋɡwəˈfræŋkə/
np ngôn ngữ quốc tế
majority
/məˈʤɒrəti/
n đa số
minority language
/maɪˈnɒrəti
ˈlæŋɡwɪʤ/
np ngôn ngữ
thiểu số
misunderstanding
/ˌmɪsʌndəˈstændɪŋ/
n sự hiểu lầm
mother tongue
/ˌmʌðə ˈtʌŋ/
np bằng tiếng mẹ đẻ
noticeable
/ˈnəʊtɪsəbl/
adj đáng chú ý
simplify
/ˈsɪmplɪfaɪ/
v đơn giản hoá
sound out
/ saʊndaʊt/
vp phát ra âm thanh
target language
/ˈtɑːɡɪt læŋɡwɪdʒ/
np ngôn ngữ đích
encounter language
barriers
/ɪnˈkaʊntə
ˈlæŋɡwɪʤ ˈbæriəz/
vp gặp rào cản
ngôn ngữ
89Unit 8
Revision
VOCABULARY
1 Choose the odd one out.
1 accent / intonation / spelling / conversation
2 mother tongue / informal version / target
language / lingua franca
3 acquire a language / point / become a
fluent speaker / have a command of
4 dialect / presentation / audience / point
2 Complete the text with ONE WORD in each
blank.
3 I wish I a good command of
English to be able to talk to foreign
tourists. They’re asking her the way to the
local pagoda.
a had had b had
c will have d was having
4 She have very good writing skills.
She finishes the writing task 15 minutes
earlier.
a must b can
c can’t d might
5 Jenny wishes she English with
intelligible accent. Many people have
difficulty in understanding what she says.
a speaks b had spoken
c spoke d was speaking
LISTENING
4 8 .11 Listen to three students from
the Philippines talking about how they
have learned English. Tick (✔) the false
statements below. Then correct them.
1 Students in the Philippines don’t use
English to communicate with others
outside of school.
2 Thai and Japanese students are
surrounded by English in their daily
lives.
3 Students in the Philippines learn English
like they learn their own language.
4 Many school subjects are taught in
English.
5 Students in the Philippines don’t
spend too much time learning English
grammar.
6 English classes in the Philippines focus
on improving writing and grammar.
7 Students in the Philippines don’t study
English every year.
WRITING
5 Write a report of 100-120 words about how
students in Nam and the Philippines
learn English.
GRAMMAR
3 Choose the correct option.
1 She be in class now. She usually
does exercises in the gym at this time.
a can b may
c must d can’t
2 Lena be practising English at the
moment. She has excellent communication
skills.
a may b must
c can’t d can
In today's world, having a
1
of the
English language has become increasingly
important. English prociency is essential for
business, education, medicine, politics, and
science. Therefore, those who don’t speak this
language may encounter a number of diffculties
in their lives. One of the main difculties is the
limited opportunities to communicate with
2
speakers who use English as their
mother
3
or those who speak English
as their
4
language. Furthermore, the
dominance of English as a
5
franca
can lead to professional and social and cultural
exclusion. English is often a job requirement in
many sectors, and those without English ability
may face limited career opportunities. The lack
of English
6
can also have social and
cultural implications. Non-English users may
feel isolated and excluded from social and
cultural events.
1 9.01 Study the Vocabulary A box. Look at photos (A-F). What
is being celebrated in each photo? Listen and check.
dinner party cultural festival family get-together
house-warming party leaving party Mother’s Day
name day New Year’s Eve party religious ceremony
school prom wedding reception
Vocabulary A Celebrations
2 9.02
WORD FRIENDS
Listen and tick (✔) the phrases from the
Word Friends box that youhear.
blow out candles
bring good / bad luck
celebrate a birthday
follow the tradition of
hire a limo
let off fireworks
make a toast
put up decorations
throw a (street) party
turn eighteen / a year older
(un)wrap presents
Word Friends
A B
C D
VOCABULARY
Celebrations | Phrases for
special occasions | National
celebrations | Sounds
GRAMMAR
Defining and non-defining
relative clauses | Indirect
questions
9
Let’s get
together
I can talk about special occasions.
9.1 VOCABULARY Celebrations
90 Unit 9
91Unit 9
5 Read the blog post again. Answer the questions.
1 When and where is the celebration held?
2 What can you see?
3 How are the people dressed?
E
F
Yesterday was 17 March and it was St Patrick’s Day.
It’s a public
1
holiday / display in Ireland and that
means that everyone was out celebrating. It was
amazing! There was a huge
2
custom / parade in the
centre of Dublin, Ireland’s capital city. There were lots
of people, all dressed in
3
national symbol / traditional
costume or fancy dresses.
Crowds of people came to watch and most of the
4
spectators / displays were dressed up in green. This
5
flag / custom comes from the shamrock, which is a
kind of green leaf and the
6
national symbol / traditional
costume of Ireland. As you’ll see in my blog photos,
I joined in the fun, wore a really funny tall green
hat and bought an Irish
7
custom / flag. The festival
also included a street party, an awesome fireworks
8
parade/ display and loads of street performances. It
was definitely the best day of my trip to Ireland so far.
Maisy’s blog: I ♥ Ireland
5
4.04 Study the Speaking box. Choose the most suitable phrase for
each situation. Listen andcheck.
Congratulations!
Cheers!
Happy Birthday/Anniversary/Mother’s Day!
Happy Christmas/New Year!
Speaking Phrases for special
1 I’m going to a party tonight.
2 I’ve just won a gold medal for swimming!
3 Has everyone got a drink? Here’s a toast to the best mum!
4 It was thirty years ago today that your grandad and I got married.
5 Look! It’s nearly midnight! Five, four, three, two, one …
6
CLASS VOTE
How do you usually celebrate yourbirthday?
●
with friends?
●
at a party?
7 Complete the quiz with verbs from the Word Friends box.
4 9.04 Study the Vocabulary B box. Read the
text and choose the correct option. Listen and
check.
custom display flag
parade national symbol public holiday
spectators traditional costume
Vocabulary B National celebrations
6 In pairs, ask and answer about a
celebration you have joined. Use the
questions in Exercise 5 tohelpyou.
Y
O
U
And
3 9.03 Complete the dialogues
with the correct form of the verbs
from the Word Friends box. Listen
and check.
1 A: In the UK, seeing a black cat is
supposed to bring good luck.
B: Really? In my country it’s bad
luck!
2 A: Aren’t you going to
your presents?
B: No, not before my friends arrive.
3 A: Can I the candles on
my cake now?
B: Just wait a minute. I want to take
a photo first!
4 A: What are you doing, Tom?
B: I’m decorations for my
little sister’s party.
5 A: Do you remember when
our football team won the
championship?
B: Of course! And the neighbours
a street party. Brilliant!
92 Unit 9
I can be specific about people, things and places by using defining
and non-defining relative clauses.
9.2 GRAMMAR Dening and non-dening relative clauses
Y
O
U
And
Bình: So, shall we go now?
An: But where’s the car?
Phong: There is no car.
Trúc Anh/An: What?
An: You were the one who was
supposed to organise the
transport.
Phong: Don’t worry, I have. Give us two
minutes.
Trúc Anh: Space hoppers! You must be
joking!
An: We can’t go on those. Look at the
dresses we’re wearing!
Phong: They’re great fun! My uncle, who
owns atoy shop, got them for us.
Bình: Come on. It’ll be a laugh!
An: Oh all right. Actually, it’s quite fun.
Phong: Well, they say your school prom is
a night that you will never forget!
1 Look at the photo. Where are they going?
2 9.05 Listen to the dialogue and
answer the questions.
1 What transport will they travel in?
2 How do they feel about the transport?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples
of relative clauses in the dialogue.
Defining relative clauses
That’s the car which / that we hired for the prom.
Students who / that go to the prom usually have fun.
That’s the place where we’re meeting Jack.
Sara’s the girl whose mum teaches at my school.
Non-defining relative clauses
Our school prom, which was last month, was great.
Tom Evans, who is a musician, played the piano.
The hall, where the dance was held, was huge!
Our maths teacher, whose daughter also graduates
this year, will lead the ceremony.
Grammar Relative clauses
4 Complete the sentences with who, which,
whose or where. Decide if the relative clauses
are defining (D) or non-defining (ND).
1
D
Look at the tuxedo which I bought in the
sales last week.
2 This is the Olive Tree restaurant,
we celebrated my parents’
wedding anniversary.
3 Is that Ann Miller, was at your
birthday party?
4 Is this the cake you made?
5 This is the street the parade
will start.
6 That’s Jessica Brown, brother is
getting married next month.
5 In pairs, plan an end-of-year
celebration for your school prom.
Talk about
●
where it will be held
●
who will be invited
●
what people will wear
Use relative clauses in your talk.
We should hold the celebration in
a place where …
93Unit 9
5 Work in pairs. Discuss: Which of
the places in Exercise 2 would
you visit if you were in Japan?
Why?
I would go to the bean-throwing festival
because I want to taste makisushi.
I can understand the main points of an article and talk about tourist attractions.
9.3 READING and VOCABULARY Fun attractions
Y
O
U
And
1 What’s the best place for a visitor to your town
or city to go to? Why?
2 9.06 Read the texts. Look at the
highlighted words in the texts. Check your
understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
3 Match the paragraphs with the headings.
1 Bean-throwing festival
2 Cats ... everywhere!
3 A visit to the future
4 Two young people are looking for things
to do in Tokyo. Match the people with
attractions A–C.
Sophie
Sophie’s been in Tokyo for
a week. She’s visited lots of
historical sites with her parents
and has already learned a lot
about Japanese culture. On her
last day, which is Saturday, she would like to do
something different, which is free of charge. She
loves animals andtechnology.
Max
Max and his brother Sam are
visiting his uncle in Tokyo. He’s
pleased that they’ll be able to
meet the rest of the family: his
uncle’s having a family get-
together on Wednesday at 1.30. Max and Sam
want to do something before the rest of the family
arrive. They’re both keen on Japanese culture. They
also love robots and enjoy shopping, but have
already spent all their money!
Why not take
a break from
shopping and visit
the Kyoshi café,
which is one of
Tokyo’s many pet cafés? Pet cafés are a place
where people can stroke and sit with animals.
Opening times: 10.00 a.m.–10.00 p.m.;
Charge for one hour: 1,000 yen (weekdays)
1,200 yen (weekends); Children must be twelve
years old or over to enter.
If you love futuristic things, you’ll love the
Naomichi Museum, a small private museum of
science and technology. The main attraction
is Jin, a walking robot that also plays football.
So, play a game with Jin or observe the solar
system. And shop for books on science,
experiment kits and souvenirs in the museum
shop.
Open daily, from 10.00 to 5.00;
adults: 620 yen, children: 210 yen;
free admission for young people aged
eighteen and under on Saturdays
Enjoy the Japanese ceremony of bean-
throwing, which is part of the Setsubun
celebration. Setsubun celebrates the start of
spring and the custom of throwing soya beans
is believed to bring good luck. Sushi lovers will
be happy to taste makisushi and it’s also a
custom to eat roasted soya beans. You can
also admire beautiful costumes and masks.
The Zojoji Temple will hold a bean-throwing
ceremony between 12.00 and 1.00 p.m. on
Wednesday 3 February. Entry is free.
Fun attractions in Tokyo!
A
B
C
94 Unit 9
I can ask questions politely.
9.4 GRAMMAR Indirect questions
1 Do you prefer to have friends over to
your house or to go and visit your friends
in their own homes? Why?
2 Do the quiz and compare your results
with the class.
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of
indirect questions in the quiz.
Wh-
questions
Direct: Where’s the party?
Indirect: Could you tell me where the party is?
Direct: When will you be back?
Indirect: I’d like to know when you will be back.
Wh-
questions with
does
or
did
Direct: What time does the party start?
Indirect Do you have any idea what time the party
starts?
Direct: Where did you go after the party?
Indirect: I wonder where you went after the party.
Yes / No
questions
Direct: Is Tom having a birthday party?
Indirect: Do you know if Tom is having a birthday party?
Direct: Can I use your phone?
Indirect: Do you mind if I use your phone?
Grammar Direct and indirect questions
4 Reorder the words to make indirect questions.
1 you / tell me / how much / cost / the tickets /
could / ?
Could you tell me how much the tickets cost?
2 when / the next bus / know / arrives / you / do / ?
3 if / have / you / I’d / to know / a boyfriend / like / .
4 any idea / who / you / she / have / do / is / ?
5 is / how / I / wonder / expensive / it / .
5 Write indirect questions. Use phrases from the
Grammar box.
1 How old are you?
Could you tell me how old you are?
2 Where are you from?
3 Do you like this music?
4 Have you been to the UK?
5 When did you go there?
6 Did you have a good time?
6 In pairs, ask and answer about each
situation. Use indirect questions.
●
You’ve forgotten someone’s name.
●
You’re not sure what’s on the menu.
●
You need to know the way to the bus station.
1 You have invited guests to your house, but it’s
very late and you are tired. What do you say?
a I wouldn’t say anything. If you have invited
some guests, you have to stay up until they
want to leave.
b ‘I was wondering when you’re going home.
Ifeelsleepy.’
c ‘How long are you going to stay? I feel a bit
sleepy. Maybe we can meet tomorrow.’
d ‘Do you mind if I go to bed? You can stay
here as long as you want. Just close the
door when you leave!’
2 Your girlfriend’s / boyfriend’s parents have
invited you to dinner. They are well-known actors
and you’d like to know how much they earn.
What do you say?
a ‘How much do you earn?’
b ‘I’d like to know how much you earn.’
c I would never ask such a question. You
shouldn’t ask people about money.
d ‘Wow, you’re so famous! Are you very rich?’
3 You need the bathroom at a party. You have to
ask your friend’s parents. What do you say?
a ‘Where’s the bathroom?’
b ‘Could you tell me where the bathroomis?’
c ‘Do you have any idea where the bathroom
is?’
d I wouldn’t ask. I’d look for the bathroom
myself.
Are you an ideal guest or host?
Take the test and find out!
Y
O
U
And
95Unit 9
I can identify specific details in a radio interview and talk about sounds.
9.5 LISTENING and VOCABULARY Do you enjoy rework displays?
1 Do you enjoy firework displays? Why? /
Why not?
bang buzz cheer clap
crackle fizz
These words are both verbs and nouns.
Vocabulary Sounds
2
9.07 Match the definitions with
the words inthe Vocabulary box. Listen
and check.
1 A happy crowd makes this
noise when they shout. cheer
2 You hear this noise when you
open acan of soft drink.
3 The flames of a fire make
this noise.
4 A happy crowd makes this
noise with their hands.
5 The sound of a door
slamming shut.
6 Bees and flies make this noise.
3 9.08 Listen to the first part of an
interview on the radio about fireworks.
When is the interview taking place?
a Thanksgiving Day
b New Year’s Eve
c Independence Day
4 9.09 Listen again. Choose the correct options.
1 According to the presenter, China .
a has the most firework displays in the world.
b makes the most fireworks in the world.
c makes the largest fireworks in the world.
2 According to An Li, the first fireworks came from
.
a China. b India. c Syria.
3 When the fireworks were made by putting powder
inside a bamboo, they were
a hotter. b brighter. c louder.
4 Assistants at firework displays in England wore hats
of leaves because .
a it made people laugh.
b it protected their heads.
c it was an English tradition.
5 Italians changed fireworks by .
a making them colourful.
b making them bigger.
c making displays safer.
6 The first firework display in the United States was in
.
a 1608. b 1776 . c 1777.
5 Think of the last time you saw a firework
display. In pairs, take turns to describe
the event.
●
Where was it?
●
What did people go?
●
How did you feel?
Y
O
U
And
96 Unit 9
I can use verb phrases with
to-
infinitives and
-ing
forms to talk about future plans.
9.6 SPEAKING Talking about future plans
Phong: Have you two got any plans for the
summer?
An: Well, our family are going to Đà
.
I’d love to see white sand and
beaches. What have you got
planned, Trúc An?
Trúc Anh: I’m going back to Thailand for a
holiday. I can’t wait to see the sun
again!
Phong: I wish I could come with you!
Trúc Anh: In your dreams!
Tommo: We’re back! Drinks for everyone!
An: Thanks, guys.
Bình: No worries. Here’s to a great summer.
I hope we all have fun.
1 How do you feel about coming to the end
of the school year? Why?
disappointed excited happy
sad worried
2 Look at the photo. How do you think the
friends are feeling?
3
9.10 Listen and answer the questions.
1 What is An going to do?
2 What is Trúc Anh going to do?
4 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples
in the dialogue.
Asking about future plans
What are your plans for the summer / the future?
What have you got planned?
Have you got any plans for the weekend?
What would you like to do?
What do you fancy doing?
verb +
to
-infinitive
I’d love / like to go to India.
I need to visit my grandparents.
I’m planning to learn to surf this summer.
I can’t wait to have a rest!
I’m dying to try my new skateboard.
verb + noun / -
ing
I fancy a concert / going to a concert.
Other structures
I wish I could go to the beach.
I hope we have a good time.
I’m looking forward to the trip / going on a trip.
I feel like a swim / going for a swim.
Speaking Talking about future plans
5
9.11 Choose the correct option. Listen
andcheck.
1 I’d like to get / getting a ticket for the prom.
2 They fancy to watch / watching the fireworks.
3 I can’t wait to go / going on holiday.
4 What have you got planned / planning for
tomorrow?
5 I wish we have / could have a party.
6 Are you looking forward to go / going away
forthe weekend?
6 In pairs, talk about what you
would like to do in the school
holidays. Use phrases from the
Speaking box. Then tell the class about
your partner plans.
Liên is planning to go to Phú Island.
Y
O
U
And
97Unit 9
I can write an email inviting a friend to a celebration.
9.7 WRITING An informal invitation
1 Which of the information below will you give a friend
or relative who is coming to stay with you during
the holidays? What other information might you
include?
a description of your house advice on what to bring
places to go plans for things to do
2 Read Bình’s email to Mike. Whose birthday is it?
4 Study the Writing box. Complete
gaps 1–5 with phrases from Dan’s
email.
Starting your email
How are things?
How are your summer holidays going?
1
Offering an invitation
Do you fancy coming to …?
Do you want to meet up …?
2
Explaining your plans
I’d like to show / take you …
I hope we can …
3
Before you finish
I hope you can come.
I’ m really looking forward to seeing you
(again).
4
Ending your email
Hope to see you soon.
5
Writing An informal invitation
Writing Time
6 Write an email of 100-120 words
inviting a friend to a celebration of
your family. In your email, you should:
●
ask your friend how theyare.
●
offer an invitation.
●
give details of where and whenthe
celebration is takingplace.
●
add some details to the
invitationwhich will help persuade
your friend.
TIPS
In an informal email, your language
can be quite chatty. For example,
it’s natural to ask questions. You can
use exclamation marks too, but be
careful: don’t use too many.
3 Read the email again and mark the sentences
T (true) or F (false).
1 Hùng doesn’t know about the party.
2 Hùng’s in the USA at the moment.
3 Mike has met Bình’s cousins before.
4 Mike needs to near smart clothes to
the party.
Hi Mike,
How are your summer holidays going? What have you been up to? We’re
throwing my brother Hùng a surprise twenty-first birthday party. Would
you like to come? He came back from the USA yesterday and he’s staying
for a couple of weeks. The party’s on Saturday 19 August at our house.
Mum and dad said you could stay at our house for the weekend. Do you
think you’ll be free?
On the Sunday after the party we’re planning to go to the Atlantis Đầm
Sen Park. It’s absolutely amazing there! So, you could do with some
swimming trunks. We could hang out with my cousins. Do you remember
them? They’ll be at the party too.
By the way, you don’t need to wear anything smart to the party – you can
wear whatever you want. I hope you can come. Letme know as soon as
possible!
Speak soon,
Bình
GLOSSARY Festival and holidays
98 Unit 9
VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to complete the sentences.
1 A funeral is a ceremony in many
parts of the world. (RELIGION)
2 My parents expected me to choose a
modern, bike. (FUTURE)
3 Labour's Day is a holiday in many
countries. (NATION)
4 Handbok is a costume in Korea.
(TRADITION)
2 Use the glossary to find:
1 something that makes little noise: ...
2 a formal dance given by a school: ...
3 a group of people walking in public places: ...
4 a phrase that means ‘without having to pay’: ...
3 9.02
PRONUNCIATION
Listen. For each
phrase, draw a line between the words that
link together.
1 let off fireworks
2 put up decorations
3 blow out candles
4 make a toast
5 throw a street party
4 Match the words in Exercise 3 that link
together with their pronunciation.
a /ɵrəʊwə/
b /letᴅf/
c /pʊtəp/
d /meɪkə/
e /bləʊwaʊt/
anniversary
/ˌænəˈvɜːsəri/
n dịp kỉ niệm
bang
/bæŋ/
n vụ nổ,
cú đập mạnh
buzz
/bʌz/
n / v tiếng kêu vo vo,
tạo âm thanh
vo vo
champagne
/ʃæmˈpeɪn/
n rượu sâm banh
crackle
/ˈkrækəl/
n tiếng kêu rắc
dinner party
/ˈdɪnə ˈpɑːti/
np bữa tiệc tối
display
/dɪˈspleɪ/
n / v (tiệc) trưng bày
experiment kit
/ɪkˈsperəmənt kɪt/
np bộ thí nghiệm
family get-
together
/ˈfæməli ɡet
təˌɡeðə/
np sum họp
gia đình
free of charge
/friː əv tʃɑːdʒ/
p miễn phí
futuristic
/ˌfjuːtʃəˈrɪstɪk/
adj dành cho tương
lai, rất hiện đại
house-warming
party
/haʊs ˈwɔːmɪŋ
ˈpɑːti/
np tiệc tân gia
leaving party
/ˈliːvɪŋ ˈpɑːti/
bữa tiệc chia tay
Mother’s Day
/ˈmʌðəz deɪ/
np ngày của mẹ
national
symbol
/ˈnæʃənəl
ˈsɪmbəl/
np biểu tượng
quốc gia
parade
/pəˈreɪd/
n cuộc diễu hành
public
holiday
/ˌpʌblɪk
ˈhɒlədi/
np ngày nghỉ
lễ chung
religious
ceremony
/rɪˈlɪdʒəs
ˈserəməni/
np nghi lễ tôn giáo
rickshaw
/ˈrɪkʃɔː/
n xe kéo
school prom
/skuːl prɒm/
np tiệc cuối năm học
shamrock
/ˈʃæmrɒk/
n cây xa trục thảo
skateboard
/ˈskeɪtbɔː(r)d/
n ván trượt
soya bean
/ˈsɔɪəbiːn/
np hạt đậu nành
spectator
/spekˈteɪtə/
n khán giả
stroke
/strəʊk/
n cú đánh
tradition
/trəˈdɪʃən/
n truyền thống
traditional
costume
/trəˈdɪʃənəl
ˈkɒstjʊ:m/
np trang phục
truyền thống
tuxedo
/tʌkˈsiːdəʊ/
n áo đuôi tôm
adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase p: phrase
99Unit 9
Revision
VOCABULARY
1 Complete the words in the sentences.
1 My parents love cooking and they often
invite friends over for a d i n n e r p a r t y.
2 We’ve just moved into a new house and
we’re having a h -w
p .
3 She got a new job, so we threw her a
l p on her last day.
4 Every M ’ D we give
ourmum breakfast in bed!
5 My n d is 25 November.
Everyone called Katerina celebrates on
this day.
6 When my cousin got married, they had
their w r
inabig hotel.
2 Choose the correct option.
1 In your country, what things are
supposed to bring / make good and bad
luck?
2 At what times of the year do you usually
put up / wrap decorations in your house?
3 When did you last throw / make a party?
4 Do you usually make a wish when you
let off / blow out the candles on your
birthday cake?
5 Have you ever hired / celebrated a limo?
GRAMMAR
3 Join the sentences using relative pronouns.
Add commas where necessary.
1 This is the Rex Hotel. We had our prom
here.
This is the Rex Hotel, where we had our
prom.
2 I like these shoes. My mum bought them
for me.
3 Mia is a friend. I met her at a New Year’s
Eve party.
4 We met Dina. Her albums have sold millions
ofcopies.
5 We’re going to stay on the island. My parents
got married there.
4 Circle the correct option.
1 Can you tell me what time the lesson starts /
doesthe lesson start?
2 Do you have any idea where is Anna / Anna is?
3 I was wondering who you saw / did you see
after the cinema.
4 Could you tell me why are you / you are late?
5 Do you know if they live / do they live here?
6 I was wondering where did you buy / you
bought that shirt – I’d love to have one.
SPEAKING
5 9.13 Complete the dialogues with the
correct form of the verbs in brackets. Listen
and check. Then talk about your plans for the
weekend.
A: What are your plans for the weekend?
B: I’m planning
1
to visit (visit) my cousin in
London. Ican’t wait
2
(see) him.
What about you?
A: I need
3
(finish) my French essay.
C: What have you got planned for the
holidays?
D: Nothing much. I could do with
4
(have) some rest after the exams. I just need
5
(relax). What about you?
C: I’m planning
6
(go) surfing in
Greece. Idream of
7
(try out) my
new surfboard.
100
CLIL
CLEAN CITY
1 Look at the picture. Can you draw a line from the item to the correct bin?
The Law on Environmental Protection
in Việt Nam, under Clause 1 of Article
75, mandates that daily household
solid waste must be classified
into three categories: Solid waste
capable of being reused or recycled;
Food waste; Other domestic solid
waste.
Sorting waste
CLIL
SORTING
GUIDE
FOOD
C.01
101
CLIL
2 Read the text and put the following words into the right collumn:
leftovers napkins cardboard electronic equipment fruit peels newspapers
light bulbs lead magazines aluminium cans T-shirts paint
paper plastic bags plastic bottles vegetable skins steel cans writing / copy paper
cutlery batteries metal bottles and jars
Solid waste capable of being reused or recycled Food waste Other domestic solid waste
Paper Plastic Aluminum / metal Miscellaneous
3
PROJECT
Work in groups. Make a video or a poster about how group members classify household
waste in a week (From Day 1 to Day 7). Then search the Internet to find out waste collection points
in your area. Create a PowerPoint presentation about what you did and what you have learnt from
doing this project.
Solid waste capable of being reused or recycled
This type of waste is further classied into 4 categories:
(1) paper including discarded paper, newspapers, magazines, receipts, cardboard, drink cartons, and anything
else made of paper that’s dry / uncontaminated
(2) plastic including bottles, plastic bags, wraps, cutlery, and anything else made of plastic such as polystyrene
food containers
(3) aluminum / metal including cans, steel utensils, etc.
(4) miscellaneous including glass / ceramic wares (bottles, pots, etc.); electronics (batteries, calculators,
phones, wires, cables, light bulbs, and small electrical items; fabric / shoes / rubber / leather (T-shirts,
handbags, sneakers, rubber gloves, etc.)
Food waste
The items falling under this category consist of fruit
peels, leftovers, vegetable skins, undercooked food,
and coee or tea powder.
Other domestic solid waste
The items included in this category are food, and
soiled / wet materials like hygiene items, used diapers
and tissues; synthetic sanitary napkins, adult and baby
diapers, and dirty napkins, linens, bedding.
On August 25, 2022, a new regulation came into force
with the introduction of Decree No. 45/2022/ND-CP.
This decree states that individuals who violate domestic
waste sorting can face nes ranging from 500,000 VND
(21.4 USD) to 1 million VND (42.8 USD).
FOR
HOUSEHOLD
WASTE IN
VIỆT NAM
102
CLIL
HISTORY
1 Look at the photo. Work in groups.
Discuss if you know the answers to the
following questions.
● What is its name?
● Where is it located?
● When was it constructed?
● What is it famous for?
2 C.02 Read and listen to the text
about the iconic bridge of Hà
. Find
the answers to the questions in Exercise 1.
3 Read the text again. Answer the
following questions:
1 Which paragraph mentions
architectural importance of the
bridge?
2 Which paragraph mentions cultural
importance of the bridge?
3 Which paragraph mentions historic importance
of the bridge?
4 Which paragraph mentions the number of
workers building the project?
5 Which paragraph mentions the type of goods
transfered on the bridge?
4
PROJECT
Make a brochure or a video about
Long Biên Bridge. Present it to the class. In the
poster / video, you can answer the following
questions and add your own ideas.
● What was the first name of the bridge?
● How long is the bridge?
● How many times was it damaged during the
war?
● How can you get to the bridge from Hà ’s
city center?
The iconic bridge of Hà Nội
1
More than a century ago, on
September 12, 1898, construction
began on the first steel bridge crossing
the Red River in Hà Ni. Thousands of
Vietnamese workers worked on this
project, using various materials, such
as lime stone, ironwood blocks, and
cement. The project was completed in
1902, making it one of the four greatest
bridges in the world at the time.
2
Since its early construction, the bridge has
witnessed many changes in Hà Ni from
the past to present. Throughout its history, the
bridge has served as a significant transportation
link. During wartime, it assisted local residents
in transporting rice from the North to Northern
Central areas of Vit Nam. Torn down by
bombs, it was quickly repaired so that people
could continue using it as a connection point
to transport goods. The bridge was renamed
Long Biên in 1954.
3
Today, the bridge is used
for trains, motorcycles,
bicycles and pedestrians only.
Local and international tourists
enjoy walking across on the
bridge and taking photos of its
breathtaking views, especially at
sunrise or sunset. Local lifestyle
can also be seen in fruit markets
at the foot of the bridge.
CLIL
103
CLIL
GEOGRAPHY
Wonders of Nam
1 Work in pairs. Circle Phú Island on
the map. Then write three things you know
and three things you want to know about
Phú Island.
2 In pairs, locate the following words in the
text. Guess what they mean and / or check
with the dictionary.
dense tropical
archipelago marine life
humidity
3 C.03 Read and listen to the text
and answer the questions. Compare your
answers with a partner.
1 Where is Phú Island?
2 What is the weather on Phú Island
like?
3 Who live on the Island?
4 What is Phú ’s terrain characterized
by?
4 What do these numbers mean? Ask your
partner.
120 603 574
120,000 34
o
C 45
5
PROJECT
Make a digital or paper travel
brochure about Côn Island. Then present
your travel brochure to the class. Use the
following questions to guide you.
● What are famous tourist attractions on
Côn Island?
● What activities can tourists do on this
island?
● How can people get there from Hà and
Chí Minh City?
Phú Quốc Island, the largest
island in Việt Nam, is situated
in a 22-island archipelago in
the Gulf of Thailand. It belongs
to Kiên Giang Province, about
45 kilometers west of Hà Tiên
and 120 kilometers southwest of Rạch
Giá. The island spans over an area of 574
square kilometers.
The island has a tropical climate with warm
temperatures ranging between 24 and 34
o
C
all year round. It has two distinct seasons: the
dry season (November – April) is defined by lots
of sun and low humidity, and the rainy season
(May – October) is marked by heavy rains and high
humidity.
Phú Quốc Island is home to a diverse population of
around 120,000 people, comprising Kinh, Hoa, and
Khmer people and a number of ethnic minority groups such as the
Chăm and the Khmer Krom. The islanders mainly live in the towns of
Dương Đông, An Thới, and Cửa Cạn.
Phú Quốc Island is well-known for its sandy beaches, coral reefs, and
dense forests. Mount Chúa is the highest point on the island, which
stands at the height of 603 meters. The island is surrounded by clear
blue waters that are home to a variety of marine life, including fish,
turtles, and dolphins.
Rạch Tràm Beach
Rạch Vẹm Beach
Phú Quốc National Park
Gành Dầu Beach
Dài Beach
Vũng Bầu Beach
Cửa Cạn Beach
Ông Lang Beach
Dương Đông Town
Trường Beach
Pearl Farm
Khem Beach
Ông Đội Cape
Dăm Trong Islet
Dăm Ngoài Islet
Thơm Islet
Rơi Islet
Dừa Islet
An Thới Port
Thổ Chu Island
Sao Beach
Vòng Beach
Bãi Vòng Wharf
Hàm Ninh
Thạnh Thới Ferry
Một Islet
Vinpearl Land
Móng Tay Islet
Thơm Beach
(Source: https://gis.chinhphu.vn/)
CLIL
104
CLIL
Explore Canada
CULTURE
1 Read about Canada. What is the most
important language in each region?
1 Ontario
2 Quebec
3 Nunavut
2 C.04 Read about Canada again.
Complete the sentences with place names.
1 The capital city of Canada is .
2 The Niagara Falls is a popular place for
visitors in the region.
3 A lot of maple syrup comes from
.
4 People in the town of don’t see
the sun for four months in winter.
3 In pairs, answer the questions.
1 What are the most popular places in your
country for visitors from other countries?
2 Are there regions in your country where the
country’s official language isn’t the main
language?
3 What food is your country or region
famousfor?
4 Are there any regions where not many people
live? Why don’t more people live there?
4
PROJECT
Make a leaflet about three cities in
Nam. Use questions in Exercise 3 and the
Canada examples to help you.
Ontario
Canada’s biggest city, Toronto, and its capital,
Ottawa, are in this region. Here, as in most of
Canada, English is the most important language. A
lot of people come here to visit the Niagara Falls
and the Great Lakes.
Quebec
Canada’s second biggest city, Montreal, is here.
Most people in Quebec speak French and about
forty percent want Quebec to be an independent
country. Most of Canada’s famous maple syrup
comes from this region. Canadians love eating it
with pancakes and even have the leaf of the maple
tree on their ag.
Nunavut
Nunavut is the biggest region in Canada, but only
33,000 people live there. There are no trees and the
land and sea are frozen for most of the year. It is
easier to travel by snowmobile than by car. At Grise
Fiord, the furthest north of Nunavut’s towns, there
are four months without daylight in winter and four
months without night in summer. Most people in
Nunavut are Inuit. They speak the Inuit language,
but they don’t live in igloos. They have houses with
TVs and the Internet.
Canada is the world’s second
largest country, but a lot of
the land in the centre and
north is empty. Canada is
famous for its cold winters
and beautiful mountains.
C ANADA
Continent North America
Population 35 million
Ocial languages English, French
Currency Canadian dollar
Favourite sport Ice hockey
CLIL
105
CLIL
SCIENCE
The immune system
1 Work in pairs. What system in our body
protects us from diseases? What do you
know about it?
2 Look up the dictionary for the meanings of the
words and phrases. Then complete the text
with these words.
3 Read the text again and answer these questions.
1 What is the role of the immune system?
2 What are the role of white blood cells?
3 What is the role of lymph nodes?
4 What should we do to help our immune system
stay strong?
4
PROJECT
Work in groups. Read the diagram
below and find more information from the
Internet. Make a poster to explain how the
immune response works. Use your own words.
Then present the poster to the class.
O
ur body has a special system called the
1
that
protects us from getting sick. It's like a
2
that keeps
us safe from
3
and diseases.
T
he immune system has dierent parts that work together to
keep us healthy. One important part is white
4
. They
are like superheroes that travel through our body and ght o
5
. When we get sick, white blood cells help us get better.
A
nother important part is
6
. These are special proteins
that nd and destroy harmful germs. When our body gets a
new germ, it makes antibodies to ght it. These antibodies stay in
our body and remember how to ght the germ if it comes back.
W
e also have
7
. They are
like lters that catch germs and stop
them from
8
. When there is an
infection, the lymph nodes tell our body
to make more white blood cells and
antibodies to ght it.
T
o keep our immune system strong,
we need to take care of ourselves.
Eating healthy food, staying active, and
washing our hands help our immune
system stay strong and protect us from
getting sick.
CLIL
shield spreading blood cells
antibody infection lymph nodes
germs immune system
C.05
106
STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1
K9qfR7MiCdBZPgGJFDcTiFIXOqt
fZCrg/view?usp=sharing
Unit 5 Lesson 5.6 Exercise 3
| 1/114
| | Tải xuống

Có thể bạn quan tâm:

Preview text:

DANH SÁCH HỘI ĐỒNG QUỐC GIA THẨM ĐỊNH SÁCH GIÁO KHOA
Môn: Tiếng Anh - Lớp 9
(Kèm theo Quyết định số 1551/QĐ-BGDĐT ngày 05 tháng 06 năm 2023
của Bộ trưởng Bộ Giáo dục và Đào tạo)
1 Ông Đỗ Tuấn Minh - Chủ tịch Hội đồng
2 Bà Phương Hoàng Yến - Phó Chủ tịch Hội đồng
3 Ông Đặng Hiệp Giang - Uỷ viên, thư kí Hội đồng
4 Bà Đào Thị Bích Nguyên - Uỷ viên
5 Bà Nguyễn Thị Ngọc Quỳnh - Uỷ viên
6 Bà Lại Thị Phương Thảo - Uỷ viên
7 Bà Thái Thị Cẩm Trang - Uỷ viên
8 Bà Phạm Thị Thanh Bình - Uỷ viên
NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC SƯ PHẠM
9 Bà Nguyễn Thị Thanh Dung - Uỷ viên
Địa chỉ: Tầng 6, Toà nhà 128 đường Xuân Thuỷ,
quận Cầu Giấy, TP. Hà Nội
10 Bà Phạm Thị Xuân Oanh - Uỷ viên
Điện thoại: 024.37547735
11 Bà Phạm Thu Trà - Uỷ viên
Giám đốc - Tổng Biên tập: NGUYỄN BÁ CƯỜNG
NGUYỄN THỊ NHÀN - NGUYỄN THUỲ LINH - PHẠM THỊ DIỆU THUÝ
Công ty TNHH Đầu tư và Phát triển Giáo dục Cánh Buồm Sửa bản in:
Công ty TNHH Đầu tư và Phát triển Giáo dục Cánh Buồm Trình bày bìa: PHAN ANH TÚ
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery Students’ Book ISBN:
In ...... cuốn, khổ 20x28 cm, tại Xưởng in:
Số xác nhận đăng kí xuất bản:
Quyết định xuất bản số:
In xong và nộp lưu chiểu TRẦN
TRẦN THỊ LAN ANH (Chủ biên) SÁCH MẪU THỊ NGUYỄN THU HIỀN LAN Discover English world ANH (Chủ biên) Discover a wider - NGUY ỄN THU HI
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery is the portal to a
fascinating world of English language knowledge COMPONENTS Ề
and skills for the 21st century learners. The authentic N 9
content and engaging style in which it is presented is
designed to inspire and challenge teenagers. Students’ Book WorkBook
By interacting with the content, rather than just Teacher’s Book
practising, students acquire the language at a deeper ActiveTeach Tiếng
cognitive level. Rather than just another subject on the
curriculum, English becomes the tool through which A nh 9 English
they access a wider world of knowledge, skills and experience. D is AUTHENTIC cover
The language in English Discovery presented through y
relevant and inspiring real life content motivates students to
use English as it is really spoken. INTERACTIVE
Numerous opportunities for interaction with real-life
content across print and digital formats allow students to ST
develop their language skills at a deeper cognitive level. U D ENT RELIABLE S’ BO
Thoroughly researched and challenging content delivered O K
within the ‘Assessment for Learning’ principles improves
students’ chances for exam success.
TRẦN THỊ LAN ANH (Chủ biên) NGUYỄN THU HIỀN TIẾNG ANH9 STUDENTS’ BOOK
NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC SƯ PHẠM LỜI NÓI ĐẦU
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery được biên soạn theo Chương trình giáo dục
phổ thông 2018 (ban hành kèm theo thông tư số 32/2018/TT-BGDĐT ngày
26/12/2018) cho học sinh lớp 9 cấp trung học cơ sở. Sách giúp các em phát triển
năng lực tiếng Anh thông qua nhiều hoạt động và nội dung hấp dẫn, phù hợp
với lứa tuổi và văn hoá, truyền thống Việt Nam, cũng như bổ sung kiến thức và
kĩ năng toàn cầu của thế kỉ XXI.
Tiếng Anh 9 English Discovery bám sát nguyên lí dạy và học theo đường
hướng giao tiếp (Communicative Language Teaching Approach). Nguyên lí này
được thể hiện thông qua việc phát triển cho học sinh các nhóm năng lực thành
phần cấu thành nên năng lực giao tiếp xuyên suốt các bài học. Hệ thống mục tiêu
bài học được xây dựng theo các năng lực thuộc Khung đánh giá tiếng Anh toàn
cầu GSE (Global Scale of English) kết hợp với các năng lực được quy định trong
Chương trình giáo dục phổ thông 2018. Bộ sách hướng tới tính ứng dụng cao
trong giao tiếp thông qua việc sử dụng các tình huống giao tiếp đa dạng trong đời
thực liên quan và gắn liền với những gì học sinh quan tâm. Tiếng Anh 9 English
Discovery chú trọng đến việc phát triển con người toàn
diện. Bên cạnh việc xây dựng năng lực ngôn ngữ, sách còn giúp học sinh hình
thành và phát triển các kĩ năng và phẩm chất cần thiết của công dân thế kỉ XXI,
như năng lực hợp tác, giải quyết vấn đề, tư duy phản biện, sáng tạo, và thói quen
học tập suốt đời. Từ việc sử dụng được tiếng Anh để giao tiếp, các em sẽ có thêm
kiến thức về cuộc sống quanh mình, hình thành mối liên kết giữa những gì đã
biết, đã được trải nghiệm với nội dung bài học, từ đó giúp quá trình học và phát
triển tiếng Anh trở nên tự nhiên và hiệu quả nhất. Các tác giả TIẾNG ANH9 STUDENTS’ BOOK C o nt ents C o nt ent C o nt en C o nt e C o nt C o n
Unit 0 - Welcome .............................................................................. 4
Unit 1 - Out of your comfort zone ................................................. 10
Unit 2 - What a waste! .................................................................... 20
Unit 3 - Việt Nam on the go ........................................................... 30
Unit 4 - The world of work .............................................................. 40
Unit 5 - Wonders of Việt Nam ........................................................ 50
Unit 6 - Light years away ............................................................... 60
Unit 7 - Take a deep breath .......................................................... 70
Unit 8 - World Englishes .................................................................. 80
Unit 9 - Let’s get together .............................................................. 90
CLIL 1 ................................................................................................. 100
CLIL 2 ................................................................................................. 102
CLIL 3 ................................................................................................. 103
CLIL 4 ................................................................................................. 104
CLIL 5 ................................................................................................. 105
STUDENT ACTIVITIES ........................................................................ 106 4 Contents
A UNIT OF THE STUDENTS’ BOOK Learning objective Clear summary (Can-do of unit contents statement) for in terms of every lesson Key Vocabulary Vocabulary and recorded Grammar
A week of challengesClaudia, 15 Monday
Do the One Leg Yoga Challenge. Stand on
one leg for as long as you can! Tuesday
Try the Be Really Nice Challenge on your
brother or sister. Be extra nice until they 1
ask you why you’re being so nice!
Wednesday Take the Chubby Bunny Challenge: say A week of challenges
‘chubby bunny’ with marshmallows in your mouth! Thursday
This is the big one – video your Ice Bucket Challenge! Out of your 1.1
VOCABULARY New experiences comfort
I can talk about challenging new experiences and emotions. 4 1
1.02 WORD FRIENDS Complete the verbs in the
Your friend has invited you to do the Ice Bucket Challenge. How do phrases. Listen and check. zone
you feel? Complete the sentence with an adjective of emotion.
6 Work in groups. List all And Word Friends
the activities you often Y
The lce Bucket Challenge is an activity involving dumping OU
a bucket of ice water on someone’s head. It’s done to give an opinion b your confidence do to get out of your VOCABULARY g sth a go h an adventure comfort zone. Tell your
encourage people to donate money for research on Adjectives of emotion ch your routine g a buzz (out of sth)
partner how you feel when you do
a serious disease called ALS. | New experiences m plans t sth on board
each activity. Then share with the class. | Personality adjectives I feel
because I love all challenges. 5 GRAMMAR I watch a horror flim.
1.03 Read the blog post. Choose the correct I’m
. I’d never do anything like this; it might be dangerous. option. Listen and check. Present tenses | Past tenses Afterwards, I feel terrible. I’m
. I might look silly, but it’s worth trying – it’s for charity. 2
1.01 Put the words in the right column. Which adjectives
could go in both columns? Listen and check.
How to … get out of your
Vocabulary A Adjectives of emotion comfort zone!
afraid annoyed anxious confused determined disappointed
joyful miserable relaxed satisfied stressed surprised uneasy
It’s the start of a new school year. Everyone’s getting back into their
‘normal’ routine, so it seems like a good time to challenge yourself. Positive
Here’s a simple idea. Why not surprise yourself and 1change / make
your daily routine? You could travel a different way to school. You
never know – you might 2have / make an adventure! Why not eat your afraid
meals in a different place or get up early and do some yoga? Our Negative
brains 3have / get a buzz out of change, so it helps you to enjoy your
day and focus on what you’re doing.
3 Read Claudia’s notes and pictures on page 11. Which challenges
I love making videos, but I was always too shy to share them. Then last month I made myself post my work
are you most impressed with? Then look at the pictures and
online. Now people like to comment, 4give / get their opinions and criticise, but I don’t mind. Good comments 5 choose the correct option.
make / boost my confidence, but I try to 6take / get on board negative comments too. Marco
1 Claudia was determined / miserable to try all the chal enges.
2 Claudia was disappointed / relaxed with the Yoga Chal enge because it didn’t go wel .
I tried this idea on my birthday: allow a friend to 7boost / make plans for you! Your friend chooses a place
to go. You have to see a film you wouldn’t normally choose or try a new activity. I was really excited about
3 She felt real y confused / anxious about the Ice Bucket Chal enge.
my day – and a bit anxious too. But I decided to 8have / give it a go and now I have a new hobby: juggling!
4 She was satisfied / miserable with the Chubby Bunny Chal enge. Carly
5 When Claudia was doing the Behaviour Chal enge, she tried not
to get annoyed / uneasy with her little brother. 10 Unit 1 Unit 1 11 Vocabulary Special focus Personalisation presented via on teaching in the And You? listening and col ocations sections visuals and chunks of vocabulary Contents 5
A UNIT OF THE STUDENTS’ BOOK Reading texts Clear Manageable texts about One lesson per page in a variety of grammar contemporary issues to or opening genres tables engage students’ attention 1.2
GRAMMAR Gerunds and to-infinitives 1.3
READING and VOCABULARY Moving to a big city
I can use verbs followed by gerunds and to-infinitives to talk about life of a challenge.
I can identify specific details in a text about moving to a big city.
1 In pairs, read the quote below. What do you
3 Study the Grammar box. Underline the
1 Read the title of the text. What does “Fitting in” mean?
4 Read the text again. Linh had some
think it means? Do you love adventures?
verbs in the text that are followed by
Can you guess what the text is about?
positive and negative experiences gerunds or by to-infinitives.
when moving to a new city. Put the
2 Read the text. Look at the highlighted words. What do
following items in the right column.
Grammar Verbs followed by gerunds
these words mean? Use the words to describe pictures “ L I F E I S E I T H E R
or to-infinitives (review) A-F.
friends lifestyle transportation traffic noise museums A DA R I NG
Verbs followed by gerunds A B C street photography A DV E N T U R E OR
love, spend, hate, enjoy, like, dislike, fancy, NO T H I NG AT
suggest, postpone, finish, prevent, involve, Positives Negatives keep, etc. A L L”
Verbs followed by to-infinitives - H E L E N K E L L E R - D E F
plan, try, continue, hope, manage, agree,
decide, expect, want, promise, attempt, refuse, etc.
Verbs followed by both gerunds and to-infinitives 3 And
Read the text. Mark the sentences T (true) or F (false).
5 ROLE PLAY Work in pairs.
try, continue, stop, love, hate, etc. Student A has moved YOU 1
Linh spent her childhood in a small vil age in to a big city from the Nam. countryside. Student B
4 Choose the right verb to complete the 2
Since she was a child, Linh always wanted to go
meets student A for the first time sentences. to a big city.
in class. Use these questions and
1 I’m satisfied that my students keep 3
At the age of 15, Linh relocated to Chí Minh add your own question:
taking / to take my advice on board. City. ● What differences do you see
2 Liên knows she needs to prevent herself 4
Linh disliked her new school in the city. between the city and the 2
1.04 Read and listen. What does Jake
from to get / getting stuck in a routine. 5
Linh and her parents faced chal enges while countryside?
like and dislike doing? Are you the same type
3 Bình is confused about what his next steps adapting to the city life. ● How do you feel when you move of person as Jake?
should be. His friend suggested to have / 6
Linh was not happy with her family’s decision to to a big city?
having a trekking adventure. move to the city.
4 I’m disappointed that my students
haven’t tried juggling / to juggle, but I
Jake loves having an adventurous life. Every
expect to see / seeing it soon.
day, he wakes up and wants to experience Fitting in
5 Khánh An promised getting / to get out
something new and exciting. He enjoys
of her comfort zone by changing her 1.05 daily routine.
trying new things and exploring new places.
He may try hiking up a mountain or eating
Linh grew up in a small village, surrounded by rice paddies
a new type of food. During the weekend,
and 1lush green hills in Việt Nam. Life was simple, but she always
5 In pairs, ask and answer And
dreamed of the bright lights of the big city. When she turned 15, her family decided to move to Hồ Chí Minh City.
he spends hours researching different the questions: YOU
activities and destinations. He often tries
Moving to the city was 2overwhelming at first. The traffic was 3chaotic, and the constant noise made it hard to
1 What do you enjoy doing in a day?
sleep at night. But Linh was determined to have an adventure. She found her new teachers and friends very friendly.
to decide on the perfect adventure for the
2 What do you dislike doing in a day?
They quickly became her new family.
day. Jack hates feeling stuck in a routine.
3 What do you try to do well every day?
As she explored the city, Linh discovered new foods and cultures. She visited museums and art galleries, and even
He also doesn’t like feeling unprepared, so
4 What do you try doing in a day?
tried to take up 4street photography. But the city was also full of challenges, and Linh, like her parents, 5struggled
he always plans ahead and manages to set
5 What do you hope to do in the future?
to adapt to the fast-paced lifestyle, expensive transportation and crowdedness.
his time wisely. For Jake, adventure is not
Use more verbs fol owed by gerunds or
Despite the ups and downs, Linh never regretted her family’s decision to move to the city. She has found a new sense
just a hobby, it is a way of life.
to-infinitives in your answers.
of independence and freedom, and was excited for all the opportunities in this new environment. Even though she
sometimes missed the 6simplicity of her village life, she knew that this is where her heart belongs. 12 Unit 1 Unit 1 13 1.4
GRAMMAR Past tenses (Review) 1.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Projection mapping
I can use different tenses to talk about past events and experiences.
I can identify specific details in a conversation and talk about personality.
1 Read the text quickly. What was Malavath’s
1 Do you like trying new things? Why? / Why not? 4
1.07 Listen about projection challenge?
mapping. Complete the information 2
1.06 Complete the sentences with words
with a word, a number or phrase.
2 Read the text again. In pairs, ask and answer
from the Vocabulary box. Listen and check. the questions.
Vocabulary Personality adjectives
Projection mapping workshop
1 What did Malavath do in 2014? calm confident creative curious
2 Why did Malavath want to do the chal enge? new, easy and great fun!
fussy generous gentle organised
3 How did she get to the training centre?
Location: 1Science Museum punctual reliable sensible
4 Why did they have to walk slowly? Address: 2 Road
1 Someone who always has new ideas is
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples Title: ‘ Bringing the 3 ’ . of past tenses in the article. 2 Someone you can trust is . For: fourteen- to 4 -year-olds
3 Someone who worries about things that aren’t
Grammar Past tenses (Review) She did it! Time: 5 to 4.00 p.m. important is . Past Simple Please bring: 6 and a drink.
4 Someone who is sure about him- or herself is
She became a good climber. (finished action)
In 2014, thirteen-year-old Malavath Poorna .
Cost per person for this special event:
They trained in the countryside. (repeated
became the youngest girl to climb Mount Everest. 7£
5 Someone who wants to learn new things is action)
She was living in a village in the countryside with . Past Continuous
her parents when a government organisation
6 Someone who always arrives on time is
At nine o’clock she was studying for her exam.
chose her and a friend for the mountain . 5
challenge. At the time, Malavath was looking
1.08 Listen again. In pairs, answer (action in progress) the questions.
It was raining. (background description)
for a chance to do something different and she
3 This photo is an example of ‘projection mapping’.
1 What did Marisa initial y think the
was happy to go. She flew for the first time in
Have you ever seen this on TV or where you live?
Past Simple and Past Continuous workshop was about?
her life to a special mountain centre where she How do you think it works?
They were sleeping when we arrived. (one
2 Where does a person create the
action was in progress and another action
trained for eight months. The training was hard
videos in a projection mapping interrupted)
and sometimes the temperature dropped as low workshop?
as -35°C. Malavath also hated the packaged food
3 Where did Marisa see an example 4
that she had to eat. It didn’t smell nice and she
Write questions using the correct past tense. of projection mapping?
missed her mum’s cooking! The climb lasted
Write answers that are true for you. 4 Is Ivan creative or curious?
fifty-two days. At times it was dangerous and
1 How / you/ feel / the first day / school?
5 Why can’t Marisa go on her own to the
they had to walk very slowly, but Malavath didn’t
How did you feel on the first day at school? workshop?
give up. When she finally raised India’s flag on
2 what / you / do / at 5.00 p.m. / yesterday / ?
the highest peak in the world, she said she felt
great and very proud of herself.
6 In pairs, talk about these And classes and workshops.
3 you / do / Ice Bucket Chal enge / the past / ? YOU What type of person are they right for? Are they right for
4 you / start / English classes / five years ago / ? you? Why? / Why not? 5 And Describe a past experience chess cooking creative writing
5 it / rain / when / you / get up / this morning / ?
when you were away from home YOU gardening photography and had a challenge. Answer sewing singing
6 you / take up street photogrpahy / when / the questions.
You have to be organised if you do the you / younger / ? ● Where did you go and why?
cooking class because you plan recipes ● Who were you staying with? and shopping lists. ●
What did you like / not like about it?
I joined a singing class after school. I’m
not very confident, but the teacher was very gentle and kind. 14 Unit 1 Unit 1 15
Everyday phrases and expressions pul ed out of the presentation 6 Contents
A UNIT OF THE STUDENTS’ BOOK Every functional dialogue is
presented through a drama audio Writing skil s 1.6
SPEAKING Asking for and offering help 1.7
WRITING A description of a personal challenge
I can ask for, offer help, and respond to offers of help.
I can write a description of a personal challenge.
3 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples in
1 Look at the photo. What are they doing and
3 Study the Writing box. Find examples of these the dialogue.
how do you think they’re feeling?
phrases in Bình’s description.
Speaking Asking for and offering help
Writing A description of a personal chal enge Asking for help
Reason for the challenge Can / Could you help me?
I’ve always loved / wanted / dreamed about …
Excuse me. Would you mind helping me? The problem is / was I …
Can / Could you give me a hand (with sth)? I first realised this when … Replying
Description of the challenge Of course. / Sure!
I’ll be with you in a minute.
Soon after that, I heard about / saw … … I decided to give it a go. Phong: Okay, here we are. Do you Offering help
When I arrived at / started / saw … , I gasped / need any help? Do you need any help? Can I get you anything? screamed. An: I need to find the music Do you need anything else? May I help you?
At the beginning, it was difficult / impossible to do, room. Do you know where
Can I give you a hand with …? What can I do for you? but gradually I felt … it is? Replying In the end, I … Phong:
It’s opposite the principal’s That would be great, That’s really nice of you, office. After the challenge thanks. thanks.
2 Read Bình’s description of a personal The experience has made me … An: Where’s the principal’s Thanks for helping / your No, I’m fine, but thanks
challenge. Which paragraph describes: That day, I … office? help. anyway. Now I’m not afraid of …
Trúc Anh: I’ll be with you. Don’t worry. a
a chal enge that helped Bình? Now I … regularly. An: That would be great, b
how the experience changed Bình?
I’m thinking of becoming a … thanks. 4
1.10 Complete the dialogue with phrases from
c 1 a bad experience in the past?
Trúc Anh: Do you need anything else?
the Speaking box. Listen and check. Then practise the An: I’m looking for my class. dialogue.
4 In pairs, choose one of these challenges and It’s always crazy on the answer the questions below.
A: Excuse me. Would 1you mind helping me? I don’t first day. ●
know where the school office is. My personal challenge by Bình joining a new sports team Phong: Can I give you a hand ●
performing in front of your school mates B: No, of 2
. It’s over there. I’ll show you. with that? ●
staying with a family in another country A: Thanks for your 3 .
I’ve always loved trying new things, so when Phong An: That’s real y nice of you, ● taking an important exam B: Do you 4 else?
invited me to go climbing, I was excited. The problem thanks. A: No, 5 , but thanks anyway.
is I’m scared of heights. I first realised this when I was
1 Why is the chal enge difficult?
crossing the Glass Bridge in Sa Pa on a school trip.
2 How would you feel before, during and
Suddenly, somebody screamed and I saw that part of after the chal enge?
the floor was glass. I started shaking and my hands were
1 Can you remember the first day at And
sweating. I was disappointed with myself and sad. your school? What was it like?
5 In pairs, read the situations and take YOU
Everything seemed so big. I didn’t
turns to ask for and / or offer help.
Soon after that, I heard about the climbing class and Writing Time know where to go. Student A
I decided to give it a go. When I arrived and saw the ●
Ask your teacher to help you with your homework.
climbing wall, I gasped. It was quite high, but the instructor
5 Write a description (100-120 words) of a 2
1.09 Listen and answer the ●
Offer to help your friend to carry a big bag and a
personal challenge. In your description, you
helped me and showed me how to climb slowly and safely. questions. guitar. should write about:
At the beginning, it was quite dif icult, but gradual y I felt 1 Where are they? ● what the chal enge was. Student B
less anxious although I had to concentrate very hard. ● 2 What is An looking for? ●
Ask your friend to help you buy food and drink for
why you wanted to do the chal enge.
The experience has made me more confident. That day, ● your party.
how you felt during the chal enge. ●
A classmate isn’t feeling wel . Offer to help.
I got a buzz out of climbing and I couldn’t stop smiling. ●
how you felt after the experience.
Now I climb regularly and I’m never scared. 16 Unit 1 Unit 1 17
GLOSSARY Adjectives of emotion | Personality adjectives Revision adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase VOCABULARY LISTENING annoyed /əˈnɔɪd/ adj khó chịu label /ˈleɪb(ə)l/ v dán nhãn anxious 1 /ˈæŋkʃəs/ adj lo lắng lush /lʌʃ/ adj tươi tốt
Write the correct word for each sentence. 3
1.14 Listen to a dialogue between
1 If you can make yourself climb to the top of
Trúc Anh and An talking about a calm /kɑːm/ adj điềm tĩnh miserable
/ˈmɪz(ə)rəb(ə)l/ adj buồn rầu
a mountain, you are determined . personality quiz. challenge /ˈtʃælɪndʒ/ n thử thách organised
/ˈɔː(r)ɡənaɪzd/ adj có tổ chức
2 People who worry about unimportant things
a Tick (✔) the adjectives that Trúc Anh scores chubby /ˈtʃʌbi/ adj mập mạp punctual /ˈpʌŋktʃuəl/ adj đúng giờ are f .
high and cross (✘) the ones that she scores concentrate /ˈkɒns(ə)ntreɪt/ v tập trung relaxed /rɪˈlækst/ adj thoải mái 3 She felt amazed to see a l green low in the quiz. confident /ˈkɒnfɪd(ə)nt/ adj tự tin reliable /rɪˈlaɪəb(ə)l/ adj đáng tin cậy area in front of her. sensible confident confused /kənˈfjuːzd/ adj bối rối satisfied /ˈsætɪsfaɪd/ adj thoả mãn
4 You work with others to learn something new calm fussy criticise /ˈkrɪtɪsaɪz/ v phê bình, chỉ trích scream /skriːm/ v la hét at a w . creative organised determined
/dɪˈtɜː(r)mɪnd/ adj cương quyết sensible /ˈsensəb(ə)l/ adj có ý thức 5 When the traffic is c , it is hard to generous punctual
disappointed /ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/ adj thất vọng simplicity /sɪmˈplɪsəti/ n sự đơn giản move back and forth . generous /ˈdʒenərəs/ adj hào phóng street /striːt np nhiếp ảnh 6 She got a b out of doing the
b Tick (✔) the adjectives Trúc Anh uses to photography fəˈtɒɡrəfi/ đường phố One Leg Yoga Chal enge.
describe An and cross (✘) the adjectives An gentle /ˈdʒent(ə)l/ adj dịu dàng struggle describes herself. grow up /ɡrəʊ ʌp/ vp lớn lên /ˈstrʌɡəl/ v cố gắng
7 My friends took my sugesstion on b uneasy /ʌnˈiːzi/ adj áy náy
and I’m real y happy for her. calm organised joyful /ˈdʒɔɪf(ə)l/ adj hân hoan yawn /jɔːn/ v ngáp
8 Before An travels, she plans everthing in generous creative label /ˈleɪb(ə)l/ n nhãn advance. She is highly o . confident punctual VOCABULARY IN ACTION fussy sensible
1 Use the glossary to find:
PRONUNCIATION 3
1.11 Listen and repeat. GRAMMAR SPEAKING 1 Three adjectives to /ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/ describe positive 2 the surprised good mood
Complete the sentences with the Past Simple
4 Choose the best response for each emotions: ... afraid determined foot smooth
or Past Continuous form of the verbs in
question. Then practise these questions 2 One action people do brackets. and answers in pair. when they’re nervous or
1 A: Which activity boosted (boost) your
1 Excuse me, would you mind helping me? frightened: ... 4
1.12 Listen and put the words into the correct column.
confidence when you first learnt (learn) I can’t open this door. 3 One adjective that means
push move adventure lose nervous to speak English? a That would be great, thanks. ‘on time’: ...
look should prove generous temperature B: I (manage) to practise b Could you give me a hand? 4 One adjective that means ‘rounded and plump’: ...
speaking with native speakers. c Of course not! /ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/ 5 One action people do
2 I’ve got so much homework to do! I can’t
2 Those bags look heavy. Do you need when they think something believe that a week ago we (sit) any help? is wrong: ... on a beach and I (not think)
a I’ll be with you in a minute. about school at al ! b No, I’m fine, thanks. 2 5
1.13 Listen and read the dialogue in pairs. Use the glossary to find an 3 The Prime Minister (give) a c Sure! adjective which describes:
Jack: What does it mean by “taking an adventure”?
speech when, suddenly, the microphone
3 OK, the food is ready. Now, do you need 1 your best friend’s
Linh: It means pushing boundaries, trying new things, things like (break). anything else? personality that.
4 Maria is real y generous. She
a That’s real y nice of you, but I can 2 your mum’s personality
Jack: Does it mean moving beyond routine or losing ourselves in
(give) a lot of money to an organisation manage now. 3 how you feel when you new experiences? which helps immigrants. b May I help you? have a test at school
Linh: Yes, it does. I think adventures shape who we are. 5 A: So, what you c No, of course not. 4 how you feel if you get
Jack: I agree. Looking back, I think the best memories are from (do) on Bornholm? bad marks in an essay adventures.
5 ROLE PLAY Work in pairs. Student A is doing B: Lots of things. We (ride)
the One Leg Yoga Challenge on the school 5 how you feel if a friend
Linh: True. We prove our capabilities and grow. bicycles and we (take) lots argues with you
playground. Student A lacks balance and of photos!
cannot do it well. Student B sees Student A and offers help. 18 Unit 1 Unit 1 19
All key language and functions are
reviewed in a measureable way on Pronunciation activities work this page with vocabulary from the unit Contents 7 CONTENTS UNIT 0
0.1 INTRODUCTION AN Present Simple; Wh- questions;
0.2 INTRODUCTION BÌNH Present Continuous; Every day
0.3 INTRODUCTION PHONG Holidays and travel; Past Simple 0.4 INTRODUCTION TRÚC ANH Opinion adjectives; 0.5 CHARACTER Welcome
Adverbs of frequency; Comparatives and superlatives technology
(regular and irregular verbs); Means of transport
Present Perfect Simple with for and since QUIZ pp. 4–5 p. 6 p. 7 p. 8 p. 9 VOCABULARY GRAMMAR READING and GRAMMAR LISTENING and SPEAKING WRITING VOCABULARY VOCABULARY UNIT 1 Talk about
Use verbs fol owed by gerunds and
Identify specific details in Use different tenses to talk about
Identify specific details in a Ask for, offer help, and respond Write a description of a personal GLOSSARY p. 18 Out of your challenging new
to-infinitives to talk about life of
a text about moving to a past events and experiences.
conversation and talk about to offers of help. challenge.
PRONUNCIATION /ɜː/, /ə/, /ʊ/, comfort experiences and challenge. big city. ● Past Simple personality. /uː/ p. 18 zone emotions. ● verbs + gerund ● Past Continuous REVISION p. 19 ● verbs + to-infinitives pp. 10–11 p. 12 p. 13 p. 14 p. 15 p. 16 p. 17 UNIT 2
Talk about pollution Talk about the past events using the Understand the main Use question words before Identify specific details in Agree and disagree with other
Write a paragraph about how to GLOSSARY p. 28 What a
and the environment. Past Perfect.
points and identify specific to-infinitive verbs to talk about short conversations and people’s point of view. recycle old items.
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in waste! ● Past Perfect
details in an article about environmental solutions. talk about elections and the question tags p. 28 a teen activist. campaigns. REVISION p. 29 pp. 20–21 p. 22 p. 23 p. 24 p. 25 p. 26 p. 27 UNIT 3
Talk about similarities Use clauses of concession to talk
Guess the meaning of the Use clauses of reason to talk Listen for specific details Compare ideas and express Write a descriptive paragraph GLOSSARY p. 38 Nam on and differences in
about changes in the education words in context in an
about changes in clothing styles in a conversation and opinions about changes in about the changes in people's
PRONUNCIATION /eə/, /əʊ/, the go life in Nam in the system in
Nam in the past and article about the changes in Nam. talk about changes in housing architecture. living standards in Nam. /ʊə/ p. 38
past and at present. at present.
in the transport system in ● Clauses of reason entertainment in Nam. REVISION p. 39 ● Clauses of concession Nam. pp. 30–31 p. 32 p. 33 p. 34 p. 35 p. 36 p. 37 UNIT 4
Talk about jobs and Use different forms to talk about Understand the main
Talk about actions in progress in
Understand specific details Give instructions, remind
Write an email to a friend to tell GLOSSARY p. 48 The world of work experience. future events. points and identify the future. in a conversation and talk somebody what to do and about your summer job.
PRONUNCIATION /p/, /b/, /t/, work ● will specific details in an ● Future Continuous about success at work. respond. /d/ p. 48 ● be going to article. REVISION p. 49 pp. 40–41 p. 42 p. 43 p. 44 p. 45 p. 46 p. 47 UNIT 5
Talk about a natural Use clauses of result to talk about Guess the meaning of
Use phrasal verbs to talk about a
Understand the structure of Use visual aids in a talk about a Write a travel brochure about a GLOSSARY p. 58 Wonders of wonder in Nam. wonders of Nam. new words in a travel natural wonder of Nam. a travel story. natural wonder of Nam. natural wonder of Nam.
PRONUNCIATION Consonant Nam ● Clauses of result brochure about a tourist
blends: br, dr, tr, tw p. 58 attraction in Nam. REVISION p. 59 pp. 50–51 p. 52 p. 53 p. 54 p. 55 p. 56 p. 57 UNIT 6 Talk about space.
Talk about things that are always Understand specific
Talk about unreal situations in
Understand the main points Give a warning and tell Write an essay discussing GLOSSARY p. 68 Light years
true, possible situations, and details in an article and the past. of a report and talk about
somebody not to do something. advantages and disadvantages of PRONUNCIATION Weak forms of away imaginary situations. talk about space travel. ● Third Conditional space science. space travel. some words p. 68 ● Zero Conditional REVISION p. 69 ● First Conditional ● Second Conditional pp. 60–61 p. 62 p. 63 p. 64 p. 65 p. 66 p. 67 UNIT 7 Talk about health Report what somebody else has Understand specific Use reported speech to talk Listen for specific details Ask for and give advice.
Write a survey about health-related GLOSSARY p. 78 Take a deep problems. said. details in different types about commands and requests. and talk about extreme ● Suggest + V-ing / should habits and experiences.
PRONUNCIATION Stress moves breath ● Reported statements and of text. ● Reported commands and sports. from verbs to nouns and questions (Review) requests. adjectives p. 78 pp. 70–71 p. 72 p. 73 p. 74 p. 75 p. 76 p. 77 REVISION p. 79 UNIT 8 Talk about the
Express wishes about unreal things Understand text Use modal verbs to make Listen for speficfc details
Give a fluent presentation about Write a report about how English is GLOSSARY p. 88 World spread of English at present.
organization in an article deductions about the present.
about the different accents English as an international used as a foreign language in
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in Englishes as an international ● Wishes with Past Simple about the differences
● Deductions about the present
of English around the world. language. Nam.
yes / no questions p. 88 language. between American and REVISION p. 89 British English. pp. 80–81 p. 82 p. 83 p. 84 p. 85 p. 86 p. 87 UNIT 9 Talk about special
Be specific about people, things Understand the main Ask questions politely. Identify specific details in
Use verb phrases with to-infinitive Write an email inviting a friend to a GLOSSARY p. 98 Let's get occasions.
and places by using defining and points of an article
● Direct and indirect questions a radio interview and talk and -ing forms to talk about celebration. PRONUNCIATION Linking together non-defining relative clauses. and talk about tourist about sounds. future plans. sounds p. 98 ● Relative clauses attractions. ● verbs + to-infinitive REVISION p. 99 ● verbs + -ing form pp. 90–91 p. 92 p. 93 p. 94 p. 95 p. 96 p. 97 CLIL pp. 100–105 STUDENT ACTIVITIES p. 106 UNIT 0
0.1 INTRODUCTION AN Present Simple; Wh- questions;
0.2 INTRODUCTION BÌNH Present Continuous; Every day
0.3 INTRODUCTION PHONG Holidays and travel; Past Simple 0.4 INTRODUCTION TRÚC ANH Opinion adjectives; 0.5 CHARACTER Welcome
Adverbs of frequency; Comparatives and superlatives technology
(regular and irregular verbs); Means of transport
Present Perfect Simple with for and since QUIZ pp. 4–5 p. 6 p. 7 p. 8 p. 9 VOCABULARY GRAMMAR READING and GRAMMAR LISTENING and SPEAKING WRITING VOCABULARY VOCABULARY UNIT 1 Talk about
Use verbs fol owed by gerunds and
Identify specific details in Use different tenses to talk about
Identify specific details in a Ask for, offer help, and respond Write a description of a personal GLOSSARY p. 18 Out of your challenging new
to-infinitives to talk about life of
a text about moving to a past events and experiences.
conversation and talk about to offers of help. challenge.
PRONUNCIATION /ɜː/, /ə/, /ʊ/, comfort experiences and challenge. big city. ● Past Simple personality. /uː/ p. 18 zone emotions. ● verbs + gerund ● Past Continuous REVISION p. 19 ● verbs + to-infinitives pp. 10–11 p. 12 p. 13 p. 14 p. 15 p. 16 p. 17 UNIT 2
Talk about pollution Talk about the past events using the Understand the main Use question words before Identify specific details in Agree and disagree with other
Write a paragraph about how to GLOSSARY p. 28 What a
and the environment. Past Perfect.
points and identify specific to-infinitive verbs to talk about short conversations and people’s point of view. recycle old items.
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in waste! ● Past Perfect
details in an article about environmental solutions. talk about elections and the question tags p. 28 a teen activist. campaigns. REVISION p. 29 pp. 20–21 p. 22 p. 23 p. 24 p. 25 p. 26 p. 27 UNIT 3
Talk about similarities Use clauses of concession to talk
Guess the meaning of the Use clauses of reason to talk Listen for specific details Compare ideas and express Write a descriptive paragraph GLOSSARY p. 38 Nam on and differences in
about changes in the education words in context in an
about changes in clothing styles in a conversation and opinions about changes in about the changes in people's
PRONUNCIATION /eə/, /əʊ/, the go life in Nam in the system in
Nam in the past and article about the changes in Nam. talk about changes in housing architecture. living standards in Nam. /ʊə/ p. 38
past and at present. at present. in the transport system in ● Clauses of reason entertainment in Nam. REVISION p. 39 ● Clauses of concession Nam. pp. 30–31 p. 32 p. 33 p. 34 p. 35 p. 36 p. 37 UNIT 4
Talk about jobs and Use different forms to talk about Understand the main
Talk about actions in progress in
Understand specific details Give instructions, remind
Write an email to a friend to tell GLOSSARY p. 48 The world of work experience. future events. points and identify the future. in a conversation and talk somebody what to do and about your summer job.
PRONUNCIATION /p/, /b/, /t/, work ● will specific details in an ● Future Continuous about success at work. respond. /d/ p. 48 ● be going to article. REVISION p. 49 pp. 40–41 p. 42 p. 43 p. 44 p. 45 p. 46 p. 47 UNIT 5
Talk about a natural Use clauses of result to talk about Guess the meaning of
Use phrasal verbs to talk about a
Understand the structure of Use visual aids in a talk about a Write a travel brochure about a GLOSSARY p. 58 Wonders of wonder in Nam. wonders of Nam. new words in a travel natural wonder of Nam. a travel story. natural wonder of Nam. natural wonder of Nam.
PRONUNCIATION Consonant Nam ● Clauses of result brochure about a tourist
blends: br, dr, tr, tw p. 58 attraction in Nam. REVISION p. 59 pp. 50–51 p. 52 p. 53 p. 54 p. 55 p. 56 p. 57 UNIT 6 Talk about space.
Talk about things that are always Understand specific
Talk about unreal situations in
Understand the main points Give a warning and tell Write an essay discussing GLOSSARY p. 68 Light years
true, possible situations, and details in an article and the past. of a report and talk about
somebody not to do something. advantages and disadvantages of PRONUNCIATION Weak forms of away imaginary situations. talk about space travel. ● Third Conditional space science. space travel. some words p. 68 ● Zero Conditional REVISION p. 69 ● First Conditional ● Second Conditional pp. 60–61 p. 62 p. 63 p. 64 p. 65 p. 66 p. 67 UNIT 7 Talk about health Report what somebody else has Understand specific Use reported speech to talk Listen for specific details Ask for and give advice.
Write a survey about health-related GLOSSARY p. 78 Take a deep problems. said. details in different types about commands and requests. and talk about extreme ● Suggest + V-ing / should habits and experiences.
PRONUNCIATION Stress moves breath ● Reported statements and of text. ● Reported commands and sports. from verbs to nouns and questions (Review) requests. adjectives p. 78 pp. 70–71 p. 72 p. 73 p. 74 p. 75 p. 76 p. 77 REVISION p. 79 UNIT 8 Talk about the
Express wishes about unreal things Understand text Use modal verbs to make Listen for speficfc details
Give a fluent presentation about Write a report about how English is GLOSSARY p. 88 World spread of English at present.
organization in an article deductions about the present.
about the different accents English as an international used as a foreign language in
PRONUNCIATION Intonation in Englishes as an international ● Wishes with Past Simple about the differences
● Deductions about the present
of English around the world. language. Nam.
yes / no questions p. 88 language. between American and REVISION p. 89 British English. pp. 80–81 p. 82 p. 83 p. 84 p. 85 p. 86 p. 87 UNIT 9 Talk about special
Be specific about people, things Understand the main Ask questions politely. Identify specific details in
Use verb phrases with to-infinitive Write an email inviting a friend to a GLOSSARY p. 98 Let's get occasions.
and places by using defining and points of an article
● Direct and indirect questions a radio interview and talk and -ing forms to talk about celebration. PRONUNCIATION Linking together non-defining relative clauses. and talk about tourist about sounds. future plans. sounds p. 98 ● Relative clauses attractions. ● verbs + to-infinitive REVISION p. 99 ● verbs + -ing form pp. 90–91 p. 92 p. 93 p. 94 p. 95 p. 96 p. 97 CLIL pp. 100–105 STUDENT ACTIVITIES p. 106 0 0.1 HI, I’M AN! Welcome
Present Simple; Wh- questions; Adverbs of frequency; Comparatives and superlatives 1
0.01 Read the text. What does An mention?
her daily routine her friends her hobbies her home her school VOCABULARY
Everyday technology | Holidays
and travel | Means of transport | Opinion adjectives
My name is Nguyễn Thục An and I’m fifteen. After a year in the countryside GRAMMAR
with my grandmother, I now live in the city again with my parents. My
Present Simple | Wh- questions |
parents usually travel abroad a lot for their jobs, but now they work in Hà Nội. Adverbs of frequency |
I’m really happy to be home with my mum and dad again. I sometimes stay
Comparatives and superlatives |
with my granny at weekends. Her home is really nice but quite small. At my Present Continuous | Past
parents’ house, I have a big bedroom and so there’s more space to hang out Simple | Present Perfect
with my friends. I love taking photos of my classmates. When I’m on my own, Simple with for and since
I also like writing songs. I start my new school, Bằng Lăng, on Monday. My
neighbour, Bình, goes to the same school. We get on really well. My friend,
Phong, also starts there on Monday.
2 Read the text again. Mark the sentences T (true) or F (false). 1
An’s grandmother lives in a large city. 2
An’s parents no longer work abroad. 3
An’s grandmother always comes to visit her family at weekends. 4
An likes writing songs with her friends. 5 Bình lives near An. 6 Phong is Bình’s friend. 4 Starter unit 1 Bình thinks Lăng School is
3 Study the Grammar A box. Find more examples of the Present Simple in the text.
the friendliest (friendly) school in the area.
Grammar A Present Simple and Wh- questions 2 An is (nervous) Present Simple than Bình. I live in the countryside. She works abroad. 3 Lăng School is I don’t like doing sports. She doesn’t take photos. (big) school in Do you live in London? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. the area. Does she go to your school? Yes, she does. / No, she 4 The curriculum is doesn’t.
(interesting) than at An’s old Adverbs of frequency school.
always, often, sometimes, rarely, never 5 Languages are (important) subjects at Wh- questions Lăng School. Where do you live? Why do you like your house? When do you have breakfast? 6 What sports do you play? An is (happy) Who do you hang out with? How often do you visit your than she was before. Which school do you go to? gran? 4 An d
Complete the questions with the Present Simple form of
6 In pairs, take turns to YOU
the verbs in brackets. Then ask and answer in pairs. make comparisons about things and
1 Where do you relax (you / relax) in the evenings? people at your school. 2 What (you / usual y / eat) for Who can make more than breakfast? 5 comparisons? 3 Who (you / often / see) at the weekend? Linh and are the loveliest 4 (you / have) many cousins? friends of mine at school. 5 (you / often / visit) your neighbours? My house is the nearest to 6
(you / live) in a city or a small town? school in my class.
5 Study the Grammar B box. Complete the sentences
with the comparative or superlative form of the
The library is bigger than the adjectives in brackets. music room.
Grammar B Comparatives and superlatives The classrooms are bigger.
It’s more exciting than a normal school.
Sports lessons here better / worse than in my old school.
The classrooms have are the latest technology.
The first day is the most difficult.
It’s the best / worst school in the area. Starter unit 5 0.2 HI, I’M BÌNH!
Present Continuous; Everyday technology 1
0.02 Read Bình’s blog entry and
2 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples
complete his personal profile below.
of the Present Continuous in Bình’s blog.
Grammar Present Continuous
She’s studying art this year.
Hi! My name’s Bình and I’m from Hà Nội.
I’m not looking forward to my exams.
My family is originally from Lạng Sơn.
Are you reading a good book at the moment?
I live with my parents and my brother Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
and sister. My brother’s still at school, Time words and phrases
but my sister’s training to be a web
at the moment, now, right now, this month,
designer. I go to Bằng Lăng Secondary this year, today
School and my favourite subjects are
physics, chemistry and IT. When I’m
3 Complete the short dialogues with the Present
not at school, I love spending time on
Continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
my computer. Right now, I’m writing
1 A: What are you doing (do) on the laptop?
my weekly blog. It’s about science and B: I (look for) information
I write about things I hear in the news
about the Amazon for my geography
and upload interesting pictures. I also homework.
love anything about physics. At the
2 A: Is that a German book you
moment, I’m reading an e-book about (read)?
Helen Sharman, the first British person B: Yes, I (study) German
in space. I’d love to go to another planet
literature at school this year. one day! 3 A: you (enjoy) the party?
B: Yes, it’s great! Everyone
(dance)! Come on, let’s dance!
4 WORD FRIENDS Tick (✔) phrases from the
Word Friends box in Bình’s blog. Word Friends chat with friends watch music videos upload pictures make a film / video download songs write a blog
text friends / parents read an e-book go online Name: Bình Lives with:
5 Work in pairs. Ask and answer And Name of school: about your hobbies. Use the YOU Favourite subjects: Word Friends in Exercise 4. Interests:
A: Do you often chat with your friends in your Dream: free time?
B: Yes, I do. What about you?
A: I often text my friends and sometimes I go online. 6 Starter unit 0.3 HI, I’M PHONG!
Holidays and travel; Past Simple (regular and irregular verbs); Means of transport 1
0.03 Study the Vocabulary
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the
box. Write the words in the correct
Past Simple in the text. Which verbs are regular and categories. Listen and check. which are irregular?
B&B campsite city break coach Grammar Past Simple
cruise hiking sightseeing ferry Regular verbs
She started a new school. They didn’t play any sports.
Vocabulary Holidays and travel Did you enjoy your trip?
Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t. Means of transport Irregular verbs canoe, plane, train, 1 , 2
I met my friend. He didn’t go on holiday. Types of holiday
Did we forget anything? Yes, we did. / No, we didn’t.
activity camp, beach holiday, 3 , Time expressions 4
earlier this morning, in 2001, last week, over a year ago, Accommodation
the day before yesterday, yesterday hostel, hotel, 5 , 6 Activities 4 horse-riding, sunbathing, 7 ,
Complete the sentences about Phong and his family 8
with the Past Simple form of the verbs in brackets.
1 Phong’s brother didn’t come (not come) to Hà 2
because he studied at a university in Chí Minh
0.04 Read the text about City.
Phong. Who are the people in the 2 Phong
(leave) his old school because his
picture with him? Name three facts
mum wants him to speak more English. about them. 3 Phong
(not want) to change schools at first. 4 Last year, Phong (not spend) the summer in Hà . 5 Phong (go) to Hà by train. 5
0.05 WORD FRIENDS Study the Word Friends
box. Choose the correct option in the questions below. Listen and check. Word Friends
catch a train / a ferry / a bus drive a car fly a helicopter
My name’s Gia Phong. I came to Hà Nội
ride a horse / a bicycle sail a yacht / a boat
two years ago with my parents. My brother
take a bus / a train travel by bus / abroad
stayed in Hồ Chí Minh City to study at a
1 When was the last time you took / rode a train?
university there. This is a picture of me,
2 Do you know anyone who can fly / drive a helicopter?
Khánh and Nguyên. Khánh moved to Hà
3 When did you learn to ride / drive a bike?
Nội because of her dad’s job. I sometimes
4 Do you have to travel / catch a bus to get to school?
see Nguyên, but we don’t go to the same
5 Would you like to learn to drive / sail a boat?
school anymore. My mum wanted me
to speak more English and there are lots
of English-speaking students at my new And
school. I didn’t want to leave my old school
6 In pairs, ask and answer the questions YOU
at first, but now I’m quite excited. Last year, in Exercise 5.
I spent my summer with my grandparents
in Ninh Bình. After two weeks there, I took a train back to Hà Nội. Starter unit 7 0.4 HI, I’M TRÚC ANH!
Opinion adjectives; Present Perfect Simple with for and since 1
0.06 Read the text. Answer the questions.
1 How long has Trúc Anh lived in Hà ?
2 Why does Trúc Anh have an English tutor?
Hi! I’m Trúc Anh. We moved to Hà Nội this summer and I’ve been
here for about a month. Hà Nội is all right, but it still feels strange.
It’s very different from Yên Bái, where I grew up. In Yên Bái, we
have some awesome mountain views. Hà Nội is busier and noisier.
I’ll start a new school on Monday. I visited it last week, but there
weren’t any pupils there as it’s the summer holiday now. I’ll learn
more English at school, but I am not very good at it. I’ve had an
5 Complete the sentences with
the Present Perfect Simple form
English tutor for two weeks and I’ve also tried to watch loads of the verbs in brackets.
of news on YouTube. It has helped improve my listening skills a lot.
1 We haven’t lived (not live)
My pronunciation isn’t perfect yet, but I think I’ll be able to make here very long.
international friends online this year. 2 The film (not start / yet).
2 Underline the adjectives in the text. 3 Mum and Dad (never / meet) my school
Vocabulary Opinion adjectives friends. 4 you ever
all right amazing awesome awful exciting funny lovely (have) a pet
noisy perfect strange terrible unusual useful dog? 5 Oscar (not
3 Find the opposites of these words in the Vocabulary box. eat) lunch today. 1 amazing awful 5 common u 6 Ella (always / 2 terrible a 6 horrible l like) foreign languages. 3 serious f 7 boring e 7 I (not see) 4 quiet n 8 normal s my grandparents since September.
4 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the 8 Amanda (be)
Present Perfect Simple in the text. my best friend for years.
Grammar Present Perfect Simple Affirmative 6 Complete the An I have lived abroad. I have never lived abroad. d sentences so they
My parents have just / already arrived. YO are true for you. U Negative 1 My family has
I haven’t lived in Europe. They haven’t arrived yet. lived here since … Questions
2 I’ve been at this school for …
Have you ever lived abroad? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t. 3 My best friend has never … Has she arrived yet?
Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.
4 Our English teacher has just for and since …
She’s been in London for a month. (a period of time)
5 I’ve liked [band / singer] for
They’ve lived here since August. (a point in time) … 8 Starter unit 0.5 CHARACTER QUIZ
1 Look at the photo. Describe
4 Look at the quiz. Choose the correct option. what is happening. 2 The big character quiz
0.07 Check if you know these words and phrases. Listen and check.
1 Has the school term started just / yet ? hang out get the hang of
2 Has An ever / never lived in Hà Nội before? 3
3 Are An’s parents travel / travelling abroad at the moment? 0.08 Listen again. Answer the questions.
4 What kind of things does Bình post / posts on his blog? 1 Has Bình met Tommo and
5 Where has / have their friend, Khánh, moved to? Phong before?
6 Where did Phong go / gone this summer? 2 Who has the longest
7 Have Trúc Anh and her family moved to Hà Nội yet / just? journey to school?
8 Why is Trúc Anh watch / watching lots of YouTube videos? 3 When do the friends plan to meet up with Tommo? 4 Who has learned to play yoyo?
5 In groups, do the quiz in Exercise 4. Use the texts in Lessons
5 Has Bình tried playing yoyo
1–4 to help you. How much can you remember? before? 6 Is An good at playing yoyo? And
6 In groups, make a similar quiz about your YOU
classmates. Then give the quiz to another group
to answer. Read the questions aloud and answers to the class. Starter unit 9 1 A week of challenges Out of your 1.1
VOCABULARY New experiences comfort
I can talk about challenging new experiences and emotions.
1 Your friend has invited you to do the Ice Bucket Challenge. How do zone
you feel? Complete the sentence with an adjective of emotion.
The lce Bucket Chal enge is an activity involving dumping
a bucket of ice water on someone’s head. It’s done to VOCABULARY
encourage people to donate money for research on Adjectives of emotion
a serious disease cal ed ALS. | New experiences | Personality adjectives I feel
because I love all challenges. GRAMMAR I’m
. I’d never do anything like this; it might be dangerous. Present tenses | Past tenses I’m
. I might look silly, but it’s worth trying – it’s for charity. 2
1.01 Put the words in the right column. Which adjectives
could go in both columns? Listen and check.
Vocabulary A Adjectives of emotion
afraid annoyed anxious confused determined disappointed
joyful miserable relaxed satisfied stressed surprised uneasy Positive afraid Negative
3 Read Claudia’s notes and pictures on page 11. Which challenges
are you most impressed with? Then look at the pictures and choose the correct option.
1 Claudia was determined / miserable to try all the chal enges.
2 Claudia was disappointed / relaxed with the Yoga Chal enge because it didn’t go wel .
3 She felt real y confused / anxious about the Ice Bucket Chal enge.
4 She was satisfied / miserable with the Chubby Bunny Chal enge.
5 When Claudia was doing the Behaviour Chal enge, she tried not
to get annoyed / uneasy with her little brother. 10 Unit 1
A week of challengesClaudia, 15 Monday
Do the One Leg Yoga Chal enge. Stand on
one leg for as long as you can! Tuesday
Try the Be Real y Nice Chal enge on your
brother or sister. Be extra nice until they
ask you why you’re being so nice!
Wednesday Take the Chubby Bunny Chal enge: say
‘chubby bunny’ with marshmal ows in your mouth! Thursday
This is the big one – video your Ice Bucket Challenge! 4
1.02 WORD FRIENDS Complete the verbs in the phrases. Listen and check.
6 Work in groups. List all And Word Friends
the activities you often YOU give an opinion b your confidence do to get out of your g sth a go h an adventure comfort zone. Tell your ch your routine g a buzz (out of sth)
partner how you feel when you do m plans t sth on board
each activity. Then share with the class. 5 I watch a horror flim.
1.03 Read the blog post. Choose the correct option. Listen and check. Afterwards, I feel terrible.
How to … get out of your comfort zone!
It’s the start of a new school year. Everyone’s getting back into their
‘normal’ routine, so it seems like a good time to challenge yourself.
Here’s a simple idea. Why not surprise yourself and 1change / make
your daily routine? You could travel a different way to school. You
never know – you might 2have / make an adventure! Why not eat your
meals in a different place or get up early and do some yoga? Our
brains 3have / get a buzz out of change, so it helps you to enjoy your
day and focus on what you’re doing.
I love making videos, but I was always too shy to share them. Then last month I made myself post my work
online. Now people like to comment, 4give / get their opinions and criticise, but I don’t mind. Good comments
5make / boost my confidence, but I try to 6take / get on board negative comments too. Marco
I tried this idea on my birthday: allow a friend to 7boost / make plans for you! Your friend chooses a place
to go. You have to see a film you wouldn’t normally choose or try a new activity. I was really excited about
my day – and a bit anxious too. But I decided to 8have / give it a go and now I have a new hobby: juggling! Carly Unit 1 11 1.2
GRAMMAR Gerunds and to-infinitives
I can use verbs followed by gerunds and to-infinitives to talk about life of a challenge.
1 In pairs, read the quote below. What do you
3 Study the Grammar box. Underline the
think it means? Do you love adventures?
verbs in the text that are followed by gerunds or by to-infinitives.
Grammar Verbs fol owed by gerunds “ L I F E I S EI T H ER
or to-infinitives (review) A DA R I NG
Verbs followed by gerunds A DV E N T U R E OR
love, spend, hate, enjoy, like, dislike, fancy, NOT H I NG AT
suggest, postpone, finish, prevent, involve, keep, etc. A L L”
Verbs followed by to-infinitives - H E L E N K E L L E R -
plan, try, continue, hope, manage, agree,
decide, expect, want, promise, attempt, refuse, etc.
Verbs followed by both gerunds and to-infinitives
try, continue, stop, love, hate, etc.
4 Choose the right verb to complete the sentences.
1 I’m satisfied that my students keep
taking / to take my advice on board.
2 Liên knows she needs to prevent herself 2
1.04 Read and listen. What does Jake
from to get / getting stuck in a routine.
like and dislike doing? Are you the same type
3 Bình is confused about what his next steps of person as Jake?
should be. His friend suggested to have /
having a trekking adventure.
4 I’m disappointed that my students
haven’t tried juggling / to juggle, but I
Jake loves having an adventurous life. Every
expect to see / seeing it soon.
day, he wakes up and wants to experience
5 Khánh An promised getting / to get out
something new and exciting. He enjoys
of her comfort zone by changing her daily routine.
trying new things and exploring new places.
He may try hiking up a mountain or eating
a new type of food. During the weekend,
5 In pairs, ask and answer And
he spends hours researching different the questions: YOU
activities and destinations. He often tries
1 What do you enjoy doing in a day?
to decide on the perfect adventure for the
2 What do you dislike doing in a day?
day. Jack hates feeling stuck in a routine.
3 What do you try to do well every day?
He also doesn’t like feeling unprepared, so
4 What do you try doing in a day?
he always plans ahead and manages to set
5 What do you hope to do in the future?
his time wisely. For Jake, adventure is not
Use more verbs fol owed by gerunds or
just a hobby, it is a way of life.
to-infinitives in your answers. 12 Unit 1 1.3
READING and VOCABULARY Moving to a big city
I can identify specific details in a text about moving to a big city.
1 Read the title of the text. What does “Fitting in” mean?
4 Read the text again. Linh had some
Can you guess what the text is about?
positive and negative experiences
when moving to a new city. Put the
2 Read the text. Look at the highlighted words. What do
following items in the right column.
these words mean? Use the words to describe pictures A-F.
friends lifestyle transportation traffic noise museums A B C street photography Positives Negatives D E F 3 And
Read the text. Mark the sentences T (true) or F (false).
5 ROLE PLAY Work in pairs. Student A has moved YOU 1
Linh spent her childhood in a small vil age in to a big city from the Nam. countryside. Student B 2
Since she was a child, Linh always wanted to go
meets student A for the first time to a big city.
in class. Use these questions and 3
At the age of 15, Linh relocated to Chí Minh add your own question: City. ● What differences do you see 4
Linh disliked her new school in the city. between the city and the 5
Linh and her parents faced challenges while countryside? adapting to the city life. ● How do you feel when you move 6
Linh was not happy with her family’s decision to to a big city? move to the city. Fitting in 1.05
Linh grew up in a small village, surrounded by rice paddies
and 1lush green hills in Việt Nam. Life was simple, but she always
dreamed of the bright lights of the big city. When she turned 15, her family decided to move to Hồ Chí Minh City.
Moving to the city was 2overwhelming at first. The traffic was 3chaotic, and the constant noise made it hard to
sleep at night. But Linh was determined to have an adventure. She found her new teachers and friends very friendly.
They quickly became her new family.
As she explored the city, Linh discovered new foods and cultures. She visited museums and art galleries, and even
tried to take up 4street photography. But the city was also full of challenges, and Linh, like her parents, 5struggled
to adapt to the fast-paced lifestyle, expensive transportation and crowdedness.
Despite the ups and downs, Linh never regretted her family’s decision to move to the city. She has found a new sense
of independence and freedom, and was excited for all the opportunities in this new environment. Even though she
sometimes missed the 6simplicity of her village life, she knew that this is where her heart belongs. Unit 1 13 1.4
GRAMMAR Past tenses (Review)
I can use different tenses to talk about past events and experiences.
1 Read the text quickly. What was Malavath’s challenge?
2 Read the text again. In pairs, ask and answer the questions.
1 What did Malavath do in 2014?
2 Why did Malavath want to do the chal enge?
3 How did she get to the training centre?
4 Why did they have to walk slowly?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of past tenses in the article.
Grammar Past tenses (Review) She did it! Past Simple
She became a good climber. (finished action)
In 2014, thirteen-year-old Malavath Poorna
They trained in the countryside. (repeated
became the youngest girl to climb Mount Everest. action)
She was living in a village in the countryside with Past Continuous
her parents when a government organisation
At nine o’clock she was studying for her exam.
chose her and a friend for the mountain (action in progress)
challenge. At the time, Malavath was looking
It was raining. (background description)
for a chance to do something different and she
was happy to go. She flew for the first time in
Past Simple and Past Continuous
her life to a special mountain centre where she
They were sleeping when we arrived. (one
action was in progress and another action
trained for eight months. The training was hard interrupted)
and sometimes the temperature dropped as low
as -35°C. Malavath also hated the packaged food 4
that she had to eat. It didn’t smell nice and she
Write questions using the correct past tense.
missed her mum’s cooking! The climb lasted
Write answers that are true for you.
fifty-two days. At times it was dangerous and
1 How / you/ feel / the first day / school?
they had to walk very slowly, but Malavath didn’t
How did you feel on the first day at school?
give up. When she finally raised India’s flag on
2 what / you / do / at 5.00 p.m. / yesterday / ?
the highest peak in the world, she said she felt
great and very proud of herself.
3 you / do / Ice Bucket Chal enge / the past / ?
4 you / start / English classes / five years ago / ? 5 And Describe a past experience
5 it / rain / when / you / get up / this morning / ?
when you were away from home YOU and had a challenge. Answer
6 you / take up street photogrpahy / when / the questions. you / younger / ? ● Where did you go and why? ● Who were you staying with? ●
What did you like / not like about it? 14 Unit 1 1.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Projection mapping
I can identify specific details in a conversation and talk about personality.
1 Do you like trying new things? Why? / Why not? 4
1.07 Listen about projection
mapping. Complete the information 2
1.06 Complete the sentences with words
with a word, a number or phrase.
from the Vocabulary box. Listen and check.
Vocabulary Personality adjectives
Projection mapping workshop
calm confident creative curious new, easy and great fun!
fussy generous gentle organised
Location: 1Science Museum punctual reliable sensible Address: 2 Road
1 Someone who always has new ideas is Title: ‘ Bringing the 3 ’ . 2 Someone you can trust is . For: fourteen- to 4 -year-olds
3 Someone who worries about things that aren’t Time: 5 to 4.00 p.m. important is . Please bring: 6 and a drink.
4 Someone who is sure about him- or herself is .
Cost per person for this special event: 7£
5 Someone who wants to learn new things is .
6 Someone who always arrives on time is . 5
1.08 Listen again. In pairs, answer the questions.
3 This photo is an example of ‘projection mapping’.
1 What did Marisa initial y think the
Have you ever seen this on TV or where you live? workshop was about? How do you think it works?
2 Where does a person create the
videos in a projection mapping workshop?
3 Where did Marisa see an example of projection mapping? 4 Is Ivan creative or curious?
5 Why can’t Marisa go on her own to the workshop?
6 In pairs, talk about these And classes and workshops. YOU What type of person are they right for? Are they right for you? Why? / Why not? chess cooking creative writing gardening photography sewing singing
You have to be organised if you do the
cooking class because you plan recipes and shopping lists.
I joined a singing class after school. I’m
not very confident, but the teacher was very gentle and kind. Unit 1 15 1.6
SPEAKING Asking for and offering help
I can ask for, offer help, and respond to offers of help.
3 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples in the dialogue.
Speaking Asking for and offering help Asking for help Can / Could you help me?
Excuse me. Would you mind helping me?
Can / Could you give me a hand (with sth)? Replying Of course. / Sure!
I’ll be with you in a minute.
Phong: Okay, here we are. Do you Offering help need any help? Do you need any help? Can I get you anything? An: I need to find the music Do you need anything else? May I help you? room. Do you know where
Can I give you a hand with …? What can I do for you? it is? Replying
Phong: It’s opposite the principal’s That would be great, That’s really nice of you, office. thanks. thanks. An: Where’s the principal’s Thanks for helping / your No, I’m fine, but thanks office? help. anyway.
Trúc Anh: I’ll be with you. Don’t worry. An: That would be great, thanks. 4
1.10 Complete the dialogue with phrases from
Trúc Anh: Do you need anything else?
the Speaking box. Listen and check. Then practise the An: I’m looking for my class. dialogue. It’s always crazy on the
A: Excuse me. Would 1you mind helping me? I don’t first day.
know where the school office is. Phong: Can I give you a hand B: No, of 2
. It’s over there. I’ll show you. with that? A: Thanks for your 3 . An: That’s real y nice of you, B: Do you 4 else? thanks. A: No, 5 , but thanks anyway.
1 Can you remember the first day at And your school? What was it like?
5 In pairs, read the situations and take YOU
Everything seemed so big. I didn’t
turns to ask for and / or offer help. know where to go. Student A ●
Ask your teacher to help you with your homework. 2
1.09 Listen and answer the ●
Offer to help your friend to carry a big bag and a questions. guitar. 1 Where are they? Student B 2 What is An looking for? ●
Ask your friend to help you buy food and drink for your party. ●
A classmate isn’t feeling wel . Offer to help. 16 Unit 1 1.7
WRITING A description of a personal chal enge
I can write a description of a personal challenge.
1 Look at the photo. What are they doing and
3 Study the Writing box. Find examples of these
how do you think they’re feeling?
phrases in Bình’s description.
Writing A description of a personal chal enge Reason for the challenge
I’ve always loved / wanted / dreamed about … The problem is / was I … I first realised this when …
Description of the challenge
Soon after that, I heard about / saw … … I decided to give it a go.
When I arrived at / started / saw … , I gasped / screamed.
At the beginning, it was difficult / impossible to do, but gradually I felt … In the end, I … After the challenge
2 Read Bình’s description of a personal The experience has made me …
challenge. Which paragraph describes: That day, I … Now I’m not afraid of … a
a chal enge that helped Bình? Now I … regularly. b
how the experience changed Bình?
I’m thinking of becoming a …
c 1 a bad experience in the past?
4 In pairs, choose one of these challenges and answer the questions below. ● My personal challenge by Bình joining a new sports team ●
performing in front of your school mates ●
staying with a family in another country
I’ve always loved trying new things, so when Phong ● taking an important exam
invited me to go climbing, I was excited. The problem
is I’m scared of heights. I first realised this when I was
1 Why is the chal enge difficult?
crossing the Glass Bridge in Sa Pa on a school trip.
2 How would you feel before, during and
Suddenly, somebody screamed and I saw that part of after the chal enge?
the floor was glass. I started shaking and my hands were
sweating. I was disappointed with myself and sad.
Soon after that, I heard about the climbing class and Writing Time
I decided to give it a go. When I arrived and saw the
climbing wall, I gasped. It was quite high, but the instructor
5 Write a description (100-120 words) of a
personal challenge. In your description, you
helped me and showed me how to climb slowly and safely. should write about:
At the beginning, it was quite dif icult, but gradualy I felt ● what the chal enge was.
less anxious although I had to concentrate very hard. ●
why you wanted to do the chal enge.
The experience has made me more confident. That day, ●
how you felt during the chal enge.
I got a buzz out of climbing and I couldn’t stop smiling. ●
how you felt after the experience.
Now I climb regularly and I’m never scared. Unit 1 17
GLOSSARY Adjectives of emotion | Personality adjectives adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase annoyed /əˈnɔɪd/ adj khó chịu label /ˈleɪb(ə)l/ v dán nhãn anxious /ˈæŋkʃəs/ adj lo lắng lush /lʌʃ/ adj tươi tốt calm /kɑːm/ adj điềm tĩnh miserable
/ˈmɪz(ə)rəb(ə)l/ adj buồn rầu challenge /ˈtʃælɪndʒ/ n thử thách organised
/ˈɔː(r)ɡənaɪzd/ adj có tổ chức chubby /ˈtʃʌbi/ adj mập mạp punctual /ˈpʌŋktʃuəl/ adj đúng giờ concentrate /ˈkɒns(ə)ntreɪt/ v tập trung relaxed /rɪˈlækst/ adj thoải mái confident /ˈkɒnfɪd(ə)nt/ adj tự tin reliable /rɪˈlaɪəb(ə)l/ adj đáng tin cậy confused /kənˈfjuːzd/ adj bối rối satisfied /ˈsætɪsfaɪd/ adj thoả mãn criticise /ˈkrɪtɪsaɪz/ v phê bình, chỉ trích scream /skriːm/ v la hét determined
/dɪˈtɜː(r)mɪnd/ adj cương quyết sensible /ˈsensəb(ə)l/ adj có ý thức
disappointed /ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/ adj thất vọng simplicity /sɪmˈplɪsəti/ n sự đơn giản generous /ˈdʒenərəs/ adj hào phóng street /striːt np nhiếp ảnh gentle /ˈdʒent(ə)l/ adj dịu dàng photography fəˈtɒɡrəfi/ đường phố grow up /ɡrəʊ ʌp/ vp lớn lên struggle /ˈstrʌɡəl/ v cố gắng joyful /ˈdʒɔɪf(ə)l/ adj hân hoan uneasy /ʌnˈiːzi/ adj áy náy label /ˈleɪb(ə)l/ n nhãn yawn /jɔːn/ v ngáp VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
PRONUNCIATION 3
1.11 Listen and repeat. 1 Three adjectives to /ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/ describe positive emotions: . . the surprised good mood afraid determined foot smooth 2 One action people do when they’re nervous or frightened: .. 4
1.12 Listen and put the words into the correct column. 3 One adjective that means
push move adventure lose nervous ‘on time’: ..
look should prove generous temperature 4 One adjective that means ‘rounded and plump’: .. /ə/ /ɜː/ /ʊ/ /uː/ 5 One action people do when they think something is wrong: .. 2 5
1.13 Listen and read the dialogue in pairs. Use the glossary to find an adjective which describes:
Jack: What does it mean by “taking an adventure”? 1 your best friend’s
Linh: It means pushing boundaries, trying new things, things like personality that. 2 your mum’s personality
Jack: Does it mean moving beyond routine or losing ourselves in 3 how you feel when you new experiences? have a test at school
Linh: Yes, it does. I think adventures shape who we are. 4 how you feel if you get
Jack: I agree. Looking back, I think the best memories are from bad marks in an essay adventures. 5 how you feel if a friend
Linh: True. We prove our capabilities and grow. argues with you 18 Unit 1 Revision VOCABULARY LISTENING
1 Write the correct word for each sentence. 3
1.14 Listen to a dialogue between
1 If you can make yourself climb to the top of
Trúc Anh and An talking about a
a mountain, you are determined . personality quiz.
2 People who worry about unimportant things
a Tick (✔) the adjectives that Trúc Anh scores are f .
high and cross (✘) the ones that she scores 3 She felt amazed to see a l green low in the quiz. area in front of her. sensible confident
4 You work with others to learn something new calm fussy at a w . creative organised 5 When the traffic is c , it is hard to generous punctual move back and forth . 6 She got a b out of doing the
b Tick (✔) the adjectives Trúc Anh uses to One Leg Yoga Chal enge.
describe An and cross (✘) the adjectives An describes herself.
7 My friends took my sugesstion on b
and I’m real y happy for her. calm organised
8 Before An travels, she plans everthing in generous creative advance. She is highly o . confident punctual fussy sensible GRAMMAR SPEAKING
2 Complete the sentences with the Past Simple
4 Choose the best response for each
or Past Continuous form of the verbs in
question. Then practise these questions brackets. and answers in pair.
1 A: Which activity boosted (boost) your
1 Excuse me, would you mind helping me?
confidence when you first learnt (learn) I can’t open this door. to speak English? a That would be great, thanks. B: I (manage) to practise b Could you give me a hand?
speaking with native speakers. c Of course not!
2 I’ve got so much homework to do! I can’t
2 Those bags look heavy. Do you need believe that a week ago we (sit) any help? on a beach and I (not think)
a I’ll be with you in a minute. about school at al ! b No, I’m fine, thanks. 3 The Prime Minister (give) a c Sure!
speech when, suddenly, the microphone
3 OK, the food is ready. Now, do you need (break). anything else?
4 Maria is real y generous. She
a That’s real y nice of you, but I can
(give) a lot of money to an organisation manage now. which helps immigrants. b May I help you? 5 A: So, what you c No, of course not. (do) on Bornholm?
5 ROLE PLAY Work in pairs. Student A is doing B: Lots of things. We (ride)
the One Leg Yoga Challenge on the school bicycles and we (take) lots
playground. Student A lacks balance and of photos!
cannot do it well. Student B sees Student A and offers help. Unit 1 19 Follow the rubbish route! 2 What a waste! 2.1
VOCABULARY Protecting the environment VOCABULARY
I can talk about pollution and the environment. Pol ution | Protecting and damaging the environment |
1 Study the Vocabulary A box. Find two things that are not in the Compound nouns: poster. the environment | Elections and campaigns Vocabulary A Pollution GRAMMAR bin factory litter endangered animal Past Perfect | Question words
oil petrol plants rubbish smoke traffic fol owed by infinitive verbs 2
2.01 Listen to part of a radio programme about the
rubbish route. Answer the questions.
1 Where does the rubbish route start?
2 What containers are the food and the drink in?
3 How do the goods get to the shops?
4 What do people in the city want to escape from?
5 Why can’t people use the bins in parks? 3
2.02 WORD FRIENDS Complete the Word Friends box with
the words below. Listen and check.
aluminium cans energy parks plants Word Friends
recycle / throw away: plastic bags, rubbish, 1 protect / damage: the planet, the environment, 2 save / waste: water, electricity, money, 3 pollute / clean up:
the air, the ocean, rivers, beaches, 4 20 Unit 2 4
2.03 Read the quiz. Choose the correct option. Listen and check.
Then do the quiz with a partner. True or false?
Some countries 1recycle / protect strange rubbish, including false teeth!
Recycling one aluminium can can 2save / pollute enough energy to run a TV for three days.
We 3clean up / throw away enough cans to reach the moon and back twenty times!
Acid rain 4recycles / damages trees and plants, but not buildings.
Sweden is working hard to 5protect / pollute the environment and now recycles sixty-nine percent of its rubbish.
Running the water when you’re brushing your teeth can 6save / waste around 5,000 litres of water a year.
Plastic from ships 7pollutes / cleans up the ocean. In 2010, a ship lost 28,000 rubber ducks. People are still finding the ducks today!
5 Match the words on the left with the words on the right.
Complete the blog post with the correct form of
compound nouns from the Vocabulary B box.
Vocabulary B Compound nouns 1 traffic a bank 2 bottle b energy 3 petrol c centre 4 public d transport 5 renewable e change 6 recycling f station 7 climate g jam
? Definitely! We need to protect our planet for our future.
That’s why I always travel on 1public transport . Too
EEN many people drive, so there are always 2 in the R city centre.
6 How green are you? And Are your town and
At my school, we recycle as much as we can. We don’t school green? In YOU e G use 3
such as sun or wind power, but our head groups, take turns to
teacher has plans for solar panels on the roof. Some talk about your ideas.
o b people joke that they like warmer weather, but I tell them that 4
is really not good. Rising ocean levels
I always try to save water. For
cause floods that can destroy houses and farms. The
example, I take a quick shower
oceans are also getting polluted with plastic, so I never
and I rarely take a bath.
ool t use plastic bags. In fact, I make my own bags! Next to
My town’s got a huge recycling my school there’s a 5 where we put soft drink
centre and they collect rubbish
t c bottles, but you can also use the bins for recycling cans, from our house.
paper and clothes. There’s a larger 6 outside
At my school, we recycle our
Is i the city, where we can take our old TVs, furniture, books pens!
and even bicycles. You can find loads of cool things there. Unit 2 21 2.2 GRAMMAR Past Perfect
I can talk about past events using the Past Perfect.
1 Which of the things below do not produce energy?
4 Complete the sentences with the
Past Perfect form of the verbs in
jellyfish milk natural gas sugar sun wind brackets.
2 Read the blog post quickly. Answer the questions.
1 The visitors had given (give) the
animals the wrong food and the 1 How much do elephants eat? next day they were sick.
2 How can animal waste help the zoo? 2 For her project, Maria used
photos of the animals that she (take) at the zoo.
New power for the zoo | Elephant energy 3 We (not realise) how
useful animal waste was until we started saving money. week, he had collected a 4 They (not feed) the container of waste from all animals when I got there. the plant-eating animals in 5 you the zoo. I hadn’t realised
(hear) about this type of energy what a mountain of animal before you visited the zoo? waste looked like! The mixture of animal waste
Did you know that you can and water produces biogas.
heat a building with animal This goes into an engine
waste? At school, I heard that works on gas and
about a local zoo that had produces electricity. So, had
tried it, so I went to see for this idea really helped the
myself. When I got there, the zoo? Absolutely! Before they
zoo-keeper had just given started using the waste, the
the elephants some food. He zoo had found it difficult to
told us that they’ve got huge control how much they spent
appetites and can eat 100 on electricity. Now they can
kilos of fruit and vegetables keep the animals warm and
every day! Over the previous save money too! 5 And You and your friend are volunteers in a YOU
3 Study the Grammar box. Underline more examples of the clean-up campaign Past Perfect in the blog post. organized by your Grammar Past Perfect
local community. You have just
finished the clean-up and are now Past Perfect
discussing your experience. Talk to Max had collected the litter.
your friend about the following:
I hadn’t realised how big it was. ● What you had done before the
Had they helped? Yes, they had. / No, they hadn’t. clean-up campaign
Past Perfect and Past Simple ● What had already been cleaned
When we saw them, the animals had already eaten. up before you arrived
She’d given the lion some food before the visitors arrived. ●
They left the zoo after they’d had lunch. What you and your friend did during the clean-up Time expressions ● How you felt about the
when, before, after, just, already, by the time experience 22 Unit 2 2.3
READING and VOCABULARY Finding out about a teen activist
I can understand the main points and identify specific details in an article about a teen activist.
1 Have you ever been to an event to help raise
3 How did the documentary change
awareness of environmental problems? Xiuhtezcatl? 2
a He wants to act to protect the
Look at the highlighted words in the article. Check environment.
your understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
b He’ll learn more about Earth 3 Guardians.
2.04 Read the article quickly. Match
headings a–c with paragraphs 1–3. Circle the key
c He felt he was different from
words that help you decide on the headings. other young people.
d He’ll join his mum’s organisation. a Love for nature
4 How does Xiuhtezcatl feel about b The power of music his life at the moment? c An outstanding speech
a He’s not sure he wants to have
4 Read the article again. Choose the correct answers. these amazing adventures.
b He accepts he’s busy, but hopes
1 What surprised the people in the United Nations he can make a difference. most about Xiuhtezcatl?
c He’d like to have more time to a He was very young.
perform at events and festivals.
b His hairstyle and clothes were unusual. d He thinks working for the
c He wasn’t like a normal teenager. environment takes up too much
d He could speak several languages. time.
2 Xiuhtezcatl’s experience in the forest
a taught him about the Mashika. 5 Work in groups. What And
b made him want to work outdoors. do you plan to do in the YOU
c showed him a connection to the world. future to raise people's d helped him learn Nahuatl. awareness of the
environmental problems around you? 1
Xiuhtezcatl (roughly pronounced shoo-tez-cat) Martinez became known around
the world in 2015, when he gave a talk about climate change to the United Nations
General Assembly in New York. It wasn’t his long hair and formal suit that got him
noticed, but the fact that he started his talk in three different languages: English,
Spanish and Nahuatl, the language of the Mexican Mashika or Aztec community. 2
His passion for the environment comes from the time that Xiuhtezcatl spent in the
forest with his dad, where he felt he was ‘a big part of this world’. He shares this passion
with his mom, who set up Earth Guardians, an organisation that educates young people
and encourages them to protect the environment. However, it was after he’d watched a
nature documentary that Xiuhtezcatl decided he could make a difference now. 3
After a rap performance at school with his younger brother, Xiuhtezcatl realised that their
lyrics could make people wake up to the problems of pollution and waste. They both now
perform at events and festivals around the world. His mom is happy her son is having ‘these
amazing adventures’ but worries all this is taking up a lot of his time. Xiuhtezcatl admits it’s intense but is
convinced he’s doing the right thing. Unit 2 23 2.4 GRAMMAR Question words
I can use question words before to-infinitive verbs to talk about environmental solutions.
1 Look at the photos. What is the environmental issue
4 Complete the sentences with what, in each photo?
how, when or where.
1 This factory is pol uting so much, I don't know to convince the owners to change. 2 I want to reduce my carbon footprint, but I'm not sure to start.
3 Help! I found an injured bird, I don't know to do! 4 Help me decide to go on
a vacation. Weekends or weekdays? 5 Do you know to properly dispose of electronic waste?
6 My family and I want to reduce
our plastic use, but we don't know to start.
2 Read the text and answer the question: What
environmental issues is Phong concerned about?
5 Rewrite sentences using question
words and to-infinitive verbs.
1 There are so many injured people
Phong is deeply concerned about the
after the earthquake. We don’t know
environment. He feels that there are so many who we should support.
plastic bags in nearby landfil s. However,
2 I have so many old electronics in
he doesn't know what to do to protect the
my house, but I don't know where
environment. He knows that recycling is
I should bring to for recycling.
important, but he's not sure how to properly sort
3 Can you tell me what sustainable
his plastic waste. He also thinks he is overusing
materials I should use for my home?
energy for his private transport. He wants to
4 My office generates so much waste,
reduce his carbon footprint by using renewable
I don't know how I can reduce it.
energy sources, but he's not sure where to start.
5 I want to start a vegetable garden,
He sometimes feels unsure about which actions
but I don't know what I should do to
to take first. What he knows for sure is that it keep pests away.
should be a shared responsibility. 6 And
ROLE PLAY Work in pairs.
3 Read the Grammar box. Underline question words Student A’s city / town / YOU
before to-infinitive verbs in the text in Exercise 2. village is experiencing a blackout. Student A
Grammar Question words before to-infinitive verbs
asks Student B about ways to reduce
Question words can be used before to-infinitive energy usage.
verbs to form a question or to express uncertainty or
A: There is a blackout in my city. Please
curiosity about an action. For example:
tell me what to do to reduce energy
I don’t know what to do to protect the environment. usage.
She doesn’t know where to go for her summer vacation.
B: First, turn off all the lights.
They are not aware of when to leave for the party.
The presentation is coming. I don’t know how to start.
A: Thanks very much. What else can we do? 24 Unit 2 2.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Protecting the environment
I can identify specific details in short conversations and talk about elections and campaigns. 1 Do you think student 4
2.06 Listen to four dialogues. Choose the correct answer. councils are a good idea?
1 What is the date of the student election? What subjects do you think are important for students A B C to discuss? 2 2.05 Listen to the dialogue. Answer the questions. 1 Who is the new school councillor? 2 What is the boy going to do? 2 What is the new school council or going to do? A B C
3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrases below. become a member (of) hold an election join a campaign organise an event
3 What did Mark’s dad use to recycle when he was a boy? sign up (to do sth) A B C vote for (sth / sb) 1 I joined a campaign yesterday; the aim is to get more people to recycle their rubbish. 2 David has just a group that protects 4 local wildlife.
What kind of campaign has Sarah joined? 3 Please to help A B C clean up the beach. There’s a pen and a list on the table over there. 4 Yesterday we at our school for a new head boy and head girl. 5 I my friend Jane because I think she’ll be a great head girl.
5 In groups, design an election leaflet about And 6 Last month my
what you would do if your group became YOU brother at
members of the student council. Present and school, called Trash to vote for the best leaflet. Treasure. The idea was
As student councillors, we would plant more trees and flowers that everyone made
around the school. We would also ask for more after-school something from a piece
sports clubs. In addition, we would … of rubbish. Unit 2 25 2.6
SPEAKING Agreeing and disagreeing
I can agree and disagree with other people’s point of view.
2 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples of
agreeing and disagreeing phrases in the dialogue.
Speaking Agreeing and disagreeing Agreeing Disagreeing I think that’s a good / I don’t agree. great idea. True, but … Maybe you’re right. That’s not always true. I think so too. I don’t think so. I totally agree. I don’t think we should … Absolutely! I’m not sure about that.
Trúc Anh: What are you doing in your You can say that again! I totally disagree. garage? I suppose / guess so. An: Actual y, you guys can help
me. I’m taking part in a Trash to Treasure competition. The
3 Complete the dialogues with phrases from the idea is to make something Speaking box. new out of rubbish. 1
Trúc Anh: I think that’s a great idea!
A: I think if you care about the environment, you Phong:
Real y? I don’t agree. Isn’t
shouldn’t use plastic bags at al . rubbish just rubbish?
B: Maybe you’re 1right , but sometimes you need
Trúc Anh: That’s not always true.
them. For example, we use them in our kitchen bin. An: Anyway, I want to make a A: I think that’s 2 , but then you should reuse
chair out of these bottles. So, them each time. we need to cut the tops off B: I’m not 3 about that. They’d stink!
the bottles and fit them inside 2 each other. Like this. Then
A: My mum has to fly a lot because of her job. I think we should tie them together with some string. B: I 4
think people should travel by plane. It causes too much pol ution. Bình:
I’m not sure about that. I think the string will come loose. A: I guess 5
, but some people need to travel to other countries for work. An: Mmm … Maybe you’re right. I’ve got some strong sticky B: That’s not always 6 . You can have Skype tape. OK, let’s get started! meetings instead. 4
2.08 Listen to five people talking about of
recycling and reusing things. Respond to each Let’s get started! OUT class
statement with a phrase from the Speaking box. Give reasons. 1
2.07 Listen and answer the questions. 5 And In pairs, discuss:
1 Why is An making a chair? What YOU material is she using?
1 Rubbish is just rubbish and there is no
2 Which friend thinks it isn’t a good need to recycle it. idea? Why?
2 We should plant more trees around the school.
3 What else could you make from
Use expressions of agreement and disagreement in plastic bottles? Exercise 2. 26 Unit 2 2.7 WRITING A paragraph
I can write a paragraph about how to recycle old items.
1 Which of the following ways have you tried to recycle plastic items in your house? 1 Use refillable 2 Avoid single- 3 Use a recycling 4 Donate or 5 Send plastic water bottles use plastics bin repurpose items to recycling plastic items centres
2 Read the following paragraph. Which ideas are
4 Rewrite the sentences using the structures
mentioned in Exercise 1? Which ideas are not in the Writing box. mentioned?
1 Students should remember to turn off
the lights when they leave the classroom. It is important for Recycling plastic .
Recycling plastic items is an important step towards
2 Recycling paper and plastic is a good
reducing plastic waste. Initially, we can check our local way to reduce waste.
recycling centres to find out which types of plastic are It is of
accepted in our area. The next step is to keep a separate .
bin for plastic items such as bottles and plates. It is vital
3 It is vital to check with our local recycling
to clean them before recycling to avoid contamination.
program to see if they accept electronic
Additionally, it is crucial that we can reuse these items waste.
to reduce waste. Next, families can also choose to use It is vital that
refillable water bottles each time we go out. Lastly, .
although single-use plastics are convenient to use, it is
4 Parents need to learn how to sell their old
of utmost importance to avoid using them. By making
electronics through online marketplaces.
small changes in our daily routines, we can contribute to It is necessary for
limiting plastic waste and preserving our green planet. .
5 It is crucial for families to donate their
old electronics to a local charity or
3 Read the Writing box and underline the nonprofit organization.
structures used in the paragraph above. It is crucial that families .
Writing Expressing importance
It is important / essential / necessary / vital / Writing Time
imperative / crucial + to verb:
It is important to recycle plastic to reduce waste.
5 Write a paragraph (100-120 words) to
It is crucial to conserve water during a drought.
describe different ways families can do to
recycle old electronics in their houses. Use
It is important / essential / necessary / vital /
the ideas in Exercise 4 or your own ideas.
imperative / crucial + that + subject + verb:
Use the structures in the Writing box.
It is vital that houses, schools and offices reduce
There are several ways we can do to their plastic waste. .
It is of the utmost importance + to verb:
The first thing we can do is
It is of the utmost importance to protect .
endangered species from extinction. Unit 2 27
GLOSSARY Changes in the past and present adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase awareness /əˈweənəs/ n sự nhận thức renewable /rɪˈnjuːəbəl np năng lượng tái tạo biogas /ˈbaɪəʊɡæs/ n khí sinh học energy ˈenədʒi/
bottle bank /ˈbɒtl bæŋk/ np ngân hàng chai lọ rubbish /ˈrʌbɪʃ/ n rác thải candidate /ˈkændədət/ n ứng viên set up /set ˈʌp/ vp cài đặt collapse /kəˈlæps/ v sụp đổ
solar energy /ˈsəʊlə np năng lượng container ˈenədʒi/ mặt trời /kənˈteɪnə/ n thùng đựng hàng councillor solar panel /ˈkaʊnsələ/ n uỷ viên hội đồng /ˈsəʊlə ˈpænəl/ np tấm pin năng lượng mặt trời
endangered /ɪnˈdeɪndʒərd/ adj bị đe doạ
sticky tape /ˈstɪki teɪp/ np băng dính e-waste /iː weɪst/ n chất thải điện tử stink /stɪŋk/ adj / n hôi, mùi hôi false teeth /fɔːls tiːθ/ np răng giả string /strɪŋ/ n sợi dây gadget /ˈɡædʒɪt/ n
thiết bị điện tử nhỏ the United n Liên Hiệp Quốc jellyfish /ðə juːˈnaɪtɪd /ˈdʒelifɪʃ/ n con sứa Nations neɪʃnz/ land /lænd np ô nhiễm đất tie (sth) pollution pəˈluːʃən/ /taɪ təˈɡeðə/ vp buộc (cái gì) lại together với nhau loose /luːs/ adj lỏng lẻo treasure /ˈtreʒə/ n kho báu
natural gas /ˌnætʃərəl np khí tự nhiên ˈɡæs/ unleaded /ˌʌnˈledɪd/ adj không chì recycling /riːˈsaɪklɪŋ np trung tâm tái chế wildlife /ˈwaɪldlaɪf/ n động vật hoang dã centre ˈsentə/ wind farm /ˈwɪnd fɑːm/ np trang trại gió VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
3 In pairs, choose two or three words each 1 three types of energy: ..
from the glossary and write sentences.
What’s the longest sentence you can make? 2 one type of pol ution: ..
3 two words that describe a person: ..
The government needs to raise people’s
4 two places that can be used for recycling: ..
awareness about e-waste.
2 Use the glossary to complete the sentences. The 4
2.09 PRONUNCIATION Listen to the first letter is given.
intonation in the question tags.
1 I always fill up my car with u petrol to
1 You’re in the nature club, aren’t you? reduce air pollution.
When you want to check information, your 2 My grandmother wears f because she
voice goes up. It’s a real question.
lost her natural ones due to decay.
2 You’re in the nature club, aren’t you? 3 R
sources such as solar and wind
When you probably know the answer and
power are becoming increasingly popular.
expect the other person to agree, your 4 E
is a growing problem as people voice goes down.
dispose of electronic devices frequently. 5 The construction of a new w in the 5
2.10 In pairs, practise saying these
area will provide clean energy to the local questions. Listen and check. community.
1 You enjoy wildlife, don’t you?
2 You aren’t a member, are you? 28 Unit 2 Revision VOCABULARY LISTENING
1 Write the correct word for each definition. 5
2.11 Listen to two friends, Phong and
1 To keep someone or something safe.
An, talking about animal waste.
p r o t e c t
1 According to Phong, what are the three
2 It’s black or grey and is produced when
key aspects of animal waste disposal? something burns. s a Why, what, how
3 A building where things are produced in b When, where, how large quantities. f c How, where, why
4 To make air, water, etc. dirty. p d What, when, why
5 A long line of vehicles on the road that can’t
2 According to Phong, when should animal move. t j waste be disposed of?
6 To use more of something than you need.
a Daily on small farms and weekly on w large farms
2 Complete the sentences with the words and
b Weekly on small farms and daily on phrases below. large farms
c Monthly on small farms and daily on
endangered animal public transport large farms
recycling centre rubbish throw away
d Daily on small farms and monthly on
1 Do you usual y throw away your old clothes? large farms
2 Do you know where the nearest is?
3 How do farmers typical y dispose of cow
3 Do you think people should use waste? instead of their own cars? a They sell it to other farms. 4 If you see in the street, do you pick b They bury it underground. it up?
c They store it in a pit or pond. 5 Which would you help protect? d They burn it. 3
4 What is the main topic of the conversation
In pairs, ask and answer the questions in between Phong and An? Exercise 2. a Animal welfare on farms b Animal waste management GRAMMAR c Organic farming
4 Complete the diary entry with the Past Perfect d Animal waste composting form of the verbs below. SPEAKING
cause choose forget not arrive not have plan
6 In pairs, role-play the situations.
1 A: Tell your friend about an idea to recycle
Thursday was our school trip. I was excited because our
some old jeans. Say why you think it’s a
teacher 1had planned a day at a wind farm. She good idea. 2
the biggest wind farm in Scotland with more
B: Say if you agree or disagree with your
than 200 wind turbines. But when we got to school in friend’s idea. the morning, the bus 3 and we had to wait for 2 B:
Tell your friend about an event you are
ages. We heard that an accident in the town centre
organising to make people more aware 4
of the litter in your local park. Say why
a huge traf ic jam. When it final y came, I was you think it’s a good idea. starving because I 5 my packed lunch. It was a
A: Say if you agree or disagree with your
realy long journey and when we got to the farm, the wind friend’s idea.
turbines weren’t moving. The farm 6 any wind that week! Unit 2 29 A B 3 3.1 VOCABULARY Life in Nam in the Viêt Nam past and at present on the go
I can talk about similarities and differences in life in
Nam in the past and at present.
1 Look at the photos (A-B). Discuss with a partner the differences between the two photos. VOCABULARY 2
3.01 Study the Vocabulary box. Match the words with the
Life in the past and present |
photos (A-H). Listen and check.
Transport system | Clothing styles |
Entertainment | Architecture |
Vocabulary Aspects of our nation Changes in living standards
economic growth improved living conditions
increased infrastructure advanced technology national identity GRAMMAR
love for nature traditional cuisine family values Clauses of concession | Clauses of reason A VIETNAMESE FOOD B C D E F G H 30 Unit 3
3 Read the dialogue between Trúc Anh
4 Complete the sentences with the following
and her teacher. Decide if the following expressions.
sentences are T (True) or F (False).
Vocabulary Expressions of comparison and contrast similar to …, different from …, Similarly, In contrast,
Teacher: How things have changed and stayed
In contrast to both ... and …
the same over time in Việt Nam?
Trúc Anh: I think today we don’t value our family 1
Nam’s traditional cuisine is as much as in the past. similar to
different from other Asian cuisines.
Teacher: In general, the Vietnamese stil have 2 other ASEAN countries who
strong family values. But you’re
exprienced a fall in tourist numbers,
correct, they are not quite as strong as
Vietnam's has made life much less
in the past. Are there other dif erences?
difficult increased infrastructure has Phong:
Our country has witnessed a lot of
made it easier for people to travel
economic growth and increased around the country.
infrastructure in the past 10 or 20 3 other ASEAN countries who
exprienced a fall in tourist numbers, years.
Vietnam's tourism industry has recorded
Teacher: Yes, thanks to such developments,
an impressive number of tourists after the
families in Việt Nam today have COVID-19 pandemic.
improved living conditions. We also 4 some other developing
have more advanced technology. countries, Nam’s family values have What has remained the same?
not changed much over the past century. Bình:
Today Vietnamese people still show 5 Today Nam is 30 years
ago because of the improved living
respect for their ancestors. I think it’s conditions of its people.
part of our national identity just like
6 Although cities are growing with less
our traditional cuisine and our love
green space, the love for nature of
for nature. They stay the same for a people today is that in the long time. past. 5 And Work in pairs. Ask and YOU 1
Family values are more valued today answer: What similarities and than in the past.
differences do you see between life in Nam now and 10 years ago? 2
Economic growth has been slower now than in the past. ● buildings ● 3
Technology is more advanced than in technology the past. ● foods and drinks ● 4
Vietnamese people do not show family size
respect for their elders as much as before. 5
Vietnamese people have the same sense of national identity. 6 Vietnamese people do not appreciate nature. Unit 3 31 3.2
GRAMMAR Clauses of concession
I can use clauses of concession to talk about changes in the education system in
Nam in the past and at present.
1 Look at the photos (A and B). What are the
4 Complete the sentences by circling the correct differences between them? option. 1 we have more advanced A B
technology, we still prefer to meet with our
relatives face to face at our homes.
a However b Even though c Whereas 2 people in big cities enjoy
improved living conditions, they also
complain about the lack of green spaces.
2 Read the text and answer the questions. a Despite b However c Whereas 3 Nam’s economic growth
has quickly increased, family values have not changed much.
The Vietnamese education system has changed in a Although b Whereas c Despite
many ways. Although educational resources are 4 the number of foreign
somewhat limited, Việt Nam has more today than it
restaurants in Vietnam’s cities today, the
did in the past. Currently, there are more educational
Vietnamese still prefer their traditional cuisine.
institutions and more students attending class. a However b Whereas c Despite
Traditional Vietnamese teachers required students
to memorize information; however, today’s teachers
5 The increased infrastructure in Hà has
emphasize critical and creative thinking more.
made getting around the city easier;
Traditional schools emphasized literature, science,
, the increased traffic has not
math, and history, whereas today's schools are made it much faster.
offering courses in vocational skills, technology, a although b however c whereas
and entrepreneurship. Even though Vietnamese is
the national language, schools today place more
5 Work in groups. Choose one
emphasis on English since it is a global language. And
aspect of the educational system
In spite of its popularity, English is still a foreign YOU
in your school and compare it with language in Việt Nam.
the educational system of your parents' time.
1 How many changes are mentioned?
2 What does Nam have more of today?
Although nowadays students can have access to 3 What do Vietnamese teachers
a lot of information from the Internet, teachers emphasize these days?
still play an important role in the learning process.
4 Which subjects are considered traditional?
3 Read the Grammar box and find examples of clauses of concession in the text in Exercise 2.
Grammar Clauses of concession Although / Even though / Despite / In spite of However / Whereas Though Despite / In spite
Whereas my classroom has no projector and TV, your Although / Even though / of the pandemic,
classroom has a modern smart board.
Though there is more advanced teachers and students Whereas S + V , S + V . 1 1 2 2 technology in the classroom,
still managed to study English will be more popular; however, the role of some students still prefer online.
Vietnamese is still crucial in a child’s learning.
traditional methods of learning. Despite / In spite of + In the past, many students didn’t have access to even Although / Even though / noun / noun phrase,
printed books, whereas today they have access to a Though + S1 + V1, S2 + V2. S + V.
huge collection of both printed and e-books.
S1 + V1; however, / , whereas + S2 + V2. 32 Unit 3 3.3
READING and VOCABULARY Transportation in the past
I can guess the meaning of the words in context in an article about the changes in the transport system in Nam.
1 In pairs, discuss: What are the differences between
3 Read the text again. Choose the correct the trains in photos A and B? option.
1 What does the expression get around A B mean? a To go in a circle
b To travel to different places c To travel a long distance
2 What does the word attempts mean? a policies b solutions
2 Read the text. Circle the surrounding words that c efforts
help you guess their meanings of the highlighted
3 What does ride-sharing services mean? words. a sharing cars with others b
Over the past century, Việt Nam’s transport system has matching drivers with cars
changed. People can now get around town much more c buying cars together easily than in the past.
4 What does the word affordable mean?
Not long ago there were not many cars or motorbikes a not expensive
on the road. Most people used either a bicycle or public b very expensive transport. c very cheap
Today, traffic is a major problem as it is in other major
Asian cities. It’s common for traffic to move slowly in
4 Read the text again. Decide if the
Hà Nội or Hồ Chí Minh City. This means that people
following statements are true, (T), false
waste many hours each week in traffic.
(F) or not given (NG) in the text. Write T, F,
Despite the government’s attempts to reduce traffic, or NG.
the increase in the number of cars and motorbikes 1 People can no longer move
has created other problems. Air pol ution and noise around easily.
pol ution affect the busiest parts of large Vietnam’s 2 In the past, people mostly
cities. Today, the air is much dirtier than just 10 years used bicycles.
ago. Also, the noise from cars, motorbikes, lorries, and buses is getting worse. 3 Many major Asian cities
The government is trying to reduce traffic problems have traffic problems.
by improving the public transportation system. Today,
4 People in Chí Minh City can
there are more buses and trains, which make it easier
spend a lot of time in traffic.
for people to get around. These means of transport are 5 The total number of buses not expensive. in the cities has increased.
Another development is ride-sharing services such as
Grab and Go Viet. These are convenient and affordable
for many people in large cities. 3.02 5 An Talk about how you went d to school in primary school YOU and how you go to school now. Are there differences or similarities?
I used to walk to school, but now I go to school by bike. Unit 3 33 3.4
GRAMMAR Clauses of reason
I can use clauses of reason to talk about changes in clothing styles in Nam.
1 Look at the pictures (A, B and C). What
3 Read the Grammar box and find examples of
are the differences and similarities in
clauses of reason from the dialogue. these images?
Grammar Clauses of reason A B C
• Clauses of reason show the reason why something
happened due to the action of the main clause.
1 Since we went to the shopping mall last week, we stayed home yesterday.
2 As it was too far to travel, we didn’t visit my cousins this year.
3 I didn’t eat dinner because I was not hungry.
• We can rewrite clauses of reason using Because of / Owing to / Due to + N
1 Because of the time, I didn’t wash my clothes. 2
3.03 Listen and read the dialogue and answer the questions.
4 Rewrite sentences using the given phrases.
Mother: We need to get you a new Áo
dài as you will need something
1 Because technology has advanced, we can
nice to wear to your cousin’s
now easily communicate with relatives in wedding. different countries. An:
Oh. I forgot about that. What Due to .
kind of Áo dài did you and your
2 As there has been a lot of economic growth grandmother wear when you
over the past 12 years, our living conditions were young? have improved. Because of .
Mother: Wel , because my grandmother
grew up in the north, she wore
3 Since the infrastructure around our town has
Áo thân and a hat or she
increased, it’s much easier these days to get would put a scarf over her around.
head. Áo thân looks similar to Owing to . the Áo dài of today.
4 As noise pol ution has increased, many people An:
Did you wear Áo dài only on
no longer want to live near the centre of our special occasions? city. Due to .
Mother: No, actual y we used to wear
them as our school uniforms in
5 Because the government has improved the high school and university.
public transport, it’s easier to travel to far-away cities now. An: I see. But why? Owing to .
Mother: Because Áo dài represents our national identity, many
people felt it would be good for And students to wear them.
5 Class survey. Interview your friends. YOU No Name Questions Reasons 1 Who is going to a wedding? 1 Do you like wearing 2 Who grew up in the north? uniforms to schools? 3 Who wore Áo thân? 2 Do you like wearing 4 Who wore Áo dài to socks and shoes on hot university? summer days? 3 Do you like wearing Áo 34 Unit 3 dài on national days? 3.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Changes in entertainment
I can listen for specific details in a conversation and talk about changes in entertainment in Nam.
1 Work in pairs. Do you know the names of these forms of entertainment? A B C 2 4
3.04 Listen to a conversation between
3.06 Fill in the gaps with the Word
two friends discussing different forms of Friends from Exercise 2.
entertainment in the recent history of Nam.
Listen and write fan dance, hat dance, lion Word Friends
dance, or water puppet in the blanks. historical legends 1 brings fortune. lion dance pay homage to 2 entertains vil agers. water puppet 3 is about historical legends. 4 originated in open fields.
1 The child loved the fire crackers and loud music of the 5 looks like hat dance. performance at the temple. 6 pays homage to farmers.
2 The puppets appear to be moving on the water in the show. 3
3.05 Listen again and complete the notes 3 Most countries have to with ONE word for each blank.
explain the origins of their country. 4 We our ancestors when
we return to our vil age every year.
Four Types of Traditional Vietnamese Entertainment
• Lion dance was performed to bring good 1 5 And Work in pairs. Ask and and fortune. answer about one form of YOU
• Water puppetry was used to teach villagers old 2 entertainment. ● What is it?
• The fan dance is similar to the 3 ● dance. When was it first introduced? ●
• The hat dance pays homage to 4 and
What changes have occurred to this 5 who join in.
form of entertainment in the last 50 years? ●
Do you want to play / see / watch / listen to it? Why (not)? water puppet fan dance hat dance lion dance Unit 3 35 3.6
SPEAKING Expressions for comparing ideas and expressions for giving opinions
I can compare ideas and express opinions about changes in housing architecture.
1 Work in pairs. What do these houses have in common?
4 Read and re-order the dialogue from What do they differ?
2 to 9. Then fill in the blanks with
expressions for giving opinions. A B
1 Jack: Why are the houses in this part of Hà so narrow?
Jack: What are modern houses in Hà like?
Đào: Um, they are more like houses you see elsewhere. They are
wider and are for living, not for 2
3.07 Listen and read the dialogue. Answer the business. questions.
Đào: We call the houses here, in
An: Look at this house! It looks simple but beautiful. the Old Quarter, tube houses
Bình: Yes, it does. This is an example of modern because they are long and architecture in Nam. It emphasizes being narrow. Sometimes the back
functional and minimalist in design.
of the house goes into the next street. Bình: What does that mean?
Jack: That’s somewhat unusual.
An: Minimalist design differs from traditional design in
some ways. For example, it is less decorative and
Jack: I prefer to live in a modern more functional in use. houses, but tube houses are certainly unique. I hope they
Bình: Yes, this house is different from that traditional stay around for a while.
house in terms of materials, too. That old house is
made of wood and tiles, while the modern house Đào: Me too. I a the is made of bricks and glasses.
residents should do their best to maintain their houses. Mai: Yes, and many houses in Nam today are
smal er and tal er than houses in the past.
Đào: Traditional y, the front of the house was used for the family business. They made or sold
1 How do houses with minimalist design look? goods there. And there were
2 What materials are used in modern houses? small open courtyards to let
light in. The family lived in the backrooms.
3 Read the Speaking box. Find expressions for
comparing ideas in the dialogue. Jack: Right. But I b that special craftsmen who can
Speaking Expressions for comparing ideas
repair these types of houses are and giving opinions needed.
Expressions for comparing ideas
This house is smaller than that house.
My house is more convenient than your house. And
5 Work in pairs. Compare
While this house is made of bricks, that house is made YOU houses in your area now of straw. and 10 years ago. Use
This palace differs from that one in architecture.
expressions for comparing ideas and
Expressions for giving opinions giving opinions.
I think that local residents should protect old houses in this area.
I believe that this house needs repairing.
I feel that we need to protect old houses. 36 Unit 3 3.7
WRITING A descriptive paragraph
I can write a descriptive paragraph about the changes in people's living standards in Nam.
1 Look at the photo. What does each graph
3 Read the Writing box. Then complete the show?
sentences with the correct form of the phrases in brackets. Writing
Changes are often described using phrases that
contain an adjective + noun or a verb + adverb Graph 1 adjective + noun verb + adverb steady increase / increase / decrease decrease steadily consistent rise / fall rise / fall consistently dramatic jump jump / fall dramatically Graph 2
Comparative and superlative phrases
https://en.vietnamplus.vn/vietnams-household-living-standards-over-years/202366.vnp largest / greatest jump smaller increase most consistent rise
2 Read the paragraph below and answer the questions.
1 The percentage of poorer households
The two graphs show the changes in since 2005. (slow growth)
average monthly per capita income and 2 Home prices have over
average monthly expenditure per capita
the past 2 years. (steady increase)
in a period of 10 years. It is clear that 3 There is a in the number
Vietnamese incomes and expenditures
of col ege and university graduates. (decline
increased consistently over the given gradual y)
period. In the first graph, the average 4 We have seen a in
monthly per capital income increased
wages since 2000. (increase significantly)
over three times between 2010 and 2020. 5 There has been a in the
In 2010, the average monthly per capital
number of rural households using hygienic
income was 1.387 million VND, but this rose
latrines over the past 10 years. (surge
sharply to 4.230 million VND after ten years. suddenly)
Similarly, the second graph shows a steady
increase in average monthly expenditure
per capital per person. This number jumped
dramatical y from 1.21 million VND to 2.89
million VND over the same decade. Writing Time
4 Write a paragraph (100-120 words) to
1 How many graphs are being compared?
describe changes in the following chart.
2 What time period do the graphs show?
3 What is the general trend in both graphs?
4 What are some significant data included in the report? Unit 3 37
GLOSSARY A clause of concession adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb pre: preposition c: conjunction p: phrase vp: verb phrase advanced /ədˈvɑːnst np công nghệ
living condition /ˈlɪvɪŋ kənˈdɪʃən/ np điều kiện sống technology tekˈnɒlədʒi/ tiên tiến
love for nature /lʌv fə ˈneɪtʃə/ np tình yêu architecture /ˈɑːkɪtektʃə/ n kiến trúc thiên nhiên audience /ˈɔːdiəns/ n khán giả minimalist /ˈmɪnəməlɪst/ adj thuộc về considering /kənˈsɪdərɪŋ/ pre / c xem xét tối giản decorative /ˈdekərətɪv/ adj trang trí national /ˈnæʃənəl np bản sắc detail identity aɪˈdentəti/ dân tộc /ˈdiːteɪl/ n chi tiết different from ride-sharing /raɪd ʃeəɪŋ np dịch vụ đi /ˈdɪfərənt frəm/ adj khác với services ˈsɜːvɪsɪz/ chung xe economic /ˌekəˈnɒmɪk np tăng trưởng growth rise vp tăng liên tục ɡrəʊθ/ kinh tế /raɪz consistently kənˈsɪstəntli/ entertain /ˌentəˈteɪn/ v giải trí similar to /ˈsɪmələ tə/ adj giống với
entertainment /ˌentəˈteɪnmənt/ n sự giải trí skyscraper /ˈskaɪskreɪpə/ n toà nhà family value /ˈfæməli ˈvæljuː/ np giá trị gia đình chọc trời in contrast /ɪn ˈkɒntrɑːst/ p ngược lại
steady increase /ˈstedi ɪnˈkriːs/ np sự tăng
in contrast to /ɪn ˈkɒntrɑːst tə/ p trái ngược với đều đặn increased /ɪnˈkriːst np cơ sở hạ tầng traditional /trəˈdɪʃənəl np ẩm thực
infrastructure ˈɪnfrəˌstrʌktʃə/ gia tăng cuisine kwɪˈziːn/ truyền thống jump /dʒʌmp vp nhảy vọt unique /juːˈniːk/ adj độc nhất
dramatically drəˈmætɪkli/ VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
PRONUNCIATION 4
3.07 Listen and repeat. 1 a tall building: .. /eə/ /əʊ/ /ʊə/
2 an adjective that means ‘very whereas growth tourist special’: .. wear know poor
3 a phrase that shows differences: there follow assure ...
4 people who watch something: .. 5
3.08 Listen and put the words into the correct column.
5 an adjective that means very
sure compare boat tournament toe simple: .. jury careful share pair though
2 Complete the Word Friends below. /eə/ /əʊ/ /ʊə/ 1 advanced 2 growth 3 condition 4 increased 6
3.09 Listen. Circle the words with souds /eə/, /əʊ/, 5 national
or /ʊə/. Then practise the dialogue in pairs. 6 cuisine
Lan: Can you share what you think about life in Nam in the past?
3 Make a sentence with each Word
Phong: I think life was tough for the poor. Friend in Exercise 2. Lan: True, but
Nam has grown since then. Now it's a
Many tourists are interested in popular tourist destination. traditional cuisine of Nam.
Phong: Yes, there are many tours for visitors to choose. Lan: I agree! 38 Unit 3 Revision
3 improvement in living conditions, many VOCABULARY
families having more children. (due to)
4 increase in wages, average person saves
1 Match the pictures A-D with the words from
more money nowadays. (because of) the glossary.
5 water puppets famous, many foreign A B
tourists want see while visiting Hà . (as) READING C D
5 Use the context clues to guess the meanings
of the bold words. Then write the words
under the correct pictures below.
2 In pairs, discuss the differences between the Dear Minh, words / phrases below.
Our history teacher assigned us a project. 1 economic growth increased infrastructure
We have to write about a traditional type of 2 national identity traditional cuisine
Vietnamese entertainment. Because I saw the 3 similarly in contrast
water puppet show in Hà Nội two years ago, 4 public transport ride-sharing service
I’ve decided to write about them. 5 entertain audience
I was surprised to learn that water puppetry is 6 architecture skyscraper
pretty old. It started around the 11th century.
Most of the stories are about daily life in rural areas or historical legends. GRAMMAR
And the puppets are made of wood, and they
are painted. They are also quite heavy.
3 Fill in the blanks with ONE WORD.
The performers conduct the show in about a 1 economic growth has jumped
meter of water. Because original y they were
dramatical y, the infrastructure has not yet
performed in flooded fields or ponds near the improved much.
vil age, performers used large bamboo rods to 2 both the older generation support the puppets.
and the younger generation have a
Today, the puppeteers stay hidden behind
love for nature, they both still pol ute the
a screen, but the puppets look like they’re environment.
moving. I was surprised to learn that the
3 Entertainment today uses a lot of advanced
audience cannot see the strings that move the
puppets because they are actual y hidden in technology, entertainment in the water.
the past depended more on the skil s of the entertainers. Best,
4 The building is rather minimalist by design; Linda
, the doors are rather decorative. 5 looks similar to other foods A B C D
in the region, its taste is rather unique.
4 Use the clues to write sentences with clauses
of concession. Add words if necessary.
1 traditional temples so old, government E
wants to preserve them. (because)
2 ride-sharing services popular, many
people now earning extra money by driving
passengers around town. (since) Unit 3 39 My world A B 4 Lisa: It’s great to have
Alex: I’ve real y enjoyed it hands-on experience. and it looks good on my I didn’t … CV! It was … The world C D of work VOCABULARY
Jobs | Finding and losing a job | Working conditions | Jack: It’s helped me decide Success at work what I want to do in the Ella: It was more interesting future and it’s given … than I expected. I learned GRAMMAR so much … Talking about the future | Future Continuous 4.1
VOCABULARY Work and jobs
I can talk about jobs and work experience.
1 Which jobs in the photo (A-D) would you like to do? 2
4.01 Study the Vocabulary A box. Find some of the jobs in the photos. Listen and check. Vocabulary A Jobs
cleaner cook engineer interpreter librarian
lifeguard manager painter plumber psychologist scientist writer Compound nouns
app designer dentist’s assistant computer programmer
fashion designer film director flight attendant lorry driver
music critic travel agent veterinary assistant
3 In pairs, take turns to describe a job for your partner to guess.
I help people understand each other when they don’t speak the same language. 40 Unit 4 Could you be a teen trep?
Lots of young people I know are
starting to get 1part-time and
full-time jobs. They work a lot of 2 , so they are too tired to go out. The 3 for
their jobs is low – for example, my
friend, who is a waiter, earns £4.50
an hour. When they complain, I want
to say, ‘Why don’t you start your own 4
then?’ I’m a teen ‘trep’ –
that’s short for ‘entrepreneur’. I create
online games. OK, so I don’t get any 5 and I usually save money
during the year so I can take a break
in the summer. On the other hand, the hours are 6 and there’s
lots of freedom. So what makes a
successful trep? First of all, you need to
think outside the box. You’ll also need
communication skills and good problem
solving skills. If this sounds like you, why not be the next teen trep? And 4
4.02 Study the Vocabulary B box. Complete the YOU
article with the words and phrases below. Listen and check. company flexible overtime
5 In pairs, discuss the question: In
hourly rate part-time paid holiday
your opinion, which jobs should be better paid? Why?
Vocabulary B Working conditions
I think doctors should be better
It’s a full-time / part-time / temporary / permanent / summer job.
paid because they have to work
I work in a big company / in a small firm.
very hard and they do not often It’s well-paid / badly-paid. have holidays. The hourly rate is …
We work shifts / flexible hours / nine to five. We often work overtime.
You can get a bonus / a pay rise. You have paid holidays. Unit 4 41 4.2
GRAMMAR Talking about the future
I can use different forms to talk about future events.
1 What are the advantages and disadvantages of an open 4
4.03 Circle the correct
air cinema? Do you think it would be fun to work in one? option. Listen and check.
2 Read the email. What are Dimitris’ plans?
Mark: Hi, Lara. Are you OK? You look worried!
Lara: I am! My interview at the
bakery 1will be / is in half an hour!
Mark: I didn’t know you were looking for a job.
Lara: Yes. I 2’m going / ’ll go on
holiday next month; it’s all booked now, so I need to save some money!
Mark: Oh, I see. And where 3do you
go / are you going? Hi Matt,
Lara: Ireland – I can’t wait. My
What are you going to do in the summer? I’m going to Greece. My friend’s grandparents have
uncle is starting an open air cinema this summer and I’m going to
invited us, so we 4’re staying
help sell tickets. My uncle lives next to the sea, so I’ll be able to
/ ’ll stay at their house in
swim every day. I’ll probably spend my mornings on the beach with Dublin.
my cousins and then I’ll work with my uncle in the evenings.
Mark: Cool! 5Will you be able to /
My flight is on the day after we finish school and I fly back to the
Are you able to travel around
UK on 30 August. I’m going to miss hanging out with my friends, Ireland a bit?
but I won’t miss the British weather! I’ll send you a postcard from
Lara: Yes, definitely. We plan to Greece! go to Cork, Galway and Limerick. Bye for now,
Mark: I hope you have a great time Dimitris – and good luck with the
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of these interview! forms in the email. Lara: Thanks!
Grammar Talking about the future will
I’ll get you some water – you look thirsty. (spontaneous decision)
They won’t find this kind of work difficult. (prediction) be going to
I’m not going to work full-time. (plan) And
The job’s going to be interesting. (prediction based on facts) 5 Write two true YOU sentences and one Present Continuous false one about
Sam and Chloe are arriving at two o’clock. (arrangement) your plans for the holidays. Present Simple
Use be going to for plans and
The train leaves in twenty minutes. (timetable) the Present Continuous for
Look at the future forms of can and must.
arrangements. In pairs, ask and
I can save some money. ➞ I’ll be able to save some money.
answer questions to find out the
I must be back at two. ➞ I’ll have to be back at two. information that is not true. 42 Unit 4 4.3
READING and VOCABULARY Summer jobs
I can understand the main points and identify specific details in an article.
1 Do you think summer jobs are a good idea? Why? / Why not? 2 Kiên
4.04 Read the ads quickly. What jobs are Kiên likes being outdoors advertised? and is very sociable. He loves water sports and often takes his young
A Summer staff needed at City Souvenirs cousins surfing. He enjoys
We are looking for shop assistants for our learning new things. This
busy gift shop. Applicants need to be reliable, summer he’s having guitar
friendly and enjoy speaking to customers. A lessons every morning.
second language is preferred as many of our
customers are tourists from other countries.
The positions are part-time and the hours will
be mostly at weekends. Visit our website for Hoàng Anh more information. She likes talking to people and is a fast B learner. At the moment Keystones: new vacancy Hoàng Anh is learning
Keystones Italian restaurant has a part-time Chinese on Tuesday and
position available for a lunchtime kitchen Thursday afternoons and is
assistant. The role includes preparing food and
quite fluent in it. She isn’t very cleaning the kitchen. sporty, but she loves drawing.
This is a great opportunity to gain experience
and work with some great chefs. The hours are
between 10.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m., Thurs–Sun.
Call Marco for more information on 0321585067. Hùng Hùng loves sport and C Star summer job! he’s part of a swimming club that meets every
Little Stars Summer Camp is looking for activity morning at 8 a.m. – also
leaders to organise activities for children aged in the summer. He’s quite
5–8. You will work as part of a team, and activities shy and finds it difficult
will include arts and crafts and sports. Working
to talk to people he doesn’t
hours are between 1.00 p.m. and 5.00 p.m.,
know. He likes working with his hands
Monday to Friday. So if you love working with and is very neat and tidy.
children and have lots of energy, please write to: littlestars@pmail.com. 5 3 Do you think you would
Look at the highlighted words in the ads. Check be good at any of the And
your understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary. summer jobs in the ads? YOU 4 Why? / Why not?
Three young people are looking for summer jobs.
Match the people with ads A–C. I think I would be a good
shop assistant because I’m a confident
speaker and I’m quite brave! I don’t think
I’d be a good activity leader because I’m
not very patient with children. Unit 4 43 4.4
GRAMMAR Future continuous
I can predict about my future job.
2 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the
Future Continuous in the dialogue.
Grammar Future Continuous
She’ll be helping in the office. We won’t be working outside.
Will you be working with animals? Yes, I will. / No, I won’t.
When will you be working there? Time expressions in five / ten / twenty years
I’ll probably be working in a hospital in five years.
at 9.00 p.m. / half past eight tonight
I’ll be doing my homework at 7.00 p.m. tonight.
next summer / next year / in the future
I’ll be working with animals next summer.
3 Complete the sentences about Bình and Kelly with the
Future Continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
Bình: Look – you’ve got a letter.
1 Kel y will be doing (do) a lot at the surgery.
Kel y: At last! I’ve been waiting for ages 2 Bình (work) with Kel y in
for this. It’s from the vet. He says the summer?
I can help in the surgery this 3 The vet
(show) Kel y how to look after summer. sick animals.
Bình: Cool. What will you be doing? 4 Kel y
(not probably earn) much money.
Kel y: Let me see. I’ll be working in the 5 Kel y
(visit) farms to learn about other
office and I’ll be doing simple animals. day-to-day jobs with the vet. 6 Bình
(not see) much of Kel y because she’ll
Bình: Mmm … simple day-to-day be busy. jobs …
Kel y: Yes, it’ll be fun. I’ll be working with
4 Make questions in the Future Continuous. In pairs, ask
different animals. I’ll be looking and answer the questions.
after sick pets. And I’ll be helping
1 you / work / in your own country / in the future / ? people who are worried about
2 what subjects / you / study / next year / ? their pets.
3 you / do / work experience / next summer / ?
4 your friends / go to university / after school / ?
I’ve been waiting for OUT of
5 you / celebrate / your birthday / soon / ? ages! class
A: Will you be working in your own country in the future?
B: No, I won’t. I’ll probably be working abroad. 1 And
4.05 Listen and answer the
5 In pairs, complete the sentences to make questions. Y
them true for you. Use the Future Continuous. OU
1 What news does Kel y receive? Next summer … After dinner this evening …
2 What does Bình think about the In five years … At 11.00 p.m. tonight … news? In fifty years … This weekend …
In five years, I will be studying art … 44 Unit 4 4.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Success at work
I can understand specific details in a conversation and talk about success at work.
1 Have you ever won a prize? What was it? What 4
4.07 Listen to the recording. Were was it for?
you right about Max’s and Hannah’s jobs? 2 5
4.06 Study the Vocabulary box. Then
4.08 Listen again. Mark the
write the correct word for each definition.
sentences T (true) or F (false). Listen and check. 1 Max felt calm on the TV show. 2
Max got his diploma when he was
Vocabulary Success at work seventeen. award candidate career 3 Max and Hannah are both diploma employer speech interested in sport. 4 Hannah designed the app after
1 a prize that you get for doing something a family holiday. wel award 5
Hannah’s mum owns a sports shop.
2 a job that you have trained for and have 6 Max thinks of his dad as done for a long time a colleague.
3 a formal talk to a group of people 7 Both Hannah and Max won an award.
4 a document that shows you have completed a course
6 In pairs, think of a simple idea And
5 someone who wants to be chosen for a job
for a new business. Explain your or a prize YOU
idea to the rest of the class. Use
6 a person or company that pays you to work these questions to help you. ● What is the business?
3 Look at the photos of Max and Hannah. What ●
Why is the business a good idea? do you think their jobs are? ●
How many people are there in the business? ●
What’s the future for your business? Max Hannah Unit 4 45 4.6
SPEAKING Instructions and reminders
I can give instructions, remind somebody what to do and respond.
4 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples of
instructions and reminders in the dialogue.
Speaking Instructions and reminders Giving instructions
First, / Firstly, / Second, / Secondly, wash the glasses. Then put ice in the glasses. After that, .. Be sure to smile. But you'll have to ..
The last thing you need to do is … / Final y, …
An: Thanks for coming, Bình. My brother, Bách,
Always / Never put your notebook down. Try to / not to …
usual y works today, but he’s off sick.
You need to … / It’s important to … Bình: No worries, An. Reminding
An: Oh, it’s all very simple. First, show the
Don’t forget to give them some water.
customers to a table. Make sure the table Remember to write it down.
is clean. Then give them a menu.
Responding to instructions Bình: That seems easy. That seems easy.
An: Yes, but be sure to give them time to read
Of course. / OK. / Sure. / No worries. / No problem. the menu.
Then what? / Then what do I do? Bình: Of course. Then what? I hope I remember it al !
An: After a few minutes, go back to the table
and take their order. Don’t forget to write 5
4.10 Complete the dialogue with words
it down and always write the table number
from the Speaking box. Listen and check. on the order.
Jay: I’ve got an interview for a summer job at the
Bình: I hope I remember it al !
museum, but I’m not sure how to prepare.
An: You need to be organised, Bình. I’ll be in
Nina: Well, 1first , look at the website to find out a
the kitchen, so try to bring me the orders as bit about the museum. soon as possible. Jay: Of course. Then 2 ?
Bình: No problem. Anything else? Nina: After 3 , you need to decide what
An: Yes. Remember to be polite with all the you’re going to wear. customers. Jay: That 4 easy. Bình: Sure. Thank you, An. Nina: Hmm. It’s 5 to wear something
smart. That shirt’s too scruffy! Jay: No 6 . Anything else? He’s off sick. OUT of Nina: 7
forget to check the time of the It’s al very simple. interview. class
Jay: You’re making me real y nervous! I 8 I remember it al .
1 Do you find it easy to remember instructions or do you often forget things?
6 In pairs, choose a summer job. And Take turns to tell each other
2 Look at the photo. What is Bình doing? YOU
how to prepare for an interview. 3
4.09 Listen and answer the questions.
help in a children’s activity camp help in a gift shop
1 Why does An want Bình to help in the café?
A: Guess what! I’ve got an interview for …
2 How does Bình feel about working there? How should I prepare? B: Well, first … 46 Unit 4 4.7 WRITING An email
I can write an email to a friend to tell about my summer job.
1 Work in pairs. What kind of part-time job can
4 Read the Writing box. Underline the
you do during your summer holidays? List the
phrases you can find in Bella’s email. jobs you can do.
Writing Writing an email to your friend
2 Imagine if you have a part-time job during to tell about your job
summer holidays. What will you tell your • Be informal
pen-pal when you write him / her an email?
Hey / Hi / Hello [Friend's Name], 3 How's it going?
Read the email form Bella to Linh. What does I hope you're doing well.
Bella tell Linh about? Are these ideas different Guess what? from or similar to your ideas?
I have some exciting / interesting news to share. Have you heard about [topic]?
I've been busy with [activity / task / job] lately. Linh
Take care and talk to you soon. New job Best / Lots of love / Love Hey Linh,
• Share details about the summer job I hope you’re I’m working as ... doing well. I have
It is a full-time / part-time job. exciting news
It is a temporary / permanent job. to share! Guess I earn a good hourly rate. what? I’ve just
It is a well-paid / badly-paid job. got my summer
The owner offers flexible hours. holiday job!
I do not have to work overtime.
I wash the dishes and clean the kitchen.
I’ve been busy with being a part-time kitchen-
• Talk about your place of work and
hand at a small restaurant near my house. teammates
I take orders, sometimes wash the dishes and
My teammates / colleagues are friendly /
clean the kitchen. This is a temporary job, but it
supportive / caring. They trained me …
is well-paid, and I earn a good hourly rate. The
• Share your personal experience
owner offers flexible hours. Isn’t it great? I can
I really enjoy my time. / I really like it here. still enjoy my summer break.
Everyone at the restaurant is very friendly and
supportive. They trained me what to do on the Writing Time first days.
5 Imagine you work part-time as an English
tour guide at local tourist attractions. Write I really enjoy my time here.
an email (100-120 words) to your pen-pal Tell about your summer
to tell about the job. You can use some of
and how things are going with you.
the ideas here or your own ideas. Take care and talk Responsibilities of the job to you soon! ● Show visitors around Bella ●
Tell them about local culture and history Good things about the job ●
Meet people from all around the world ●
Practise my English speaking skil s ● Free admission to some places ● Flexible hours ● Good hourly rates Unit 4 47
GLOSSARY Jobs and expressions of jobs adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase badly-paid /ˈbædli peɪd/ adj trả công rất thấp hands-on /hændz ɒn np kinh nghiệm career /kəˈrɪə/ n sự nghiệp experience ɪkˈspɪəriəns/ thực hành colleague /ˈkɒliːɡ/ n đồng nghiệp hourly rate /ˈaʊəli reɪt/ np tiền công theo giờ
communication /kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn np kĩ năng giao tiếp interpreter /ɪnˈtɜːprətə/ n thông dịch viên skills skɪlz/ lifeguard /ˈlaɪfɡɑːd/ n nhân viên cứu hộ
communicator /kəˈmjuːnɪkeɪtə/ n người giao tiếp neat /niːt/ adj gọn gàng computer /kəmˈpjuːtə np lập trình viên overtime /ˈəʊvətaɪm/ n / adv tăng ca programmer ˈprəʊɡræmə/ máy tính
paid holidays /peɪd ˈhɒlədeɪz/ np ngày nghỉ có day-to-day lương /ˌdeɪ tə ˈdeɪ / adj ngày qua ngày plumber dentist’s /ˈplʌmə/ n thợ sửa ống nước / ˈdentɪsts np trợ lí nha sĩ assistant position əˈsɪstənt/ /pəˈzɪʃən/ n chức vụ diploma proof /pruːf/ n bằng chứng /dɪˈpləʊmə/ n bằng cấp qualification entrepreneur /ˌkwɒlɪfɪˈkeɪʃən/ n trình độ /ˌɒntrəprəˈnɜː/ n doanh nhân shift /ʃɪft/ n ca làm việc
fashion designer /ˈfæʃən dɪzaɪnə/ np nhà thiết kế sociable thời trang /ˈsəʊʃəbl/ adj thích giao tiếp speech /spiːtʃ/ n bài nói chuyện film director /fɪlm dəˈrektə/ np đạo diễn phim surgery /ˈsɜːrdʒəri/ n ca phẫu thuật
flexible hours /fleksəbəl ˈaʊəz/ np giờ linh hoạt vacancy /ˈveɪkənsi/ n chỗ trống full-time /ˌfʊl ˈtaɪm/ adj / adv nguyên ngày well-paid /ˌwelˈpeɪd/ adj trả công cao VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find:
4 Complete the sentences with ONE 1 one office job:
word. Then read the sentences again. 2 two creative jobs: 1 A is a person who flies
3 two jobs related to language: an aircraft. 4 two words related to money: 2 The is an expert in the 2
field of teeth and oral health.
Use the glossary to complete the sentences with ONE 3 A is an individual who or TWO WORDS.
imparts knowledge and educates 1 I received my last year and now I'm ready students. to start my career. 4 The is the head of a 2 The company offers so that employees country.
can maintain a healthy work-life balance. 3 The
for the job is competitive in the current 5
4.12 Listen and circle the words market.
with the sounds /p/, /b/, /t/, or /d/. 4 To succeed in my chosen , I need to
Then practise the dialogue in pairs. improve my skills.
Phong: What do you think of being a
5 The internship provided me with valuable pilot?
that I can apply to my future career.
Bình: I think being a pilot would be
PRONUNCIATION 3
4.12 Listen and write the missing
exciting. You get to travel to
letters. Then listen and repeat.
different places and experience /p/ ainter, lumper, art-time, aid, osition, the joy of flying. ilot
Phong: How about being a dentist? /b/
Bình: Being a dentist requires a lot of ad, ack, rother, aker, arber,
knowledge of oral health. It's ookkeeper a rewarding profession, too.
/t/ gui ar, onight, wenty, ime, able, You can help people maintain eacher healthy teeth. /d/ entist, iploma, iscuss, octor 48 Unit 4 Revision VOCABULARY 4
4.13 Listen to six students talking about
doing work experience. What jobs do they
1 Write the correct word for each definition. refer to? Someone who: 1
1 helps swimmers in danger at the beach 2
is a l i f e g u a r d . 3
2 repairs water pipes, toilets, showers, etc. 4 is a p . 5
3 translates spoken words into another 6 language is an i .
4 works in a library is a l . SPEAKING
5 looks after passengers on a plane is a f . 5
4.14 Sam wants to be a teacher and
6 studies how people’s minds work is a
is spending a day at a primary school doing p .
work experience. Reorder the conversation. Listen and check. GRAMMAR Sam: Thanks for having me. What should I do first? 1
2 Choose the correct option.
Teacher: After a few minutes, read the children a story.
1 Don’t worry. I will help / help you with your homework later. Sam: I hope I remember it al .
2 Jack’s decided that he isn’t going to work /
Teacher: Then ask the children about the
isn’t working in his dad’s company.
story. Be sure to listen to them.
3 When I start my new job next week, I will Sam:
That seems easy. They love stories.
be able to / can practise my English. Then what do I do?
4 This evening Alice helps / is helping in her
Teacher: First, say hel o to the pupils and local theatre. write your name on the board.
5 Let’s wait here. The train is going to leave / Sam: Of course. Then what? leaves in ten minutes.
Teacher: You’ll be fine, Sam. The children
6 I’ve failed an exam, so I will have to / must will love you. take it again in the summer.
3 Complete the dialogues with the Future
Continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
1 A: I’ve got an interview tomorrow.
B: Good luck! I ’ll be thinking (think) of you!
2 A: What time will you be home tonight? B: I’m not sure, but I (not work) late again. 3 A: This time tomorrow you
(relax) after your first day at work. B: No, I won’t. I (study). I’ve got my driving test on Friday!
6 Imagine your friend is a new kitchen assistant
at your family restaurant. Tell him / her what to do. Unit 4 49 Wonders of Việt Nam A B 5 Wonders of C D Viêt Nam VOCABULARY
Tourist attractions | Natural
wonders | Waterfalls and caves | Beaches and sand dunes |
Mountain ranges | Travel stories GRAMMAR Clauses of result | Phrasal verbs 5.1 VOCABULARY
I can talk about a natural wonder in Nam.
1 In pairs, answer the following questions.
1 What is the name of a famous limestone cliff in Long Bay? 2 Which waterfall in
Nam is the largest in Southeast Asia?
3 What is the name of the cave system located in Phong Nha - Bàng National Park?
4 Which mountain range runs through the northern part of Nam?
5 What is the name of the sand dune desert located in the coastal city of Mũi Né?
6 Which national park is home to the highest peak in Nam, Fansipan?
7 What is the name of the river that runs through the Mekong Delta in southern Nam?
8 Which island off the coast of Nam is known for its white
sandy beaches and crystal-clear waters? 50 Unit 5 E F G
2 Look at photos (A-G). In groups, match the 4
5.02 Listen to a dialogue between
places with the photos. Write the names under
two friends, Bình and An, about a natural the photos. wonder of Nam. Answer the questions below. Ba Lake Waterfall Long Bay Mã Pì Lèng Pass
1 What kind of experience did An have? Tràng An Grottoes Hoàng Liên Mountain Range
2 What did An have an impressive view of?
Phong Nha - Bàng National Park 3
5.01 Listen to the Word Friends. 3 Who lives in stilt houses?
Complete the sentences with these Word Friends.
4 What kind of food did An try? Word Friends affordable price cultural heritage 5
5.03 Listen again. Number the breathtaking views friendly locals
phrases in the order you hear. spectacular scenery tasty food a spectacular scenery memorable experience b tasty food amazing tourist attractions c cultural heritage
1 I took a lot of photos of the on the d memorable experience Hoàng Liên Mountain Range. e friendly locals 2 We found most of the on Phú f amazing tourist attraction
Island not very expensive. We ate a lof of g breathtaking view them. h affordable prices
3 I’ve learned a lot about the of the H’mông people in Sa Pa.
4 My visit to Phong Nha - Bàng National And Park was a truly .
6 Imagine you had a two-day trip YOU 5 The
offered us some great food at to one natural wonder in the market.
Nam in Exercise 2. Tell your friend 6 There are a lot of in Lào Cai. You
about the trip. You should say:
could spend a day or two visiting these ● Which place you would go to places. ● Where it is located
7 We climbed the mountain to get a ● What special features it has of the val ey. ● What you can do there
8 We got tickets to Long Bay at an ● How you feel about this place . Unit 5 51 5.2
GRAMMAR Clauses of result
I can use clauses of result to talk about wonders of Nam.
1 Look at the photo. What do you know about
4 Choose the correct option in bold to this waterfall? complete the sentences. Pongour Waterfall
Pongour Waterfall is a waterfall with a
couple of levels. The falls are about 40 m
high and 100 m wide. So much water falls to
the ground 1that / such / so the loud sound
of the falling water fills the air. 2
5.04 Read the dialogue between
These falls are not as popular as others in
Lan and Mike. What information about the
the area 2as / so / such there is less rubbish waterfall is new to you?
around. And 3as / so / such a result, more
and more tourists prefer these falls to some
of the other local favourites.
Mike: My class is planning for an outing to
A local legend says a beautiful woman had Waterfal . What’s it like?
captured four rhinos. When she died, the
Lan: It’s the biggest and best waterfall in
rhinos were sad, 4therefore / such / as they
Nam. You’ll be so impressed by the
died too. One morning some locals found the
white fal s that you will want to take
place where they died, and it was a beautiful loads of photos. waterfall.
Mike: I see. Where is it located exactly?
Overall, it’s 5that / such / so a beautiful Lan: It’s on the Nam-China border. As a
scene that you will want to take many photos.
result, it has two sides, a Chinese side
and a Vietnamese side. We call the side
5 Rewrite the following sentences so that they in Nam .
have the same meaning as the first. Mike: Can we swim there?
1 We found a lot of hotels at affordable
Lan: It can be dangerous, therefore you can’t
prices. Because of this, I’m going to stay
swim there. But you can take a small there longer.
bamboo raft to the edge of the fal s.
2 The lake has very clear water. I think loads
3 Read the Grammar box and complete it with
of people now visit it regularly. ONE word for each blank.
3 I find H’mông cultural heritage extremely
interesting. I’m going to learn their
Grammar Clauses of result language.
4 I love the spectacular scenery on my trip to
Use clauses of result to show the result of an
Sa Pa. I intend to return someday.
action or situation. Use such / so … (that); (and) as
5 The area at the border had real y amazing
a result / therefore to introduce clauses of result.
tourist attractions. I’m sure it will become Fol ow these patterns: more popular in the future.
Such a / an + adjective + singular countable noun + 1 : is such a beautiful
waterfal (that) it attracts many tourists.
Such + adjective + uncountable noun / plural And
noun + (that): It was such nice weather (that)
6 In groups, describe one natural YOU we played outside. wonder in Nam. Describe it 2
+ adjective / adverb + that: The water
in five sentences. Use clauses of
was so cool (that) we all went swimming. result. As a 3
/ therefore + clause: We didn’t see
the waterfall, therefore we’ll see it tomorrow. 52 Unit 5 5.3
READING and VOCABULARY A tourist attraction
I can guess the meaning of new words in a travel brochure about a tourist attraction in Nam.
1 Watch a video about Đoòng Cave. What is special about this cave?
2 Read the travel brochure about Đoòng Cave. What do the words and phrases highlighted in
pink mean? Write the contextual clues in the table below then guess their meanings. 5.05 WE EXPLORE INTRODUCTION
The Sơn Đoòng Cave is the largest in the world.
It’s so big that a large jet could fly through it THE SƠN ĐOÒNG CAVE without touching the sides. SIZE
The cave system is 9 km long and 200 m wide and 150 m deep underground. LOCATION
The cave is located in central Quảng Bình
Province and is part of the Phong Nha - Kẻ
Bàng Grotto. It is surrounded by rainforests. ORIGINS ACTIVITIES
Introduction The Sơn Đoòng Cave is the largest in the world. It’s so big that a large jet could fly through it without touching the sides.
This cave system was created by In addition to stalactites and Size
The cave system is 9 km long and 200 m wide
an underground river. It is filled stalagmites, the cave has another Highlighted terms Contextual clues Meanings and 150 m deep underground.
with giant stalactites, over 80 m natural wonder - cave pearls. These
high. These giant hanging columns are ball-like salts naturally formed underground river Location
The cave is located in central Quảng Bình Province and is part of the Phong Nha - Kẻ Bàng Grotto. It is surrounded by rainforests.
appear to be growing out of the in caves. The ones in the Sơn Đoòng Origins
This cave system was created by an underground river. It is filled with giant stalactites, over 80 m high. These giant hanging columns
cave ceiling. When water dripped caves are larger than tennis balls. hanging columns
appear to be growing out of the cave ceiling. When water dripped down from the rainforest above it, stalactites formed. Sơn Đoòng
down from the rainforest above it, The cave also has a rainforest
growing inside of it, with its own dripped down
stalactites formed. Sơn Đoòng also
also has stalagmites, which look like stalactites, but grow upwards from the ground. The stalagmites are the tallest in the world at 70
has stalagmites, which look like ecosystem. Biologists have cave pearls m high.
stalactites, but grow upwards from discovered over 200 species of
Activities In addition to stalactites and stalagmites, the cave has another natural wonder - cave pearls. These are ball-like salts naturally formed
the ground. The stalagmites are plants and trees. You can also swim refreshing
the tallest in the world at 70 m in a refreshing underground lake
in caves. The ones in the Sơn Đoòng caves are larger than tennis balls. high. which is as cool as 17-20°C.
The cave also has a rainforest growing inside of it, with its own ecosystem. Biologists have discovered over 200 species of plants and trees.
You can also swim in a refreshing underground lake which is a cool 17-20°C.
3 Read the travel brochure again and choose the correct answers. And 1 How long is the cave? 4 ROLE PLAY YOU a 9 km b 200 m c 70 m Student A is Student B’s mother / father 2 How deep is the cave? who just came back from an a 9 km b 200 m c 150 m expedition to Đoòng Cave. Student B 3 What surrounds the cave?
asks Student A about the trip. a rainforests b stalactites ● where it is c stalagmites ● what is special about it 4 What are over 80 m high? ● how long the expedition was a rainforests b stalactites ● what equipment was needed c stalagmites ●
what your mother / father felt most
5 What did biologists find in the cave? impressed with a stalagmites b plants c plants and animals Unit 5 53 5.4 GRAMMAR Phrasal verbs
I can use phrasal verbs to talk about a natural wonder of Nam.
3 Complete the sentences with check in, check out,
get away, get on, pick up, see off, set off, and take off. 1 the bike and fol ow me. 2
some tasty food when you go to the market.
3 Let’s check our equipment before we for the underground river. 4 I will at a hotel near the border. 5 I want to this weekend and see some spectacular scenery.
1 Look at the photo. Do you know this place? 6 The friendly locals tourists at the bus station. 2 7
your shoes before you enter the temple.
5.06 Listen and read the
dialogue between a couple planning 8 After you
of your hotel, you will still have
for their holiday. Tick (✔) the
time to see some amazing tourist attractions. statements that are true.
Hùng: I can’t wait to get away and go to
4 Circle the correct preposition.
Mũi Né Beach. I’m bringing a pair
of sunglasses and shorts. Is there anything else to take? When you want to
: Before we set off, we need to pick
1get away / in / off, go up some suntan lotion. to Phú Quốc Island.
Hùng: How are you getting on with
packing? Is there anything else to
After you 2check in / take?
up / off at a hotel, 3set
: No, but take off that dirty hat so I
away / in / off to see can wash it for tomorrow.
some of the white sand beaches. 4Get on / out /
Hùng: What time do we check in at the
up a motorbike to explore the island’s attractions, hotel tomorrow?
like the local fish sauce factory and a local fishing
: At 2.00 p.m. and we have to check
vil age. If locals invite you into their homes, don’t out by noon the next day.
forget to 5take in / up / off your shoes first before Hùng: Is your sister coming? entering.
: No, but she’ll see us off tomorrow.
Before you 6check away / out / on of your hotel
and return to the big city, you might also 7pick on /
1 Hùng is going to Mũi Né Beach.
out / up some local street food favourites.
2 Hùng is taking his swimming costume.
3 They will buy suntan lotion at
5 In pairs, talk about a trip to a tourist Mũi Né Beach. And
attraction that you or someone you YOU 4 will wash the dirty hat.
know had last year. Use the phrasal
verbs in Exercise 2 to ask and answer.
5 They will check out at 2.00 p.m. ●
Where did you go to get away in the summer last 6
’s sister is seeing them off. year? ●
What time did your plane / train / coach set off? ● Which hotel did you check in? 54 Unit 5 5.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY
I can understand the structure of a travel story.
1 Decide if the following statements 2
5.07 Listen to the story of a trekker to Hoàng Liên about Hoàng Liên Mountain
Mountain Range. What is the structure of the story?
Range and Fansipan Peak are true A cause and effect
or false. Write T (true) or F (false). B compare and contrast C listing D time order 3
5.08 Listen again. Write down the connectors you hear. 1 2 3 4 5 6
4 WORD FRIENDS Below are the Word Friends from the
story. Write the missing words in Column B and match
the Word Friends with their meanings in Column C. Column A Column B Column C 1 trekking An exciting experience of trekking 2 join a Become a member of a group of people 3 hotel People working at a hotel 4 cable Vehicles that hang from a cable and transport people up mountains 1 The mountain range runs 5 traditional Clothes worn for many through three provinces. years by a particular 2 No ethnic minorities live on group of people this mountain range. 3 Most people need a local guide to help them trek up Fansipan.
5 In groups, plan a trekking trip to Fansipan. 4 You can fly to the top of And You should discuss: Fansipan. YOU ● Who should you go with? 5 Some local favourites from ● When is the trip? the area are and ● What will you need to bring? lam. ●
What skil s should you learn before the trip? 6
It’s general y quite cool in Sa Pa. Unit 5 55 5.6
SPEAKING Visual aids
I can use visual aids in a talk about a natural wonder of Nam.
1 Tick (✔) the visual aids below that you have used 3
5.09 Watch a video (See page 106 in a presentation.
to scan code or go to the link to watch
the video). Take notes of what visual aids
are used. Then match the visual aids (1-6) with their tips (A-D). 1 2 Visual aids Tips use only relevant 1 images use as an opener 2 or closer picture(s) graph show your 3 reaction 3 4 4 and show trends and main ideas
4 Work in groups. Your teacher asks you
to give a presentation about a natural wonder of Nam. Make an outline for videoclip handout
the talk. Then discuss what visual aids
will be used to support your talk. 5 6 Ideas Visual aids to use 1 2 3 chart poster 4
2 Read the purposes of using visual aids in a
presentation. What do you often use visual aids for?
Speaking Using visual aids
Here are a number of ways in which visual aids can help your next presentation:
• Use them to summarise your information.
• Use them to reduce the amount of explanation by showing graphs and images.
• Increase impact on the audience. 5 And
• Use them to increase the interest in your Give a short presentation YOU presentation. on a natural wonder of
• Use them to clarify some concepts. Nam to the class. Use visual aids in your talk. 56 Unit 5 5.7 WRITING Travel brochure
I can write a travel brochure about a natural wonder of Nam.
1 Read the travel brochure in Lesson 5.3 again. Tick (✔) the 1 . . is located aspects it includes. Location Transport Food 2 There is plenty to Activities Accommodation Origins 3 You can get there
2 Your teacher asks you to design a travel brochure for a natural wonder of
Nam. Choose one natural wonder 4 You can stay at
in Lesson 5.1. Work in pairs. Make a mind-map about what to include. 5 Be sure to 6 You can easily get 7 . . is near 8 You can go
3 Read the expressions in the Writing box. Complete the
sentences using the ideas in the mind-map in Exercise 2 and these expressions. Writing Time
Writing Useful expressions 4 Describing location
Write a travel brochure (100-120 … words) in your group. Use the
is located in … Province. … is near … … checklist below to guide your is 10 km from … City. writing. Describing activities Include some of these aspects
You can … There is plenty to do in / at … o Location Many people enjoy … o Food
Describing how to get there o Origin
You can get there by … From … take a train / plane there. o Transport
It takes 2 hours to get there. Many travellers go there by … o Activities
Describing accommodation o Accommodation
A great place to stay is … You can stay at one of the … Use useful expressions for
Tourists generally like staying at / in … describing natural wonders. Use some phrasal verbs or Describing food clauses of result
Be sure to try the … A local favourite is … Try some …
5 Use the checklist to assess
Describing how to get around
another group’s travel brochure.
You can easily get around by … Rewrite your travel brochure. Try getting around in a … It’s easy to catch a … Unit 5 57
GLOSSARY Natural wonders, travel stories adj: adjective adv: adverb n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase affordable
/əˈfɔːdəbəl np giá cả phải chăng hanging /ˈhæŋɪŋ np cột treo price praɪs/ column ˈkɒləm/ amazing /əˈmeɪzɪŋ np điểm thu hút khách du hotel staff
/həʊˈtel stɑːf/ np nhân viên khách sạn tourist ˈtʊərɪst lịch tuyệt vời join a tour attraction
/dʒɔɪn ə tʊə/ vp tham gia tour du lịch əˈtrækʃən/ border
memorable /ˈmemərəbəl np trải nghiệm đáng nhớ /ˈbɔːdə/ n biên giới experience ɪkˈspɪəriəns/
breathtaking /ˈbreθteɪkɪŋ np cảnh đẹp ngỡ ngàng view pick up /pɪk ʌp/ vp đón (khách) vjuː/ cable car refreshing /rɪˈfreʃɪŋ/ adj dễ chịu, sảng khoái
/ˈkeɪbəl kɑː/ np cáp treo cave pearl see … off /siː ɒf/ vp tiễn (người thân) /keɪv pɜːl/ np ngọc động check in set off /tʃek ɪn/
vp làm thủ tục nhận phòng /set ɒf/ vp khởi hành check out spectacular np phong cảnh ngoạn mục /tʃek aʊt/
vp làm thủ tục trả phòng /spekˈtækjələ scenery ˈsiːnəri/ cultural
/ˈkʌltʃərəl np di sản văn hoá heritage take off ˈherətɪdʒ/ /teɪk əf/
np cởi bỏ giày / quần áo drip down traditional np quần áo truyền thống /drɪp daʊn/ vp nhỏ giọt /trəˈdɪʃənəl clothes kləʊðz/ edge /edʒ/ n bờ vực trekking /trekɪŋ
np cuộc phiêu lưu đi bộ
friendly local /ˈfrendli np người địa phương adventure ədˈventʃə/ đường dài ˈləʊkəl/ thân thiện underground np sông ngầm get away /ˈʌndəɡraʊnd
/ɡet əˈweɪ/ vp thoát khỏi / đi xa river ˈrɪvə/ get on /ɡet ɒn/ vp lên (xe) VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to complete
PRONUNCIATION 3
5.10 Listen and repeat. the Word Friends. Then make a
/br/ breathtaking, bring, bread
sentence with each Word Friend. /dr/ drip, drum, drink 1 trekking adventure
/tr/ contrast, transport, traditional 2 river /tw/ twenty, twin, twist 3 friendly 4 view 4
5.11 Listen and complete the sentences. 5 price 1 Don't forget to your camera to capture the 6 experience
stunning landscapes of Ninh Bình.
I’d love to take the trekking adventure 2 The sound of water from the inside Đoòng Cave.
stalagmites creates an enchanting atmosphere in the
2 Use the glossary to complete the caves of Phong Nha. sentences. 3 Waterfall offers visitors a view. 1 After we arrive, let’s 4 This town has
places of interest. You can visit at the hotel. all of them in a week.
2 We’re going straight home after 5
5.12 Listen to the dialogue. Find the words with the we of the hotel.
/br/, /dr/, /tr/, /tw/ sounds. Practise the dialogue in pairs. 3 I want to from here for a few weeks.
Bình: Have you ever been to Long Bay before? 4 your bike and
An: Yes, I have visited it more than twenty times. I love let’s ride to the market.
the breathtaking beauty of the bay with its limestone 5 I forgot to
cliffs. It's a must-visit wonder of Nam. some milk at the shop.
Bình: What about Ninh Bình? Have you been there? 6 We will by
An: Yes! I love it, too. Ninh Bình is often cal ed the " Long noon.
Bay on land". It has stunning natural landscapes and 7 It’s getting warm, so
the peaceful Tràng An complex. Visiting Ninh Bình your jacket.
is like stepping into a fairytale. By the way, have you
tried traditional foods and drinks there? 58 Unit 5 Revision VOCABULARY 4 As a
, I want to move there to enjoy
the spectacular scenery and tasty food.
1 Complete the sentences with the correct
5 We arrived too early at the hotel, form of the given words.
we had to wait an hour before we could check in.
1 Long Bay is renowned for its
breathtaking views of limestone cliffs, making it a experience for any READING traveler. (MEMORY) 2 The cultural of An Ancient
4 Use the underlined context clues to help
Town, with its wel -preserved architecture
understand the meanings of the highlighted
and rich history, offers visitors a unique
words. Match these words to their definitions.
glimpse into Vietnam's past. (INHERIT) There are extra definitions.
3 Fansipan Peak has spectacular
of green forests and winding mountain
The Tràng An Grottoes are located in Ninh Bình Province in the trails. (SCENE)
southern part of the Red River Delta. The area includes 50 small
attractive caves formed by water. They cover an area of 31 val eys,
4 The Mekong Delta, with its vibrant floating
which is home to 600 types of plants and 200 kinds of animals.
markets, offers visitors a chance to
The unique environment is now attracting visitors who come to experience foods. (TASTE) admire the splendid scenery.
5 Phong Nha - Bàng National Park,
Visitors will notice limestone peaks, or mountain tops, and vertical with its stunning caves and
cliffs that seem to grow out of the edge of the water. This has led
underground rivers, is a must-see tourist
some tourists to call it “Hạ Long Bay on land”.
attraction for nature lovers. (FRESH)
People have lived in this area for over 30,000 years. It was also
2 Choose the best choice to fill in the blanks.
home to the ancient Vietnamese capital, Hoa Lư, in the 10th-11th centuries AD. 1 Our friendly staff will you
Most visitors rent small boats with guides at affordable prices to
as you leave our hotel. (see off /
take them to the best places in the area. see on / take off)
There are some nearby hotels run by friendly hotel staff. 2
, start your trekking adventure
Today the area contains pagodas, vil ages, paddy fields, and
by hiring a local guide to help you. (First /
temples and is considered by visitors as an amazing tourist Next / Then) attraction increase. 3
take a cable car to the top of
the mountain. (Final y / Next / Before) Terms Definitions 4 This is a great way to
from other tourists. (get on / get by / get val eys away) to pay to use something 5 Or you can of the villages
mountain range for a memorable
experience. (join a tour / check in a tour / managed by check out a tour)
steep mountain side at the edge of water GRAMMAR
think of something in a particular way 3 sold by
Fill in the blanks with these words. small attractive caves result so such that therefore taken by 1 Mã Pì Lèng Pass is high that it is tops of mountains cool and refreshing. 2 We had bad weather at Ba WRITING
Lake that we set off early to our next destination.
5 Search the Internet and write a travel
3 The mountains near the border are so pleasant I want to visit them next
brochure (100-120 words) to describe another year too.
attraction in Ninh Bình Province. Unit 5 59 6 Light years away VOCABULARY Space | Space science GRAMMAR Zero, First and Second Conditionals | Third Conditional 6.1 VOCABULARY Space I can talk about space. 1 Have you ever: ● learned the names of stars? ● watched a programme ● used a telescope? about space?
2 Check your understanding of the words in the Vocabulary box.
Which words can you find in the pictures? Vocabulary Space
astronaut astronomer comet Earth galaxy moon orbit planet
planetarium satellite solar system space station spacecraft star telescope 3
6.01 Listen to a presentation at a planetarium and answer the questions.
1 What kind of information can satellites send? 2 What is a galaxy?
3 What is the name of the galaxy we live in?
4 Is the light that stars send always the same colour?
5 What colour is the Earth from space?
6 Can we see the International Space Station from the Earth? 60 Unit 6 4
6.02 Complete the quiz questions with words from the Vocabulary box.
Then do the quiz. Listen and check.
What do you know about space? Try our quiz and find out!
1 The Earth travels around the sun in a(n) orbit , which is 4 The
travels round the Earth. Its light a a perfect circle.
a comes from hot gas inside it.
b an ellipse (similar to an oval).
b is reflected from the sun. c a star shape. c is very bright.
2 The sun is a giant star. Which is the third
5 If you want to see galaxies, you need a(n) from the sun? . They work best
a Mars b Venus c Earth
a in dark countryside skies. 3 A(n)
is an icy rock travelling through space. b in a bright city.
We can see its ‘tail’ of gas when c on a cloudy night. a it’s near the sun.
b it’s travelling fast.
c it’s getting smaller. 5
6.03 Read the article. Choose
the correct option. Listen and check.
6 In pairs, each reads about a planet. And
Then tells each other what you know. YOU VENUS Did you know? ● second planet from the sun
Mars is millions of kilometres ● closest planet to Earth
1away / far but actually, the ●
known as Earth's sister planet due to its similar distance between Mars and the size and composition
Earth changes all the time – from ●
has a thick atmosphere composed primarily of
carbon dioxide, with clouds of sulfuric acid
over 50 to 401 2million / millions
kilometres. For that reason, it’s ●
hottest planet with a temperature of 462 degrees Celsius
difficult to calculate the 3long /
length of time it takes to get there. ● slow rotation: 243 Earth days ● no moons or rings
The fastest 4satellite / spacecraft ●
first spacecraft: the Soviet Union's Venera 7 in
can travel at 58,000 kilometres 1970
5per / the hour, so theoretically, we MERCURY
should get to Mars in thirty-nine ● closest to the sun
days. However, this is not possible ●
has a diameter of about 4,880 kilometers, slightly because the distance is never larger than Earth's moon.
short for a long time. Also, you ●
has a very thin atmosphere composed mostly of
can’t travel in a straight line. So it helium and oxygen and sodium.
6takes / gets much longer! In 1969, ● has no moons of its own
Mariner 6 took 155 days to get to ● slow rotation: 59 Earth days
Mars, but Viking 2 took twice that ●
first spacecraft: NASA's Mariner 10 in 1974 time – 333 days! Unit 6 61 6.2
GRAMMAR Zero, First and Second Conditionals
I can talk about things that are always true, possible situations and imaginary situations.
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of conditionals in the dialogue.
Grammar Zero, First and Second Conditionals
Zero Conditional: for things that are always true
if + Present Simple, Present Simple
Astronomers watch the sky if the sky is clear.
First Conditional: for possible situations in the future
if /unless + Present Simple, will + infinitive / imperative
If you don’t go outside, you won’t see the comet.
I will buy a telescope unless it costs too much.
If you want to see a comet, check online.
Second Conditional: for imaginary situations Bình: Hi! You guys ready to go
if + Past Simple, would + infinitive (without to) outside?
If I won the lottery, I’d buy a ticket to Mars.
Trúc Anh: Why? It’s cold out there. I don’t
I wouldn’t wait any longer if I were you. want to stand around in the dark!
4 Complete the sentences using the correct form of An:
You’ll be fine if you borrow my the verbs in brackets. scarf and gloves. Come on.
1 If Sara had (have) enough time, she would show
Trúc Anh: Why have you brought the
(show) me how to use the telescope. tripod, Bình? Are you going to take a photo of my new 2 If you (be) in space, you hairstyle in the dark? (experience) weightlessness. Bình: Ha ha! No, we want a photo 3 If we
(not have) a science test tomorrow, of the comet for our space we (not feel) stressed. project. 4 What you (do) if you
Trúc Anh: Are you sure we’ll be able to (see) an UFO? see it? 5 If I (be) you, I (use) the Bình: Good question! The comet is
binoculars to look for the comet. millions of miles away. If we 6 If the weather (be) clear tonight, we didn’t have a good camera (see) the stars. and the tripod, it would be 7 If space exploration (be) less expensive, real y tricky. I (travel) to space. 8 If humans (live) on other planets, we
(solve) the problem of overpopulation on
1 Do you think astronomy is interesting? Earth. Why? / Why not? 9 If the rocket engine (fail), the spacecraft (not launch). 2
6.04 Listen to the dialogue. Answer the questions: 1 Who brought the tripod?
5 In pairs, complete the sentences to And
2 Why did he / she bring the tripod? make them true for you. YOU
1 I’ll do my homework this evening unless … 2 I get real y cross if …
3 If the weather is good tomorrow, …
4 I would feel very excited if … 62 Unit 6 6.3
READING and VOCABULARY A big adventure
I can understand specific details in an article and talk about space travel.
1 Do you think it’s a good idea to send people
3 Look at the highlighted words in the into space? Why? / Why not?
article. Check your understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
2 Look at the title of the article and the photo.
What do you think the girl’s dream is? 4
6.05 Read the article. Choose the
Then read the first paragraph of the text correct answers. and check.
1 Alyssa decided to go to Mars because she The future is far away! a read about it in a book.
b liked the idea of doing something
Alyssa Carson is a teenager and she already has big ambitions different.
for her future. If her dreams come true, she’ll fly into space. c went to a space camp.
So, is this just a dream? No. Alyssa made the decision when
d enjoyed travelling and exploring.
she was three years old because the idea was exciting and
2 What is Alyssa’s parents’ opinion of her
‘no one’s been there!’ After that, she read lots of books on ambition? Mars and attended her first
a They think it’s too expensive and try to space camp when she was discourage her.
seven. Since then she’s learned
b They want to help her fulfill her a lot about travel to other
dream because they are also ‘Mars
planets. It’s an expensive trip, generation’. which requires many years of
c They don’t mind because they have a
training. This is a problem for lot of money to spend.
Alyssa’s family, but they try to support her. As her father
d They find it difficult because of the
explains, ‘If you see the passion
expense, but they try to help her. she has, you have to be there
3 Which of these things is not important for
for her.’ Alyssa believes we are an astronaut’s training?
‘the Mars generation’ and that a learning to fly a plane the mission to Mars will help b learning to dive
us get to know the planet better. c attending a space camp
More than 100,000 people have already applied for a d speaking foreign languages
journey to Mars. If they pass the tests, like Alyssa, they
4 What is the author’s purpose?
will start a training programme. It’s also important to speak a giving advice
several languages if you want to be an astronaut. Alyssa b giving information
speaks Spanish, French, Chinese and some Turkish, so this c describing a place
should be enough! She also has a certificate in scuba diving d describing a person
and is already working on her pilot’s licence. Both these
things, as well as a certificate in skydiving, are important for an astronaut’s training. 5 And Work in pairs. Ask and answer: YOU ● What do you think of Alyssa's dream? ●
If you were Alyssa, what would you
do when you stepped foot on Mars? Unit 6 63 6.4
GRAMMAR Third conditional
I can talk about unreal situations in the past.
1 Should we spend millions of
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of the pounds on space experiments?
Third Conditional in the interview. Why? / Why not?
Grammar Third Conditional
for unreal situations in the past This week in Space
if + Past Perfect, would have + past participle magazine, astronomer
The experiment would have ended if the lander had Guy Greenwood broken. (It didn’t break.) talks about a historic mission to catch a
4 Match 1–3 with a–c to make sentences. comet. 1 If the lander had had a if the comet had more solar power, been nearer to Earth Space: The Rosetta mission cost 1.7 2 The Rosetta mission during the mission.
billion dollars. That’s a lot of would have been b the scientists would money! What was your aim? quicker have gathered more Guy:
Our aim was to discover more about 3 If the European data.
comets. The Rosetta spacecraft Space Agency hadn’t c the Rosetta Mission spent millions of wouldn’t have
flew 6.4 billion kilometres to euros, happened.
comet 67P, which is about four
kilometres wide. The flight took
5 Complete the Third Conditional sentences in ten years!
the article using the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Space: What would have happened if
your calculations had been wrong?
Moon landings: fact or fiction? Guy:
Well, lots of scientists worked on
Did you know some people believe that astronauts have never
this project, so we were confident
landed on the moon? They believe NASA faked the landing.
that we’d got it right. We would
Here are some of their reasons. have been very disappointed
They say that the flag 1wouldn’t have waved (not wave) if
if the mission had failed. If the the astronauts 2
(film) it on the moon because there
mission hadn’t been successful, we
is no air on the moon. They also think some stars 3
(be) visible if the astronauts 4 (take) the photos on
wouldn’t have had these incredible
the moon. Another mystery is that although we can see the
close-up photos or this analysis of
astronauts’ footprints on the surface, we can’t see any traces the comet’s surface.
of the landing module. If the module 5 (land) on the surface of the moon, it 6 (leave) some traces!
2 Read the interview. Answer the questions.
1 Were the scientists’ calculations right? 6 And
Complete the sentences to make 2 Was the mission successful? Y them true for you. OU
1 If I hadn’t come to this school, …
2 If I hadn’t met my best friend, … 3 If I had learned how to …
4 If I had been born in a different country, … 64 Unit 6 6.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Fearless Felix
I can understand the main points of a report and talk about space science.
1 Would you jump out of a plane or a hot air balloon? 4
6.07 Listen to the first part of Why? / Why not?
a report about Felix Baumgartner. Were your ideas correct? Use 2
6.06 Study the Vocabulary box. Choose the the prompts to summarise what
correct option. Listen and check. happened. 1 First, Felix put on …
Vocabulary Space science 2 Then he got into …
atmosphere balloon capsule engine force gravity 3 The bal oon took him … helium oxygen parachute sound barrier 4 When he reached the right height, …
1 Humans need oxygen / helium to breathe. 5 Final y, he opened …
2 The Concorde was a jet plane which broke the engine / sound barrier. 5
3 The force which attracts objects towards the Earth is
6.08 Listen to the second
part of the report. Complete the
parachute / gravity. notes with a word or phrase.
4 Helium is a very light gas which is used in bal oons / parachutes.
5 A jet engine / atmosphere is very powerful. Name: Felix Baumgartner
6 Greenhouse gases damage the Earth’s sound
Date of jump: 114 October 2012 barrier / atmosphere. Location: 2 , USA 3 Nationality: 3
Look at the pictures and read the information. What
do you think happened? Explain your ideas. Age: 42 Height of about 4 jump: kilometres Felix Baumgartner’s Speed: 5 kilometres record-breaking adventure! per hour Time in 6 minutes Felix jumps from the free fall: and seconds capsule under the balloon. Cost: 7 of US dollars The giant helium balloon travels upwards for about And
6 In pairs, decide what two and a half hours. YOU you would do and how you would feel in each situation. What would you do if: He free-falls before
1 you had to climb ten metres up opening his parachute. a climbing wall to win a big prize?
If I had to climb ten metres up a climbing wall, … His descent takes
2 your friend invited you to fly in ten minutes at a hot air balloon? high speed. Unit 6 65 6.6
SPEAKING Warnings and prohibition
I can give a warning and tell somebody not to do something. 3
6.09 Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions.
1 What are they using the drone for?
2 Was Bình’s drone expensive?
3 What does An think of the drone? 4 Was the crash An’s fault?
4 Study the Speaking box. Find examples of
warnings and prohibition in the dialogue.
Speaking Warnings and prohibition Warnings Mind out!
Bình: An, I’ve got a great idea for our science
Mind the steps / ladder / wet floor.
project. We didn’t get a photo of the comet, Look out!
but we can make a great film with this! Watch out! / Be careful! An: What is that?
Watch out for the people / bicycles / dogs!
If you’re not careful, you’ll …
Bình: It’s my birthday present. It’s a drone with a
small camera on it – here. You can get them Prohibition for a good price now.
You can’t / mustn’t do that!
An: That’s so neat! How fast does it fly?
You aren’t allowed to … it when …
Bình: I don’t know. Let’s try it. Right, the camera’s
Don’t fly too high / go too fast. on. We’re off! Mind out!
Keep off the flower beds / grass / carpet.
An: Awesome! Be careful – don’t fly too high. Make sure you don’t …
You mustn’t get in the way of planes. Later:
5 In pairs, take turns to explain what each
Bình: Watch out! You can’t do that! If you’re not sign means. Tell the class. careful, you’ll … crash! Skateboards and Smoking
An: Wel , if you hadn’t pressed the wrong button, bikes are not allowed prohibited it wouldn’t have crashed! in the park.
Bình: It’s OK. There’s no damage. Phew! Let’s check the recording. It is forbidden to No camping permitted. take photos in
An: That’s amazing! This will be perfect for our No fires or barbecues. this exhibition. project. That’s so neat! OUT of
6 What would you say in each We’re off! class And
situation? Use phrases from the YOU Speaking box.
1 Do you think people should be allowed to use ● You see a cyclist riding drones? Why? / Why not?
towards your friend quite fast.
Drones are not a good idea because they can ●
Your little brother is playing online games be a danger to planes. all evening. ●
There is ice on the path where you and
2 Look at the photo. What are An and Bình your friends are walking.
doing? What problems might they have? ●
Your dad is driving the wrong way up a one-way street. 66 Unit 6 6.7 WRITING A paragraph
I can write an essay discussing advantages and disadvantages of space travel.
1 If you won a trip into space, would
3 Work in pairs. Read Nina's essay. List the
you rather go to the moon, to Mars or
advantages and disadvantages Nina gives for
visit the International Space Station?
space travel. Are they the same as your ideas in Exercise 2?
4 Study the Writing box. Find examples of these phrases in Nina’s essay. Writing An essay Introduction
Nowadays, many / more and more people …
Many people believe / have wanted …
But is … really useful / good …? Is … worth …?
Listing advantages and disadvantages
On the one hand, … On the other hand, …
Firstly, … / Secondly, … / Moreover, …
One / Another / The main advantage / disadvantage is (that) …
2 In pairs, make a list of the
One / Another reason for … is …
advantages and disadvantages of Finally, …
space travel. Compare your ideas
Giving and justifying opinions with the class. I believe … In my opinion, …
Since the first space flight in 1961, It seems …
many people have dreamed of travelling For example, …
into space. This essay will discuss the This is because …
advantages and disadvantages of space Ending travel. To sum up, … In conclusion, …
On the one hand, I believe space travel
might be useful for humans in the future.
For example, the main advantage is that
we can look for another planet to live on, Writing Time
like Mars. This would be useful if we had
climate problems here on Earth.
5 Write another paragraph (100-120 words) about the
advantages and disadvantages of space travel. You
On the other hand, I think space travel can use the following ideas.
is too expensive to invest in. Things Advantages
like hospitals and education are more
1 Scientific discovery: better understanding of our
important and need this money instead.
own planet, the solar system, and the wider universe
Another disadvantage is that it’s very
2 Resource exploration: valuable resources, such as
dangerous because of the speed and the rare metals and minerals distance. Disadvantages
1 Environmental impacts: negative environmental
To sum up, if I had to choose, I would forget
impacts, such as the production of space debris
about space travel and try to look after planet Earth better.
2 Health risks: negative effects on human health,
including muscle atrophy, bone loss, and Nina radiation exposure Unit 6 67
GLOSSARY Expressions related to space adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase ambition /æmˈbɪʃən/ n tham vọng meteorite /ˈmiːtiəraɪt/ n mảnh thiên thạch
astronomer /əˈstrɒnəmə/ n
nhà thiên văn học mission /ˈmɪʃən/ n sứ mệnh binoculars /bɪˈnɒkjələz/ n ống nhòm parachute /ˈpærəʃuːt/ n dù bay capsule /ˈkæpsjuːl/ n tàu con thoi
pilot’s licence /paɪləts laɪsns/ np bằng lái phi công certificate /səˈtɪfɪkət/ n giấy chứng nhận record- /ˈrekɔːd ˌbreɪkɪŋ/ adj phá kỉ lục breaking comet /ˈkɒmɪt/ n sao chổi satellite /ˈsætəlaɪt/ n vệ tinh damage /ˈdæmɪdʒ/ v làm hư hại scientific /ˌsaɪənˈtɪfɪk/ adj có tính khoa học drone /drəʊn/ n máy bay không
solar system /ˈsəʊlə sɪstəm/ np hệ mặt trời người lái
sound barrier /ˈsaʊnd bæriə/ np rào cản âm thanh
experiment /ɪkˈsperəmənt/ n thí nghiệm
space camp /speɪs kæmp/ np trại ngoài footprint /ˈfʊtprɪnt/ n dấu chân không gian free fall /friː fɔːl/ np rơi tự do spacecraft /ˈspeɪskrɑːft/ np tàu vũ trụ galaxy /ˈɡæləksi/ n dải ngân hà telescope /ˈteləskəʊp/ n kính viễn vọng gravity /ˈɡrævɪti/ n trọng lực Venus /ˈviːnəs/ n Sao Kim light year /laɪt jɪə/ np năm ánh sáng visible /ˈvɪzəbl/ adj dễ thấy VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find: 4
6.10 PRONUNCIATION Listen to the
1 two man-made objects you can find in
sentences. Notice the pronunciation of space:
weak forms in the underlined words.
2 a scientist who observes stars and
1 I’d find out more if I were you. planets:
2 If I hadn’t phoned you, I wouldn’t have 3 an aircraft without a pilot: known about it.
4 an object orbiting around a planet:
3 It’s travelling at a speed of 1,000 miles
5 an expression to describe a length of an hour. time or distance:
4 If I won the lottery, I’d buy a ticket to the moon.
2 In pairs, write definitions for two words
5 What would have happened if they had
from the glossary. Give your definitions to missed the plane?
another pair. Can they guess the words?
6 I’d love to travel to Mars.
3 Work in pairs. Choose two words from the 5
6.11 Listen again and repeat the
glossary each. Your partner must write a sentences. sentence including both words.
A: astronomer, binoculars
6 Work in pairs. Student A is an astronaut.
B: An astronomer uses binoculars to observe
Student B asks Student A to describe what stars. he / she does in a day.
Every day, I wake up at … 68 Unit 6 Revision VOCABULARY Life in space
1 Write the correct word for each definition.
Life as an astronaut is very strange. First of all,
1 an item of clothing that astronauts wear
it’s very quiet. Radio waves can travel in space,
s p a c e s u i t
but sound waves can’t. So astronauts wouldn’t
2 a place where you can learn about planets
hear the other astronauts if they 1didn’t wear p
(not wear) radio headphones! Then, of
3 the measurement of how fast something
course, there’s no gravity. What 2 travels s
(happen) if an astronaut cried in space? Or if
4 a smal , light flying machine with a camera he 3
(drop) his sandwich? Well, the tears and the sandwich 4 (stay) in d
the air! And at bedtime, they 5 (not
5 how long an object is from one end to the
fall) asleep unless they fixed themselves to the other l
‘bed’. However, one good thing happens as
6 a moving space object with a long bright
a result of zero gravity: your back stretches ‘tail’ c
about five or six centimeters. So if you 6
(want) to grow taller, you should
2 Complete the quiz with the nouns below. travel into space! There is one extra noun. Earth light year million
4 Complete the Third Conditional sentences solar system thousand Venus
with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1 We wouldn’t have seen (not see) the stars
if the sky hadn’t been (not be) clear. 2 She (not become) an astronaut if she (not be) to space camp. Did you know that: 3 If somebody (tel ) me about the
1 the sun is about the same size as one space documentary, I (watch) it. million Earths? 4 If he (not read) that book about
2 there are thousands of planets in the space, he (not study) physics.
universe, but only eight in our ?
3 two of those eight planets, and SPEAKING
Mercury, don’t have any moons?
4 ancient astronomers believed that the
5 Match the sentences with the situations.
was at the centre of the
What else could you say? Then role-play universe? the situation in pairs.
5 the edge of space is called the Karman Line? 1
You see a young child running to It’s one hundred metres above pick up a ball from the road.
the Earth (that’s 100 kilometers!) 2
Your teacher is carrying a lot of
books and can’t see that the floor is wet. 3
Your sister is going to fly a drone in a busy children’s play park. GRAMMAR a Be careful! You might slip! 3
6.12 Complete the Second Conditional
b You mustn’t use it here. You’ll have to go
sentences in the article with the correct form of somewhere else.
the verbs in brackets. Listen and check.
c Mind out! There’s a car coming. Unit 6 69 7 Take a deep breath 7.1
VOCABULARY Sickness and health VOCABULARY Health problems |
I can talk about health problems. At the doctor’s | Extreme sports
1 Study the Vocabulary box. In pairs, use the words and phrases to
describe the people in the picture. GRAMMAR
I think the girl has got asthma. Perhaps the boy has got a virus. Reported speech | Reported commands and
The woman has got a headache. The boy is sneezing. requests
Vocabulary Health problems allergy asthma bug food poisoning
hay fever infection injury insomnia
migraine virus travel sickness
2 Look at the posters from the doctor’s waiting room. Choose the
correct explanation for each poster.
1 a Wait here if you think you have a food al ergy.
b You don’t have to wait for a food al ergy test.
c Everybody should get a food al ergy test now.
2 a If you want to go to the asthma clinic, arrange a time with the nurse.
b You can check the hours of the asthma clinic with the nurse.
c The nurse will be at the asthma clinic.
3 a Sealegs wristbands are for sale at the chemist’s.
b You can get free Sealegs wristbands at the chemist’s.
c You can buy Sealegs wristbands from the doctor. 70 Unit 7 3
7.01 WORD FRIENDS Complete the Word 4
7.02 Listen to a conversation
Friends box with the words below. Listen and
between a doctor and a patient. check.
Tick (✔) the phrases you hear in the Word Friends box.
a check-up a rash a temperature
some tablets your blood pressure 5
7.03 Listen again. Answer the your voice questions. 1 What is the boy’s problem? Word Friends 2 What does the doctor do? Feeling ill
3 What is the doctor’s advice?
come down with the flu / something
4 Is the boy happy with the doctor’s
have 1a rash / a runny nose / advice? Why? / Why not? 2 / a nose bleed / a cough / an infection lose your appetite / 3 Seeing the doctor get a prescription have 4 listen to your chest take your temperature / 5 And
6 In pairs, ask and answer the YOU Getting better questions. get lots of rest 1 Do you or does anyone in stay in bed your family have an al ergy? take medicine / 6
2 What do you do when you feel stressed?
3 When did you last have a virus? How did you feel? Unit 7 71 7.2 GRAMMAR Reported speech
I can report what somebody else has said.
1 If a person is colour blind, why
4 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of reported
is it difficult to do the things speech in the text. below?
Grammar Reported statements and questions cook choose clothes
Present Simple Past Simple drive a car
‘I have a headache.’ He said (that) he had a headache. read a geography book
Present Continuous Past Continuous
‘I’m getting better.’ She said (that) she was getting better.
2 Look at the photo in the text.
What sort of test do you think
Past Simple Past Perfect this is?
‘I wanted to be a doctor.’ He said (that) he had wanted to be a doctor. will would When twelve-year-old George
‘My mum will do it’. He said (that) his mum would do it. said that he was getting can could headaches at school, his
‘I can’t see anything’. She said (that) she couldn’t see anything. dad made an appointment Questions for an eye test. The optician
‘Do you work in a hospital?’ She asked me if I worked in a showed him some coloured hospital. images and asked him what
‘What time is it?’ He asked what time it was. numbers he could see, Other changes but George found the task
We often change pronouns, time phrases and place adverbials. difficult. The optician then
now then here there this month that month asked him what his plans
yesterday the previous day / the day before
were for the future. George said that tomorrow the following day
he hoped to be a pilot. ‘That might be
‘My brother was here yesterday.’ The girl said her brother had
difficult,’ said the doctor, ‘because you’re been there the day before.
colour-blind’. She told George that he
probably wouldn’t be able to fly planes
5 Rewrite the questions in reported speech.
in the future. He was very disappointed.
1 ‘What time does the doctor finish?’ I asked.
Later at home, his mum told him that
I asked what time the doctor finished.
colour-blindness ran in the family and
2 ‘When are they leaving?’ Rachel asked.
said his grandad had the same problem,
3 ‘Does it hurt?’ the nurse asked.
but that he had learned to live well
4 ‘When did you take the medicine?’ he asked me.
with it. She said that he couldn’t tell
the difference between some colours.
5 ‘Did Emma see the doctor yesterday’ I asked.
George asked if that was why his grandad
6 ‘Can I make the appointment tomorrow?’ Liam asked.
didn’t drive a car. ‘No,’ said his mum. ‘You
7 ‘My friends will wait for me here’ I told Laura.
can drive when you’re colour-blind. He
8 ‘My mother has worked as a nurse for five years’ Mary just never enjoyed driving.’ told her new neighbour. And 6 YOU
Work in pairs. Think of the last time somebody
told you some important news. What did they
3 Read the text quickly. say? How did you feel? Why did George go to the
My friend told me she passed the test into the high school doctor? she wanted. 72 Unit 7 7.3
READING and VOCABULARY What to do if you’ve got a cold
I can understand specific details in different types of text.
1 How often do you get a cold? Do you try to 5
7.05 Read the blog post. Answer the
avoid a person who’s got a cold? Why? / Why
questions. Do not use more than three not? words.
2 Look at the highlighted words in the two texts.
Check your understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
I’ve always blogged about keeping healthy, but
guess what! Today I’m sweating, my throat hurts, my
3 Look at the poster. Where do you think you
nose is running and my head feels like it’s going to might see this information?
explode. Yes, I’ve caught a cold and I’ve got a party
on Saturday! I think it’s time to find some cool ideas
Achoo! Have you got a cold? to help me get better fast.
Read on for some great tips!
Eating well is super important. Fruit and vegetables
are a must, but I’ve read that onions can fight a virus
if you eat them raw – just like eating an apple! Yuk!
I might try it, but I don’t think anyone will want to
Always feed a cold. Perhaps you don’t feel
talk to me at the party! Another remedy is chocolate.
like eating, but your body needs vitamins, so eat
Apparently, dark chocolate can stop a cough, so I’m small amounts regularly.
definitely going to try that. Hot chocolate with chilli
Try hot chicken soup. Your body needs food and
works best because the spice fights the cold. Yum!
water. Hot soup clears your nose and the water in it hydrates you.
I’ve got a virus but I’m going to grab some chocolate
and go to bed. Wishing you all a happy and healthy
Fresh air won’t make your cold worse and might weekend!
make you feel better. But if you go outside, remember to wear warm clothes.
Don’t get too hot. Some people think it’s good to
1 What does the blogger normal y write
sweat if you’ve got a cold, but you will feel worse. about?
Get lots of vitamin C. You don’t have to drink loads
2 How long does the blogger hope the virus
of orange juice. Some green vegetables have more will last?
vitamin C in them. So try some broccoli.
3 What effect do raw onions have on a virus?
4 What is dark chocolate good for? 4 And
7.04 Read the poster. Mark the
6 In pairs, take turns to answer
sentences T (true) or F (false). YOU
the questions. Use information 1
You should try to stop eating when
from the two texts and your own you’ve got a cold. experience. 2
Soup can help a cold, but you
1 What do you think are the best remedies must drink water with it. for a cold? 3
Going outside can help when you’ve
I always drink hot lemon and honey. got a cold.
2 How do you feel when you’ve got a cold? 4
Sweating won’t make you feel better.
Do you try to carry on with your life or do 5
Orange juice is the best source
you usual y stay in bed and rest? of vitamin C. Unit 7 73 7.4
GRAMMAR Reported commands and requests
I can use reported speech to talk about commands and requests. 2
7.06 Listen. Why does Trúc Anh lift Bình's head?
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of
reported commands and requests in the dialogue.
Grammar Reported commands and requests Commands
‘Move the left leg first.’ I told you to move the left leg first.
‘Don’t rush.’ She told us not to rush. Requests
‘Can you help me, please?’ He asked them to help him.
‘Please don’t touch the medical equipment.’
Trúc Anh: You go first, Bình. Lie down,
She asked us not to touch the medical equipment. please. What are you doing? Bình: You asked me to lie down!
4 Rewrite the commands and requests in reported
Trúc Anh: Yes, but not with your legs up on speech.
that chair! Come on, Bình. Please
1 ‘Put a bandage on my arm.’
be serious! I real y want to learn
She told me to put a bandage on her arm .
this. I’d love to be a first aider at
2 ‘Please don’t use mobile phones in the hospital.’ festivals one day. The nurse asked us . Bình: OK, I was just messing about.
3 ‘Don’t do any sports for the next six weeks.’
Trúc Anh: Now, the instructor told us to The doctor told him .
start by bending this arm – like
4 ‘Please help me with my biology homework.’
this. And then I pull your other Sarah asked her mum .
hand and put it on your cheek. I asked you to be serious! 5 Bình: Sorry!
7.07 Complete the text with the correct form of
the verbs in brackets. Listen and check.
Trúc Anh: Then he told us to bend the knee and then I need to pull the leg over.
Matt Hanford is a first aid specialist at festivals and Bình: Gently! Young first
events – and he’s just sixteen years old. It all began
Trúc Anh: Oh yes! Sorry, Bình. Now
AIDERS when Matt’s teacher 1asked (ask) his class to take I need to move your head a Matt’s story
(take) part in a first aid course. Matt really enjoyed it bit so you can breathe OK.
and his local first aid organisation 2 (ask) Anything else? him
(become) a first aider. The first event Matt helped at was Bình: Yes. Call an ambulance!
a rock music festival. He was a bit nervous at first, but his colleagues Trúc Anh: Very funny! 3 (tell) him
(not worry) and he loved the experience.
Last week his first aid team leader 4 (ask) him Please be serious! OUT
(help) at a rugby match. When we 5 (ask) Matt of
I was just messing about.
(explain) why he likes being a first aider, he told us it’s because he loves
helping people – and going to lots of great events! Very funny! class 1 And
Look at the photo. What are Phong
6 Work in pairs. Ask and answer about
and Trúc Anh doing? Why is it
what to do in case of a finger cut, YOU
important to put someone who is hurt
allergy and choking. Use reported in the recovery position? commands and requests.
A: What do you often do when you have a finger cut?
B: My parents told me to wash my hands with soap,
then use a clean cloth to hold the wound … 74 Unit 7 7.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Extreme sports
I can listen for specific details and talk about extreme sports. A C D F E B 4
7.10 Listen to a girl leaving a message about her birthday
1 Which sports can you see in the photos? Which do
party. Which of the sports in the
you think look the most exciting? Why?
Vocabulary box is she going to do at her party? 2
7.08 Study the Vocabulary box. Write the
words in the correct category. Use a dictionary if 5
7.11 Listen again. Complete necessary. Listen and check. the notes.
Vocabulary Extreme sports
Harriet’s extreme party!
abseiling BMXing bodyboarding bungee jumping Where: 1 (opposite free running hang-gliding (ice) climbing kite-surfing 2 and ne
parachuting paragliding sandboarding sky-diving xt to the lei
snowboarding white-water rafting sure centre) When: Saturday @ 3 a.m. ● on land: , , , ,
Tell Harriet’s mum about any , 4 ● in the air: , , , , Must wear: 5 and trousers
Phone Katy’s mum about lift (m ● on / in the water: , , obile no: 6 ) 3
7.09 Complete the sentences with words from
the Vocabulary box. Listen and check.
1 I love BMXing and I just got a new bike for my birthday. 6 And
2 On our holiday in Tunisia, we went in Have you ever tried an the desert.
extreme sport? Discuss in YOU pairs. 3 We’re going on the Salmon River – I hope I don’t fall in! ● If so, which one? How 4 My dad went once, but he was too did you feel?
scared to jump out of the plane! ●
If not, which extreme sport would 5 We do
around our town. It’s a mix of you like to try? Why? athletics and acrobatics.
I’ve never tried an extreme sport, but 6 I tried
for the first time today. We wore
I’d like to try hang-gliding because I
ropes and went down a ten-metre rock.
think it’s the nearest thing to flying! It
would be amazing to see everything from high up. Unit 7 75 7.6
SPEAKING Asking for and giving advice I can ask for and give advice.
4 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples in the dialogue.
Speaking Asking for and giving advice Asking for advice What do you suggest?
If you were me, what would you do? What’s your advice? Any ideas what to do? Giving advice
If I were you, I’d drink warm water with some honey and lemon.
Trúc Anh: You’ve got to help me. I can’t get rid You’d better see a doctor.
of these hiccups. It’s driving me mad! You should / ought to go home. Any ideas what to do? I suggest taking some rest. An:
Have you tried holding your breath? It might be a good idea to …
Trúc Anh: Yes. It didn’t work!
Have you thought about making an appointment Bình:
I know it sounds weird, but if I to see the doctor?
were you, I’d try drinking some
Have you tried putting some cream on it?
water upside down. Drink from the Try holding your nose. opposite side of the glass.
I’d recommend / advise / suggest taking an aspirin.
Trúc Anh: OK. I’ll give it a go. Oh no, the water
Being unable to give advice has gone everywhere!
I don’t know what to advise / suggest, I’m afraid. An:
I know! I saw this on TV. Try blocking
I wish I could help / suggest something, but I …
your ears and nose and drinking the
I’m afraid I can’t really help you.
water. It’s supposed to work every time!
Trúc Anh: OK, I’ll block my ears, but … 5
7.13 Complete the dialogues with words An: I’ll hold your nose.
from the Speaking box. Listen and check. Phong:
And I’ll take the glass of water. Take
1 A: I’ve got a rash on my stomach. What’s a sip. your advice ?
Trúc Anh: Wait a minute. My hiccups have B: It might be a good to see a gone! Thanks, Phong!
doctor. It could be something serious.
2 A: I’ve had a runny nose for a few days. It’s driving me mad!
I know it sounds weird, but … OUTof What do you ? I’ll give it a go. class B: I don’t know to advise, I’m afraid.
I think you’ll just have to wait for it to go.
1 Do you know a cure for hiccups? What is it 3 A: I feel a bit dizzy. ideas what to do? and does it work? B: If I you, I’d have something to
I’ve heard that eating a slice of lemon can eat and sit down for a while.
stop hiccups, but I haven’t tried it because I don’t like lemons! And 2
6 In pairs, each choose one of the
Look at the photo. What do you think is
problems below. Take turns to ask YOU happening? for and give advice. 3
7.12 Listen. Do the friends stop ● a bad headache Trúc Anh’s hiccups? How? ● a sore throat ● itchy eyes and sneezing 76 Unit 7 7.7
WRITING Healthy lifestyle
I can write a survey about health-related habits and experiences.
1 Complete the survey about you.
3 Work in groups. Imagine you want to survey your
classmates about their health issues. Tick (✔) the
questions you will ask. Add other five questions.
1 How many servings of fruits and
1 How often do you have a hiccup that lasts for vegetables do you eat on an more than an hour? average day?
2 How often do you get a cold or flu each year? a Less than 1 serving
3 Have you ever performed first-aid on yourself or b 1-2 servings someone else? c 3-4 servings
4 Have you ever visited a doctor for a health issue d 5 or more servings related to hiccups? 2 How often do you engage in
5 How often do you visit a doctor for routine
physical activities such as jogging, check-ups? cycling, swimming, or playing
6 How often do you experience symptoms of anxiety sports? or depression? a Less than once a week
7 Have you tried meditation to treat a health issue? b 1-2 times a week c 3-4 times a week Writing A survey
d 5 or more times a week
3 How many hours of sleep do you
Writing effective survey questions: often get per night? • Write simple questions. a Less than 6 hours
• Ask specific questions: Instead of asking "Do you b 6-7 hours
exercise regularly?", ask "How many times per week c 7-8 hours
do you engage in physical activities?" d More than 8 hours
• Avoid asking two questions at a time.
4 How often do you consume sugary
• Write options that are the same in forms. drinks such as soda or coke?
• Write questions that are appropriate and relevant to a Every day the target audience. b 2-3 times a week • Avoid yes / no questions. c Once a week or less d Never
5 Have you ever been diagnosed
4 Read the Writing box and decide which questions in
with migraine, high blood pressure,
Exercise 1 and 3 should not be used. or asthma? a Yes b No
6 How often do you see a doctor? Writing Time
a Every two years or more b Every year
5 Work in groups. Write a health survey (100-120 words) c Every month
about exercising habits to adults. Write from 5 d Every week
to 8 questions and three or four options for each question. 2
6 Give your survey to as many adults as you can. Work in groups. Discuss these
Report the results of the survey to the class later. questions: 1 What is a survey?
2 What is the purpose of a survey?
3 Who can do the survey in Exercise 1? Unit 7 77
GLOSSARY Health problems | Adjectives and nouns for il ness | Extreme sports adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase allergic /əˈlɜːdʒɪk/ adj bị dị ứng
hang-gliding /ˈhæŋ ɡlaɪdɪŋ/ n dù lượn allergy /ˈælədʒi/ n sự dị ứng hiccup /ˈhɪkʌp/ n nấc cụt ambulance /ˈæmbjʊləns/ n xe cứu thương hold your /həʊld jə breθ/ vp giữ hơi thở
appointment /əˈpɔɪntmənt/ n cuộc hẹn breath bandage /ˈbændɪdʒ/ n gạc băng bó hydrate /ˈhaɪdreɪt/ v bổ sung nước bend /bend/ v bẻ cong ice climbing /ˈaɪs ˌklaɪmɪŋ/ np môn leo băng
bodyboarding /ˈbɒdibɔːdɪŋ/ n môn lướt ván itchy /ˈɪtʃi/ adj ngứa bụng kitesurfing /ˈkaɪtsɜːfɪŋ/ n môn lướt ván bungee /ˈbʌndʒi np nhảy bungee diều jumping ˌdʒʌmpɪŋ/ migraine /ˈmiːɡreɪn/ n chứng đau carsick /ˈkɑːsɪk/ adj say xe /ˈmaɪɡreɪn/ nửa đầu clinic /ˈklɪnɪk/ n phòng khám muscle /mʌsl/ n cơ bắp come down
/kʌm daʊn wɪð/ vp bị ốm
parachuting /ˈpærəʃuːtɪŋ/ n môn nhảy dù with paragliding /ˈpærəɡlaɪdɪŋ/ n môn dù lượn dyslexic /dɪsˈleksɪk/ adj mắc chứng khó đọc plaster /ˈplɑːstə/ n băng dán explode /ɪkˈspləʊd/ v nổ tung recovery /rɪˈkʌvəri np vị trí position pəˌzɪʃən/ phục hồi
extreme sports /ɪkˈstriːm spɔːts/ np thể thao mạo hiểm remedy /ˈremədi/ n biện pháp khắc phục first aid /ˌfɜːst ˈeɪd/ np sơ cứu seasickness first aider /ˈsiːsɪknəs/ n say sóng /ˌfɜːst ˈeɪdə/ np người sơ cứu food poisoning skydiving /ˈskaɪdaɪvɪŋ/ n môn nhảy dù
/ˈfuːd pɔɪzənɪŋ/ np ngộ độc thực phẩm sneeze /sniːz/ v hắt hơi VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to find: 4
7.14 PRONUNCIATION Listen and
1 four nouns related to medical conditions: .. repeat the groups of words.
2 four adjectives to describe a medical condition: ..
Sometimes the stress moves, depending
on the part of speech. Sometimes it stays
3 one sport you do on water: .. the same.
4 three extreme sports you do in air: .. Stress moves: operate, operation
2 Choose the correct option.
Stress doesn’t move: injure, injury, injured
1 What do you do if you take /have a 5 nosebleed?
7.15 Mark the stress in the words
below. Write them in the correct category
2 What can you do if you lose / get your
in Exercise 4. Listen and check. appetite?
3 When did you last have / take a check-up? allergy, allergic
4 Has the doctor ever had / taken your asthma, asthmatic temperature? If so, when? depress, depression dyslexia, dyslexic
3 In pairs, ask and answer the questions in infect, infection, infected Exercise 2. prescribe, prescription
A: What do you do if you have a nosebleed?
B: I put a wet towel on my nose. 78 Unit 7 Revision VOCABULARY GRAMMAR
1 Write the correct health problem for
4 Read the dialogue. Complete the text below with each situation. one or two words in each gap.
1 It’s like a terrible headache and
Alice: I feel awful. I can’t get rid of my headache. I need to stay in the dark.
Mark: I had a bad one last week and my teacher
m i g r a i n e
sent me home. Have you talked to your teacher?
2 I ate some fresh fish, but I was sick as soon as I got home.
Alice: Yes, she just gave me a glass of water! Do you f p have an aspirin?
Mark: No, I don’t. Sorry. Go and see the school
3 I go to bed tired, but I lie awake nurse. for hours. i
4 Sometimes I find it difficult to
Alice told Max she 1felt awful. She said she breathe. a 2 get rid of her headache.
Mark said that he had had a bad one the
5 I cut my finger and didn’t week 3 and that his teacher
clean it properly. It’s very red 4
sent him home. He asked Alice and painful. i 5
she had talked to her teacher. She said
6 I fell and hurt my back doing the teacher had just 6 her water.
sport, but it’s getting better. Then Alice asked Mark if he i 7 an aspirin. Mark said he
2 Have you ever suffered from any of 8 and
the problems in Exercise 1? Discuss told Alice in pairs. 9 go and see the
3 Complete the text with the words school nurse. below. dizzy dizziness ill painful
prescribe tiredness travel sickness Motion sickness SPEAKING
It’s that horrible feeling that starts in 5
your stomach. You feel 1dizzy , you feel
Work in pairs. Student A, your partner is ill. Find
sick and for some people it ends with
out what’s wrong and give him / her some advice. a 2 headache. Although
Student B, imagine you have a health problem. Tell it’s often called 3 , it’s really
your partner about it. Follow the instructions below.
motion sickness. Some people get it
A: Say hel o. Ask your friend how he / she is.
on exciting rides at the fair or even
B: Say you aren’t wel . Explain what the problem is. watching 3D movies where they A: Give your friend advice. complain of 4 and nausea.
B: Say you’ve tried that, but it doesn’t work.
In very serious cases, the doctor might A: Suggest something else. 5 tablets, but there are other
B: Again, tell your friend that doesn’t work and why.
remedies such as ginger or wristbands that don’t cause 6 . Other
A: Say you can’t help, but hope your friend feels
remedies include sitting on brown paper! better soon.
Maybe it’s worth trying as nobody wants B: Thank your friend. to be 7 on holiday. Unit 7 79 8 World Englishes 8.1 VOCABULARY English as an international language VOCABULARY
English as an international
I can talk about the spread of English as
language | Differences between an international language.
American and British English |
English accents | Presentation
1 How popular is English? Take the quiz about the use of English fluency
around the world. You can choose more than one option. GRAMMAR
1 Approximately how many people speak English as a first Wishes with Past Simple | language? Deduction about the present a nearly 400 million people b 1 billion people c 1.5 billion people d 2 billion people
2 Which international organization uses English as its official language? a United Nations b European Union c World Trade Organization d African Union
3 Which of the fol owing is not a reason why English is an international language?
a It is the easiest language to learn.
b It is the language of science and technology.
c It is the language of international business.
d It is the language of communication.
4 According to Kachru (1985), which countries are NOT in the inner circle? a Canada b New Zealand c Philippines d Australia 5 According to Kachru (1985), which countries are NOT in the expanding circle? a China b Japan c Nam d Sri Lanka 80 Unit 8 (Kachru, 1985) True False 2
8.01 Look at the Vocabulary box. What 1 Trúc Anh cannot
do these words mean? Listen and repeat. Then understand Marcus easily.
fill in the blanks with these words to match their 2 Marcus has a Vietnamese definitions. accent. Vocabulary 3 Marcus’ mother tongue is English. accent accuracy dialect 4 Phong and Trúc Anh are fluency intonation minority language not used to Irish-English. mother tongue target language 5 Singaporeans learn English more easily than 1 a less common the Vietnamese do. language
6 English is used as an official 2 form of a language used by language in the Philippines.
a social group or in a specific region 7 Singaporeans don’t speak 3 the way in which the level English quite fluently.
of your voice changes to add meaning to your words
4 Check if you understand the Word 4 the way someone
Friends in the box. Complete the pronounces words
sentences with their correct form. 5 the degree of being correct 6 someone’s first and main Word Friends language acquire a language 7 a language you are learning become a fluent speaker 8
the ability to speak very wel , have a command of often smoothly and confidently hold a conversation in encounter language barriers 3
8.02 Listen to a dialogue between
Gia Phong and Trúc Anh talking about their
1 Our Canadian teachers don’t
experiences of learning English. Tick (✔) the Vietnamese. They do not
sentences below as True or False.
understand our conversations in class. 2 I was unable to English until I
Phong: Can you understand Marcus, Trúc Anh? became fluent.
Trúc Anh: It’s very difficult. I think it’s because he
3 Practising is the best way to .
has a strong Irish accent. But his mother
Fluency needs a lot of time to develop.
tongue is English. He just speaks a different 4 Susan when she visited the
dialect than what we are used to.
US. She could hardly understand what
Phong: Yes, I think accent is very important. We are American people said.
speaking with Vietnamese English accent 5 It’s hard work to , but it’s not
right now. I guess it must be hard for non-
impossible. If you think you can, you
Vietnamese to understand our English, too. can.
Trúc Anh: Agree. I know my intonation in English is
not too good. We use English as a foreign language here in Nam. I think that
5 In pairs, share about your And
people who live in countries like the experience of learning YOU
Philippines or Singapore have an English. Talk about:
advantage of learning English as a target ●
language, since English is the official
how you first started to learn English ●
language in their countries, so they hear what you are good / bad at and use English all the time. ●
what your language barriers are Phong:
Yes, I’ve noticed that their English accuracy ●
what your goal in learning English is and fluency are real y good. ●
what you like and dislike about this language. Unit 8 81 8.2
GRAMMAR Wishes with Past Simple
I can express wishes about unreal things at present.
1 In pairs, discuss: When do you often
3 Read the Grammar box. Underline examples of
make a wish? What do you often wish for?
wishes for the present in the dialogue.
Grammar Wishes for the present
We use wish + past simple to express that we want a
situation at present or in the future to be different.
I wish my children spent more time reading English books.
I wish I were a fluent speaker.
S1 + wish / wishes + S1 / S2 + V (Past Simple)
We use wish + past continuous when we want to be doing
a different action at present or in the future.
My son wishes he were studying English rather than maths.
S1 + wish / wishes + S1 / S2 + was / were V-ing
2 Read the dialogue. Answer the questions.
Bình: Hi, An. If you could have one wish related
4 Put the verbs into the correct tense.
to learning English, what would it be? 1 Jack wishes he (have) a good
An: Oh, that's an interesting question. Wel ,
command of the target language so that he
I wish I were a fluent English speaker. It
could communicate effortlessly with native
would be great to express my thoughts speakers.
confidently without any language 2 I wish I (be) more proficient in my barriers.
mother tongue, as it would help me to learn other languages more easily.
Bình: I feel the same way, An. I wish I had 3 I wish my classroom (be) a
more opportunities to practice bilingual environment.
speaking English with native speakers.
It would improve my pronunciation and 4 My brother wishes he (can)
speak the target language with fluency and fluency. confidence.
An: Definitely true! You know what else I 5 We wish our students (have) better
wish? I wish I were able to understand
accuracy in grammar and vocabulary in the
English songs without looking up every target language.
word. I would find listening to music 6 My teachers wish they (use) more more enjoyable.
authentic materials such as movies, books, and
Bình: That's a great wish, An. And you know
news, to enhance our language skil s.
what? I wish I had a chance to study
abroad in an English-speaking country.
I’d like to immerse myself in the English And language and culture.
5 Complete the sentences, then YOU
work in pairs to read aloud these
An: That’s real y nice. I hope our wishes will sentences with your friend. come true one day. ●
I wish I were fluent in English so that I .
1 Who wishes to become a fluent ● I wish I had more time to so speaker? that . 2 Who wishes to study abroad? ● I wish my friends were
3 Who wishes to practise speaking so that . English with native speakers? ● I wish our teachers had
4 Who wishes to understand every word so that . in English songs? ●
I wish I were able to understand so that . 82 Unit 8 8.3
READING and VOCABULARY American and British English
I can understand text organization in an article about the differences between American and British English.
1 Work in pairs. Look at the list. Can you add more American and
examples of the differences between British British English 8.03
English and American English vocabulary?
British English and American English are two
variations of the English language that share many
similarities, but also some notable differences in
pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar.
The pronunciation of American English is one of
the biggest differences. One of the most noticeable car park parking lot
differences is the pronunciation of R. The British tend flat apartment
to pronounce R in the middle and end of words very
softly, but Americans like to stress it. high street main street
Spelling is another difference. Americans often spell
many verbs ending with a -t sound by using -ed as in lift elevator
burnt (BE) and burned (AE). In both of these cases,
the -t is pronounced. British prefer to spell -ise with
2 Read the text about differences between
a S but American prefer to spell it as it is pronounced
American and British English. Choose the with a Z. correct option.
There are even differences in vocabulary. Americans
use the word “pants” for “trousers” and “apartment”
1 What do the different sections of this text
for the word “flat”. focus on?
Grammar is another area of difference. The British a grammar b vocabulary
are more likely to use formal speech, such as “shall”, c similarities d differences
while Americans prefer the more informal version,
“will”. You may hear the British say “needn’t” but
2 Which of the fol owing are used to give more
Americans would almost always use “don’t need to”. explanations to each point?
In spite of these differences, the vast majority of a numbers b facts
language points is the same in both variations. c examples d quotes (other people’s words)
3 Which example is NOT mentioned in the text?
4 Read the text again and complete the a pronunciation of R
sentences below with the highlighted b fluency phrases from the text. c spelling of -ed
1 Most teenagers prefer to learn a / an of English. d apartment vs. flat 2 The of the world’s
4 What final comment does the author make
English speakers live outside of the US.
about differences between American and British English? 3 Nowadays, there are no
between native and non-native English a They need to be memorized. speakers.
b There are not many differences.
4 Both British and American English fol ow c There are many differences.
the same basic grammar rules and
d They are confusing to learners. structures. They .
5 What is the organisation of the text? a compare and contrast 5 b listing
Work in groups. Imagine you will And
have to explain the differences c problem and solution YOU between British and American d time order English to a friend. Make a
poster about these differences. Write your
own examples. Give a talk to the class. Unit 8 83 8.4
GRAMMAR Deductions about the present
I can use modal verbs to make deductions about the present.
1 Look at the photo. An lost her grammar book in the
4 Makes some deductions about
classroom. Where can it be? Make a guess. learning and teaching English
in Thailand at present. Fill in the
blanks with must, may, might,
could or can’t. 1 English private classes be in high demand these days. There’re many new language centers in Bangkok. 2 Online resources and language apps become the primary learning tools for Thai learners. I’m sure it’s in . They provide flexibility and
I’m not quite sure. It is in . convenience. 3 There are many different 2
8.04 Listen and read the dialogue between Nguyên learning methods. Thai
and Phong. Where is Nguyên’s grammar book? students watch English movies or
Phong: Nguyên, look at all the textbooks and study
materials on your desk. Your grammar book must join conversation groups to be one of these. enhance their skil s.
Nguyên: No, I can't find it. It might be on my bed at home, 4 Some Thai learners
or it could be on the bookshelf in my bedroom. be struggling
Phong: Nguyên, it can’t be at your house. I think I’ve seen
with certain aspects of English
it somewhere at school. It might be in the library, grammar. They’ve made a lot so keep looking. of mistakes in their writing.
Nguyên: Oh, it might be in my backpack. Let me see. Here 5 I’m sure the Thai accent it is! You’re right, Phong! have a significant influence on the way Thai
3 Read the Grammar box. Underline the modal verbs used learners speak English. for deductions. 6 Studying abroad be the best option for Thai
Grammar Deductions about the present
students if they don’t try their Must best.
We use must when we feel very sure that something is true or it is highly possible.
He must live near here because he always walks to school. Might, may, could
We use might, may or could to say that we are not quite And
sure that something is true or possible. YO
She is not in the classroom. She might / could / may be in 5 Work in groups. U the music room. Make five Can’t deductions about
We use can't when we feel very sure that something is not learning and teaching English true or possible. in Nam present.
It can’t be easy. Studying 50 words a day is really challenging! 84 Unit 8 8.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY
I can listen for specific details about the different accents of English around the world.
1 What type of accent is spoken in the following 4
8.06 Listen to a linguist talking
countries? Is accent important in communication?
about the different accents of English
around the world. Complete the
summary of the talk with ONE WORD or A NUMBER. 1 English changes as it all over the world.
2 English as spoken in Singapore is cal ed .
3 Singaporeans don’t stress the sound. 4 Singaporeans all syl ables in a word. 5 Sometimes occur as a
result of Singlish pronunciation.
6 Two examples of Singlish include: and . 2
8.05 Listen to four short recordings. Match
the recording with the accents. Write 1-4 next to the accent. And Australian English British English
5 Work in pairs. See if you can guess the YOU Indian English Irish English meanings of the
3 WORD FRIENDS Match the words on the left with following sentences
the words on the right to make Word Friends. in Singaporean English. Then
Then complete the passage with the correct form
practice saying these sentences in of the given words. Singaporean accent.
1 Eh, let's go makan some chicken 1 put a like a song rice at the hawker center. 2 express b emphasis on
2 Can lah, I'll help you carry your 3 flow c agreement bags. 4 pronounce d softly
English accents vary greatly around the world, with each region 1 different sounds and
intonations. In some parts of the United States, for example, the accent is characterized by a flattened
"r" sound. In contrast, English spoken in the Caribbean can 2 , with a melodic intonation.
Meanwhile, speakers of British English are known for their ability to 3 just like whispering. They can 4
or disagreement with other people’s ideas nicely through their intonation. Unit 8 85 8.6
SPEAKING Improving fluency
I can give a fluent presentation about English as an international language. 3
8.08 Listen to two different versions of an opening of a
presentation. Which one is more fluent
(smoother and natural sounding)? 4
8.09 Listen to two recordings
about teaching English in Thailand.
Which version is more fluent? Which tips
in Exercise 2 are used in the more fluent version?
5 Choose one of the following topics.
1 In pairs, look at the picture. Discuss: What makes
Make notes using the mind-map below. a good presenter?
Then practice speaking with your
groups using the tips in Exercise 2. 2
8.07 Listen to a dialogue between Phong
and Trúc Anh about how to give a fluent
1 The role of English in international
presentation. Tick (✔) the tips mentioned. communication
2 The differences between American 1 Don’t speak too quickly. and British English 2
Make sure your ideas are easy to
3 The variety of accents of English understand. around the world 3 Make the opening perfect.
4 How people learn English in your 4
Practice words that are difficult to country pronounce. 5 Don’t speak too slowly. 6
Raise your voice for important points. 7
Slow down for important points. 8
Speak with some notes as the outline. 86 Unit 8 8.7 WRITING A report
I can write a report about how English is used as a foreign language in Nam.
1 Look at the chart below. In which Asian
3 Read the report again. Tick (✔) the
country is English most commonly used?
information included in the report.
Which fact do you find the most suprising? 1
The national language of Cambodia 2
The number of English speakers in
Number of English Speakers in Asia in Millions 140 Cambodia 125 3 The population of Cambodia 120 4
The three main languages spoken in 100 94 90 Cambodia 80 5
Reason why Cambodians live in cities 60 6
Reason why Cambodians learn English 40 7
Reasons why Cambodians study French 20 10.7 3.5 0
4 Read the Writing box and complete the Cambodia India Nepal Pakistan Philippines
sentences using the sentence prompts given.
2 Read a report about English language use
Writing Useful language in a report
in Cambodia. Answer the questions:
Using passive voice: English is spoken in Cambodia.
English is used by student in the classroom. Cambodia
Using statistics: … is used by 3.5 million or roughly English is spoken in
22% of Cambodia’s population. Cambodia; however, it is not the national 1 English is used by . language. The national 2 Now English is taught in . language of Cambodia
3 Information in English is searched by is Khmer. According . to a recent estimate, 4 English is used by about approximately 75% of 3.5 mil ion or roughly adults think that English . 22% of Cambodia’s
population. Along with French and Khmer, English
is one of the three major languages in Cambodia. Writing Time
English is commonly spoken in large Cambodian cities.
5 Write a report (100-120 words) about the
teaching and learning of foreign languages
People of all ages are learning English because they in
Nam. Use the following questions as a
see the value of knowing it. They can communicate
guide. You can search for more information
more easily with foreign travel ers, get jobs with from the Internet.
foreign companies and even use it to get information
from the Internet. Nowadays, children can learn
1 How many languages are taught in
English at schools, at English language centres or Vietnamese schools?
through many multimedia platforms.
2 When do students start to learn English?
(Source: www.cambodia-travel.com)
3 How many periods of English lessons do students have in a week?
1 What is the national language of
4 Which skill (reading, writing, speaking, Cambodia?
listening) do students most want to study?
2 How many major languages are spoken
5 How are students exposed to English in Cambodia?
outside of the classroom? (Internet, movies,
3 How many people in Cambodia are TV, friends, books, etc.) estimated to speak English? Unit 8 87
GLOSSARY Languages | Multiculturalism adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase accent /ˈæksənt/ n giọng intonation /ˌɪntəˈneɪʃən/ n ngữ điệu accuracy /ˈækjərəsi/ n sự chính xác lingua franca /ˌlɪŋɡwə ˈfræŋkə/ np ngôn ngữ quốc tế acquire a /əˈkwaɪə ə vp nắm vững majority /məˈʤɒrəti/ n đa số language ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/ ngôn ngữ
minority language /maɪˈnɒrəti np ngôn ngữ dialect /ˈdaɪəlekt/ n thổ ngữ ˈlæŋɡwɪʤ/ thiểu số fluency /ˈfluːənsi/ n độ trôi chảy
misunderstanding /ˌmɪsʌndəˈstændɪŋ/ n sự hiểu lầm have a /hæv ə vp thành thạo mother tongue command of /ˌmʌðə ˈtʌŋ/ np bằng tiếng mẹ đẻ kəˈmɑːnd ɒv/ (ngôn ngữ) hold a noticeable /ˈnəʊtɪsəbl/ adj đáng chú ý /həʊld ə vp duy trì hội
conversation ˌkɒnvəˈseɪʃən thoại simplify /ˈsɪmplɪfaɪ/ v đơn giản hoá in ɪn/ sound out / saʊnd aʊt/ vp phát ra âm thanh informal /ɪnˈfɔːml np phiên bản target language /ˈtɑːɡɪt læŋɡwɪdʒ/ np ngôn ngữ đích version ˈvɜːʃən/ không
encounter language /ɪnˈkaʊntə vp gặp rào cản chính thức barriers ˈlæŋɡwɪʤ ˈbæriəz/ ngôn ngữ VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 In pairs, discuss the differences between PRONUNCIATION Intonation in yes / no questions the words below.
The intonation fal s slightly then rises at the end of the
1 target language / mother tongue last word in the question. 2 accent / dialect ● Do you speak English?
3 lingua franca / minority language ●
Are you doing your English homework? 4 formal / informal 5 punctuation / spelling 3
8.10 Listen and repeat. 6 audience / viewer
1 Did the audience ignore the main points of his presentation?
2 Match comments 1–7 with the words
2 Will you consider learning another dialect of below they are referring to. English? accuracy fluency grammar
3 Was there a misunderstanding about the spelling
pronunciation stress misunderstanding of colour?
4 Do the majority of Americans prefer to use a more
1 She speaks quickly and smoothly like informal version of English? an English person.
5 Does your English teacher tend to make you
2 I can’t understand her. Her words sound out new words in class? sound strange to me.
3 I have a hard time with verb tenses in
4 Practise saying the sentences with a partner. English.
1 Do the majority of speakers stress the beginning
4 My younger sister speaks like a serious of the word? adult.
2 Is it noticeable that his pronunciation has
5 I often don’t choose the correct improved? words.
3 Does she still have an accent when she speaks
6 English speakers sound out one part formal English?
of a word louder than the other parts.
4 Is learning grammar important if you want to
7 I thought she wanted us to go home become a fluent speaker? early today. I was wrong.
5 Will he encounter language barriers on his trip overseas? 88 Unit 8 Revision VOCABULARY 3 I wish I a good command of
English to be able to talk to foreign
1 Choose the odd one out.
tourists. They’re asking her the way to the local pagoda.
1 accent / intonation / spelling / conversation a had had b had
2 mother tongue / informal version / target language / lingua franca c will have d was having 4 She
have very good writing skil s.
3 acquire a language / point / become a
fluent speaker / have a command of
She finishes the writing task 15 minutes earlier.
4 dialect / presentation / audience / point a must b can
2 Complete the text with ONE WORD in each c can’t d might blank. 5 Jenny wishes she English with
intelligible accent. Many people have
difficulty in understanding what she says. In today's world, having a 1 of the a speaks b had spoken
English language has become increasingly c spoke d was speaking
important. English proficiency is essential for
business, education, medicine, politics, and
science. Therefore, those who don’t speak this LISTENING
language may encounter a number of diffculties 4
8.11 Listen to three students from
in their lives. One of the main difficulties is the
the Philippines talking about how they
limited opportunities to communicate with
have learned English. Tick (✔) the false 2
speakers who use English as their
statements below. Then correct them. mother 3 or those who speak English 1
Students in the Philippines don’t use as their 4 language. Furthermore, the
English to communicate with others dominance of English as a 5 franca outside of school.
can lead to professional and social and cultural 2
Thai and Japanese students are
exclusion. English is often a job requirement in
surrounded by English in their daily
many sectors, and those without English ability lives.
may face limited career opportunities. The lack 3
Students in the Philippines learn English of English 6 can also have social and
like they learn their own language.
cultural implications. Non-English users may 4
Many school subjects are taught in
feel isolated and excluded from social and English. cultural events. 5
Students in the Philippines don’t
spend too much time learning English grammar. 6
English classes in the Philippines focus
on improving writing and grammar. GRAMMAR 7
Students in the Philippines don’t study English every year.
3 Choose the correct option. 1 She be in class now. She usual y
does exercises in the gym at this time. WRITING a can b may c must d can’t
5 Write a report of 100-120 words about how 2 Lena be practising English at the students in Nam and the Philippines
moment. She has excel ent communication learn English. skills. a may b must c can’t d can Unit 8 89 9 A B Let’s get together C D VOCABULARY
Celebrations | Phrases for special occasions | National celebrations | Sounds 9.1 VOCABULARY Celebrations GRAMMAR
I can talk about special occasions. Defining and non-defining relative clauses | Indirect questions 1
9.01 Study the Vocabulary A box. Look at photos (A-F). What
is being celebrated in each photo? Listen and check.
Vocabulary A Celebrations dinner party cultural festival family get-together
house-warming party leaving party Mother’s Day name day
New Year’s Eve party religious ceremony school prom wedding reception 2
9.02 WORD FRIENDS Listen and tick (✔) the phrases from the
Word Friends box that you hear. Word Friends blow out candles make a toast bring good / bad luck put up decorations celebrate a birthday throw a (street) party follow the tradition of turn eighteen / a year older hire a limo (un)wrap presents let off fireworks 90 Unit 9 5 4
9.04 Study the Vocabulary B box. Read the
4.04 Study the Speaking box. Choose the most suitable phrase for
each situation. Listen and check.
text and choose the correct option. Listen and check.
Speaking Phrases for special
Vocabulary B National celebrations Congratulations! custom display flag Cheers!
parade national symbol public holiday
Happy Birthday/Anniversary/Mother’s Day! spectators traditional costume Happy Christmas/New Year!
1 I’m going to a party tonight.
2 I’ve just won a gold medal for swimming! E
3 Has everyone got a drink? Here’s a toast to the best mum!
4 It was thirty years ago today that your grandad and I got married.
5 Look! It’s nearly midnight! Five, four, three, two, one … F
6 CLASS VOTE How do you usually celebrate your birthday? ● with friends? ● at a party?
Maisy’s blog: I ♥ Ireland
7 Complete the quiz with verbs from the Word Friends box.
Yesterday was 17 March and it was St Patrick’s Day.
It’s a public 1 holiday / display in Ireland and that
means that everyone was out celebrating. It was
amazing! There was a huge 2custom / parade in the
centre of Dublin, Ireland’s capital city. There were lots
of people, all dressed in 3national symbol / traditional 3
9.03 Complete the dialogues
costume or fancy dresses.
with the correct form of the verbs
Crowds of people came to watch and most of the
from the Word Friends box. Listen
4spectators / displays were dressed up in green. This and check.
5flag / custom comes from the shamrock, which is a
1 A: In the UK, seeing a black cat is
kind of green leaf and the 6national symbol / traditional
supposed to bring good luck.
costume of Ireland. As you’ll see in my blog photos,
B: Real y? In my country it’s bad
I joined in the fun, wore a really funny tall green luck!
hat and bought an Irish 7custom / flag. The festival 2 A: Aren’t you going to
also included a street party, an awesome fireworks 8 your presents?
parade / display and loads of street performances. It
B: No, not before my friends arrive.
was definitely the best day of my trip to Ireland so far. 3 A: Can I the candles on my cake now?
5 Read the blog post again. Answer the questions.
B: Just wait a minute. I want to take a photo first!
1 When and where is the celebration held? 4 A: What are you doing, Tom? 2 What can you see? B: I’m decorations for my 3 How are the people dressed? little sister’s party. 5 A: Do you remember when our football team won the And championship?
6 In pairs, ask and answer about a YOU
B: Of course! And the neighbours
celebration you have joined. Use the a street party. Brilliant!
questions in Exercise 5 to help you. Unit 9 91 9.2
GRAMMAR Defining and non-defining relative clauses
I can be specific about people, things and places by using defining
and non-defining relative clauses.
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples
of relative clauses in the dialogue.
Grammar Relative clauses Defining relative clauses
That’s the car which / that we hired for the prom.
Students who / that go to the prom usually have fun.
That’s the place where we’re meeting Jack.
Sara’s the girl whose mum teaches at my school.
Non-defining relative clauses
Our school prom, which was last month, was great.
Tom Evans, who is a musician, played the piano.
The hall, where the dance was held, was huge!
Our maths teacher, whose daughter also graduates
this year, will lead the ceremony. Bình: So, shall we go now? An: But where’s the car?
4 Complete the sentences with who, which, Phong: There is no car.
whose or where. Decide if the relative clauses Trúc Anh/An: What?
are defining (D) or non-defining (ND). An: You were the one who was
1 D Look at the tuxedo which I bought in the supposed to organise the sales last week. transport. 2
This is the Olive Tree restaurant, Phong:
Don’t worry, I have. Give us two we celebrated my parents’ minutes. wedding anniversary. Trúc Anh: Space hoppers! You must be 3 Is that Ann Mil er, was at your joking! birthday party? An:
We can’t go on those. Look at the 4 Is this the cake you made? dresses we’re wearing! 5 This is the street the parade Phong:
They’re great fun! My uncle, who will start.
owns a toy shop, got them for us. 6 That’s Jessica Brown, brother is Bình: Come on. It’ll be a laugh! getting married next month. An:
Oh all right. Actual y, it’s quite fun. Phong:
Wel , they say your school prom is
a night that you will never forget! And
1 Look at the photo. Where are they going?
5 In pairs, plan an end-of-year YOU 2
celebration for your school prom.
9.05 Listen to the dialogue and Talk about answer the questions. ● where it will be held
1 What transport will they travel in? ● who will be invited
2 How do they feel about the transport? ● what people will wear
Use relative clauses in your talk.
We should hold the celebration in a place where … 92 Unit 9 9.3
READING and VOCABULARY Fun attractions
I can understand the main points of an article and talk about tourist attractions.
1 What’s the best place for a visitor to your town
3 Match the paragraphs with the headings. or city to go to? Why? 1 Bean-throwing festival 2
9.06 Read the texts. Look at the 2 Cats .. everywhere!
highlighted words in the texts. Check your 3 A visit to the future
understanding. Use a dictionary if necessary.
4 Two young people are looking for things
to do in Tokyo. Match the people with attractions A–C. Fun attractions in Tokyo! A Sophie Why not take Sophie’s been in Tokyo for a break from
a week. She’s visited lots of shopping and visit the Kyoshi café,
historical sites with her parents which is one of and has already learned a lot
Tokyo’s many pet cafés? Pet cafés are a place
about Japanese culture. On her
where people can stroke and sit with animals.
last day, which is Saturday, she would like to do
Opening times: 10.00 a.m.–10.00 p.m.;
something different, which is free of charge. She
Charge for one hour: 1,000 yen (weekdays) loves animals and technology.
1,200 yen (weekends); Children must be twelve years old or over to enter. Max
Max and his brother Sam are B
visiting his uncle in Tokyo. He’s
If you love futuristic things, you’ll love the
pleased that they’ll be able to
Naomichi Museum, a small private museum of
meet the rest of the family: his
science and technology. The main attraction uncle’s having a family get-
is Jin, a walking robot that also plays football.
together on Wednesday at 1.30. Max and Sam
So, play a game with Jin or observe the solar
want to do something before the rest of the family
system. And shop for books on science,
arrive. They’re both keen on Japanese culture. They
experiment kits and souvenirs in the museum
also love robots and enjoy shopping, but have shop.
already spent all their money!
Open daily, from 10.00 to 5.00;
adults: 620 yen, children: 210 yen;
free admission for young people aged
eighteen and under on Saturdays C
Enjoy the Japanese ceremony of bean-
throwing, which is part of the Setsubun
celebration. Setsubun celebrates the start of And
spring and the custom of throwing soya beans
5 Work in pairs. Discuss: Which of YOU
is believed to bring good luck. Sushi lovers will
the places in Exercise 2 would
be happy to taste makisushi and it’s also a
you visit if you were in Japan?
custom to eat roasted soya beans. You can Why?
also admire beautiful costumes and masks.
I would go to the bean-throwing festival
The Zojoji Temple will hold a bean-throwing
because I want to taste makisushi.
ceremony between 12.00 and 1.00 p.m. on
Wednesday 3 February. Entry is free. Unit 9 93 9.4
GRAMMAR Indirect questions I can ask questions politely.
1 Do you prefer to have friends over to
3 Study the Grammar box. Find more examples of
your house or to go and visit your friends
indirect questions in the quiz. in their own homes? Why?
Grammar Direct and indirect questions
2 Do the quiz and compare your results Wh- questions with the class. Direct: Where’s the party?
Indirect: Could you tell me where the party is? Direct: When will you be back?
Are you an ideal guest or host?
Indirect: I’d like to know when you will be back. Take the test and find out! Wh- questions with does or did
Direct: What time does the party start?
Indirect Do you have any idea what time the party
1 You have invited guests to your house, but it’s starts?
very late and you are tired. What do you say?
Direct: Where did you go after the party?
a I wouldn’t say anything. If you have invited
Indirect: I wonder where you went after the party.
some guests, you have to stay up until they want to leave. Yes / No questions b
‘I was wondering when you’re going home.
Direct: Is Tom having a birthday party? I feel sleepy.’
Indirect: Do you know if Tom is having a birthday party?
c ‘How long are you going to stay? I feel a bit Direct: Can I use your phone?
sleepy. Maybe we can meet tomorrow.’
Indirect: Do you mind if I use your phone?
d ‘Do you mind if I go to bed? You can stay
here as long as you want. Just close the door when you leave!’
4 Reorder the words to make indirect questions.
2 Your girlfriend’s / boyfriend’s parents have
invited you to dinner. They are well-known actors
1 you / tell me / how much / cost / the tickets /
and you’d like to know how much they earn. could / ? What do you say?
Could you tell me how much the tickets cost?
a ‘How much do you earn?’
2 when / the next bus / know / arrives / you / do / ?
b ‘I’d like to know how much you earn.’
3 if / have / you / I’d / to know / a boyfriend / like / .
c I would never ask such a question. You
4 any idea / who / you / she / have / do / is / ?
shouldn’t ask people about money.
d ‘Wow, you’re so famous! Are you very rich?’
5 is / how / I / wonder / expensive / it / .
3 You need the bathroom at a party. You have to
5 Write indirect questions. Use phrases from the
ask your friend’s parents. What do you say? Grammar box.
a ‘Where’s the bathroom?’ b
‘Could you tell me where the bathroom is?’ 1 How old are you?
c ‘Do you have any idea where the bathroom
Could you tell me how old you are? is?’ 2 Where are you from?
d I wouldn’t ask. I’d look for the bathroom 3 Do you like this music? myself. 4 Have you been to the UK? 5 When did you go there? 6 Did you have a good time?
6 In pairs, ask and answer about each And
situation. Use indirect questions. YOU ●
You’ve forgotten someone’s name. ●
You’re not sure what’s on the menu. ●
You need to know the way to the bus station. 94 Unit 9 9.5
LISTENING and VOCABULARY Do you enjoy firework displays?
I can identify specific details in a radio interview and talk about sounds.
1 Do you enjoy firework displays? Why? / 4
9.09 Listen again. Choose the correct options. Why not?
1 According to the presenter, China . Vocabulary Sounds
a has the most firework displays in the world.
b makes the most fireworks in the world. bang buzz cheer clap
c makes the largest fireworks in the world. crackle fizz
2 According to An Li, the first fireworks came from
These words are both verbs and nouns. . a China. b India. c Syria. 2
9.07 Match the definitions with
3 When the fireworks were made by putting powder
the words in the Vocabulary box. Listen inside a bamboo, they were and check.
a hotter. b brighter. c louder. 1 A happy crowd makes this
4 Assistants at firework displays in England wore hats noise when they shout. cheer of leaves because .
2 You hear this noise when you a it made people laugh. open a can of soft drink. b it protected their heads.
c it was an English tradition. 3 The flames of a fire make this noise.
5 Italians changed fireworks by . a making them colourful. 4 A happy crowd makes this b making them bigger. noise with their hands. c making displays safer. 5 The sound of a door slamming shut.
6 The first firework display in the United States was in
6 Bees and flies make this noise. . a 1608. b 1776. c 1777. 3
9.08 Listen to the first part of an
interview on the radio about fireworks.
5 Think of the last time you saw a firework And
When is the interview taking place?
display. In pairs, take turns to describe YOU a Thanksgiving Day the event. b New Year’s Eve ● Where was it? c Independence Day ● What did people go? ● How did you feel? Unit 9 95 9.6
SPEAKING Talking about future plans
I can use verb phrases with to-infinitives and -ing forms to talk about future plans.
4 Study the Speaking box. Find more examples in the dialogue.
Speaking Talking about future plans Asking about future plans
What are your plans for the summer / the future? What have you got planned?
Have you got any plans for the weekend? What would you like to do? What do you fancy doing? verb + to-infinitive
I’d love / like to go to India.
Phong: Have you two got any plans for the
I need to visit my grandparents. summer?
I’m planning to learn to surf this summer. An:
Wel , our family are going to Đà . I can’t wait to have a rest!
I’d love to see white sand and
I’m dying to try my new skateboard. beaches. What have you got verb + noun / -ing planned, Trúc An?
I fancy a concert / going to a concert.
Trúc Anh: I’m going back to Thailand for a
holiday. I can’t wait to see the sun Other structures again!
I wish I could go to the beach. I hope we have a good time.
Phong: I wish I could come with you!
I’m looking forward to the trip / going on a trip. Trúc Anh: In your dreams!
I feel like a swim / going for a swim.
Tommo: We’re back! Drinks for everyone! An: Thanks, guys. Bình:
No worries. Here’s to a great summer. 5
9.11 Choose the correct option. Listen I hope we all have fun. and check.
1 I’d like to get / getting a ticket for the prom.
1 How do you feel about coming to the end
2 They fancy to watch / watching the fireworks. of the school year? Why?
3 I can’t wait to go / going on holiday.
4 What have you got planned / planning for disappointed excited happy tomorrow? sad worried
5 I wish we have / could have a party. 2
6 Are you looking forward to go / going away
Look at the photo. How do you think the for the weekend? friends are feeling? 3
9.10 Listen and answer the questions. 1 What is An going to do? And
2 What is Trúc Anh going to do?
6 In pairs, talk about what you YOU
would like to do in the school
holidays. Use phrases from the
Speaking box. Then tell the class about your partner plans.
Liên is planning to go to Phú Island. 96 Unit 9 9.7
WRITING An informal invitation
I can write an email inviting a friend to a celebration.
1 Which of the information below will you give a friend
4 Study the Writing box. Complete
or relative who is coming to stay with you during
gaps 1–5 with phrases from Dan’s
the holidays? What other information might you email. include?
Writing An informal invitation
a description of your house advice on what to bring
places to go plans for things to do Starting your email How are things?
2 Read Bình’s email to Mike. Whose birthday is it?
How are your summer holidays going? 1 Offering an invitation Do you fancy coming to …? Hi Mike, Do you want to meet up …? 2
How are your summer holidays going? What have you been up to? We’re
throwing my brother Hùng a surprise twenty-first birthday party. Would Explaining your plans
you like to come? He came back from the USA yesterday and he’s staying
I’d like to show / take you …
for a couple of weeks. The party’s on Saturday 19 August at our house. I hope we can …
Mum and dad said you could stay at our house for the weekend. Do you 3 think you’ll be free? Before you finish
On the Sunday after the party we’re planning to go to the Atlantis Đầm I hope you can come.
Sen Park. It’s absolutely amazing there! So, you could do with some
I’ m really looking forward to seeing you
swimming trunks. We could hang out with my cousins. Do you remember (again).
them? They’ll be at the party too. 4
By the way, you don’t need to wear anything smart to the party – you can Ending your email
wear whatever you want. I hope you can come. Let me know as soon as Hope to see you soon. possible! 5 Speak soon, Bình Writing Time
3 Read the email again and mark the sentences T (true) or F (false).
6 Write an email of 100-120 words
inviting a friend to a celebration of 1
Hùng doesn’t know about the party.
your family. In your email, you should: 2
Hùng’s in the USA at the moment. ● 3
Mike has met Bình’s cousins before. ask your friend how they are. ● 4
Mike needs to near smart clothes to offer an invitation. ● the party.
give details of where and when the celebration is taking place. ● add some details to the
invitation which will help persuade your friend. TIPS
In an informal email, your language
can be quite chatty. For example,
it’s natural to ask questions. You can
use exclamation marks too, but be careful: don’t use too many. Unit 9 97
GLOSSARY Festival and holidays adj: adjective n: noun np: noun phrase v: verb vp: verb phrase p: phrase anniversary /ˌænəˈvɜːsəri/ n dịp kỉ niệm
Mother’s Day /ˈmʌðəz deɪ/ np ngày của mẹ bang /bæŋ/ n vụ nổ, national /ˈnæʃənəl np biểu tượng cú đập mạnh symbol ˈsɪmbəl/ quốc gia buzz /bʌz/
n / v tiếng kêu vo vo, parade /pəˈreɪd/ n cuộc diễu hành tạo âm thanh public np ngày nghỉ vo vo /ˌpʌblɪk holiday ˈhɒlədi/ lễ chung champagne /ʃæmˈpeɪn/ n rượu sâm banh religious /rɪˈlɪdʒəs np nghi lễ tôn giáo crackle /ˈkrækəl/ n tiếng kêu rắc ceremony ˈserəməni/ dinner party rickshaw /ˈrɪkʃɔː/ n xe kéo /ˈdɪnə ˈpɑːti/ np bữa tiệc tối school prom display /skuːl prɒm/ np tiệc cuối năm học /dɪˈspleɪ/ n / v (tiệc) trưng bày shamrock /ˈʃæmrɒk/ n cây xa trục thảo
experiment kit /ɪkˈsperəmənt kɪt/ np bộ thí nghiệm skateboard /ˈskeɪtbɔː(r)d/ n ván trượt family get- /ˈfæməli ɡet np sum họp together təˌɡeðə/ gia đình soya bean /ˈsɔɪəbiːn/ np hạt đậu nành
free of charge /friː əv tʃɑːdʒ/ p miễn phí spectator /spekˈteɪtə/ n khán giả futuristic
/ˌfjuːtʃəˈrɪstɪk/ adj dành cho tương stroke /strəʊk/ n cú đánh lai, rất hiện đại tradition /trəˈdɪʃən/ n truyền thống
house-warming /haʊs ˈwɔːmɪŋ np tiệc tân gia traditional /trəˈdɪʃənəl np trang phục party ˈpɑːti/ costume ˈkɒstjʊ:m/ truyền thống leaving party /ˈliːvɪŋ ˈpɑːti/ bữa tiệc chia tay tuxedo /tʌkˈsiːdəʊ/ n áo đuôi tôm VOCABULARY IN ACTION
1 Use the glossary to complete the sentences. 3
9.02 PRONUNCIATION Listen. For each 1 A funeral is a ceremony in many
phrase, draw a line between the words that parts of the world. (RELIGION) link together.
2 My parents expected me to choose a 1 let off fireworks modern, bike. (FUTURE) 2 put up decorations 3 Labour's Day is a holiday in many 3 blow out candles countries. (NATION) 4 make a toast 5 throw a street party 4 Handbok is a costume in Korea. (TRADITION)
4 Match the words in Exercise 3 that link
2 Use the glossary to find:
together with their pronunciation. a
1 something that makes little noise: .. /ɵrəʊwə/ b
2 a formal dance given by a school: .. /letᴅf/ c
3 a group of people walking in public places: .. /pʊtəp/ d
4 a phrase that means ‘without having to pay’: .. /meɪkə/ e /bləʊwaʊt/ 98 Unit 9 Revision VOCABULARY
4 We met Dina. Her albums have sold millions of copies.
1 Complete the words in the sentences.
5 We’re going to stay on the island. My parents
1 My parents love cooking and they often invite friends over for a got married there.
d i n n e r p a r t y.
2 We’ve just moved into a new house and we’re having a h -w
4 Circle the correct option. p .
1 Can you tell me what time the lesson starts /
3 She got a new job, so we threw her a
does the lesson start? l p on her last day.
2 Do you have any idea where is Anna / Anna is? 4 Every M ’ D we give our mum breakfast in bed!
3 I was wondering who you saw / did you see after the cinema. 5 My n d is 25 November.
Everyone cal ed Katerina celebrates on
4 Could you tell me why are you / you are late? this day.
5 Do you know if they live / do they live here?
6 When my cousin got married, they had
6 I was wondering where did you buy / you their w r
bought that shirt – I’d love to have one. in a big hotel. SPEAKING
2 Choose the correct option. 5
9.13 Complete the dialogues with the
1 In your country, what things are
correct form of the verbs in brackets. Listen
supposed to bring / make good and bad
and check. Then talk about your plans for the luck? weekend.
2 At what times of the year do you usual y
put up / wrap decorations in your house?
A: What are your plans for the weekend?
3 When did you last throw / make a party?
B: I’m planning 1to visit (visit) my cousin in
4 Do you usual y make a wish when you London. I can’t wait 2 (see) him.
let off / blow out the candles on your What about you? birthday cake? A: I need 3 (finish) my French essay.
5 Have you ever hired / celebrated a limo?
C: What have you got planned for the holidays?
D: Nothing much. I could do with 4 GRAMMAR
(have) some rest after the exams. I just need 5 3 (relax). What about you?
Join the sentences using relative pronouns. Add commas where necessary. C: I’m planning 6 (go) surfing in
1 This is the Rex Hotel. We had our prom Greece. I dream of 7 (try out) my here. new surfboard.
This is the Rex Hotel, where we had our prom.
2 I like these shoes. My mum bought them for me.
3 Mia is a friend. I met her at a New Year’s Eve party. Unit 9 99 CLIL
CLEAN CITY Sorting waste
1 Look at the picture. Can you draw a line from the item to the correct bin? FOOD SORTING GUIDE C.01
The Law on Environmental Protection
in Việt Nam, under Clause 1 of Article
75, mandates that daily household
solid waste must be classified
into three categories: Solid waste
capable of being reused or recycled;
Food waste; Other domestic solid waste. 100 CLIL
2 Read the text and put the following words into the right collumn: leftovers napkins
cardboard electronic equipment fruit peels newspapers light bulbs lead
magazines aluminium cans T-shirts paint paper
plastic bags plastic bottles vegetable skins steel cans writing / copy paper cutlery batteries metal bottles and jars
Solid waste capable of being reused or recycled Food waste Other domestic solid waste Paper Plastic Aluminum / metal Miscellaneous
3 PROJECT Work in groups. Make a video or a poster about how group members classify household
waste in a week (From Day 1 to Day 7). Then search the Internet to find out waste collection points
in your area. Create a PowerPoint presentation about what you did and what you have learnt from doing this project.
Solid waste capable of being reused or recycled
This type of waste is further classified into 4 categories:
(1) paper including discarded paper, newspapers, magazines, receipts, cardboard, drink cartons, and anything
else made of paper that’s dry / uncontaminated
(2) plastic including bottles, plastic bags, wraps, cutlery, and anything else made of plastic such as polystyrene food containers
(3) aluminum / metal including cans, steel utensils, etc.
(4) miscellaneous including glass / ceramic wares (bottles, pots, etc.); electronics (batteries, calculators,
phones, wires, cables, light bulbs, and small electrical items; fabric / shoes / rubber / leather (T-shirts,
handbags, sneakers, rubber gloves, etc.) Food waste
The items falling under this category consist of fruit
peels, leftovers, vegetable skins, undercooked food, and coffee or tea powder. FOR
Other domestic solid waste
The items included in this category are food, and
soiled / wet materials like hygiene items, used diapers
HOUSEHOLD and tissues; synthetic sanitary napkins, adult and baby
diapers, and dirty napkins, linens, bedding.
On August 25, 2022, a new regulation came into force WASTE IN
with the introduction of Decree No. 45/2022/ND-CP.
This decree states that individuals who violate domestic
waste sorting can face fines ranging from 500,000 VND VIỆT NAM
(21.4 USD) to 1 million VND (42.8 USD). CLIL 101 CLIL HISTORY The iconic bridge of Hà Nội
1 More than a century ago, on 2 Since its early construction, the bridge has 3 Today, the bridge is used
September 12, 1898, construction
witnessed many changes in Hà Nội from for trains, motorcycles,
began on the first steel bridge crossing
the past to present. Throughout its history, the bicycles and pedestrians only.
the Red River in Hà Nội. Thousands of bridge has served as a significant transportation
Local and international tourists
Vietnamese workers worked on this link. During wartime, it assisted local residents enjoy walking across on the
project, using various materials, such in transporting rice from the North to Northern
bridge and taking photos of its
as lime stone, ironwood blocks, and Central areas of Việt Nam. Torn down by breathtaking views, especial y at
cement. The project was completed in bombs, it was quickly repaired so that people sunrise or sunset. Local lifestyle
1902, making it one of the four greatest
could continue using it as a connection point can also be seen in fruit markets
bridges in the world at the time.
to transport goods. The bridge was renamed at the foot of the bridge. Long Biên in 1954.
1 Look at the photo. Work in groups.
3 Which paragraph mentions historic importance
Discuss if you know the answers to the of the bridge? following questions.
4 Which paragraph mentions the number of workers building the project? ● What is its name?
5 Which paragraph mentions the type of goods ● Where is it located? transfered on the bridge? ● When was it constructed? ● What is it famous for?
4 PROJECT Make a brochure or a video about 2
C.02 Read and listen to the text
Long Biên Bridge. Present it to the class. In the
about the iconic bridge of Hà . Find
poster / video, you can answer the following
the answers to the questions in Exercise 1.
questions and add your own ideas. ●
What was the first name of the bridge?
3 Read the text again. Answer the ● How long is the bridge? following questions: ●
How many times was it damaged during the 1 Which paragraph mentions war?
architectural importance of the ●
How can you get to the bridge from Hà ’s bridge? city center?
2 Which paragraph mentions cultural importance of the bridge? 102 CLIL CLIL
GEOGRAPHY Wonders of Nam
Phú Quốc Island, the largest Thơm Beach
island in Việt Nam, is situated Rạch Tràm Beach Một Islet in a 22-island archipelago in Rạch Vẹm Beach Gành Dầu Beach
the Gulf of Thailand. It belongs Thạnh Thới Ferry Vinpearl Land Dài Beach Phú Quốc National Park
to Kiên Giang Province, about Móng Tay Islet
45 kilometers west of Hà Tiên Vũng Bầu Beach Cửa Cạn Beach
and 120 kilometers southwest of Rạch Ông Lang Beach
Giá. The island spans over an area of 574 Dương Đông Town square kilometers. Hàm Ninh
The island has a tropical climate with warm Bãi Vòng Wharf Trường Beach Vòng Beach
temperatures ranging between 24 and 34oC Pearl Farm
all year round. It has two distinct seasons: the
dry season (November – April) is defined by lots Sao Beach Khem Beach
of sun and low humidity, and the rainy season An Thới Port Ông Đội Cape Dăm Trong Islet
(May – October) is marked by heavy rains and high Dừa Islet Dăm Ngoài Islet Rơi Islet humidity. Thơm Islet
Phú Quốc Island is home to a diverse population of Thổ Chu Island
around 120,000 people, comprising Kinh, Hoa, and
Khmer people and a number of ethnic minority groups such as the
Chăm and the Khmer Krom. The islanders mainly live in the towns of
Dương Đông, An Thới, and Cửa Cạn.
Phú Quốc Island is wel -known for its sandy beaches, coral reefs, and
dense forests. Mount Chúa is the highest point on the island, which
stands at the height of 603 meters. The island is surrounded by clear
blue waters that are home to a variety of marine life, including fish,
(Source: https://gis.chinhphu.vn/) turtles, and dolphins.
1 Work in pairs. Circle Phú Island on
4 What do these numbers mean? Ask your
the map. Then write three things you know partner.
and three things you want to know about 120 603 574 Phú Island. 120,000 34oC 45
2 In pairs, locate the following words in the
5 PROJECT Make a digital or paper travel
text. Guess what they mean and / or check brochure about Côn Island. Then present with the dictionary.
your travel brochure to the class. Use the dense tropical
following questions to guide you. archipelago marine life ●
What are famous tourist attractions on humidity Côn Island? 3
C.03 Read and listen to the text ●
What activities can tourists do on this island?
and answer the questions. Compare your answers with a partner. ●
How can people get there from Hà and Chí Minh City? 1 Where is Phú Island? 2 What is the weather on Phú Island like? 3 Who live on the Island? 4 What is Phú ’s terrain characterized by? CLIL 103 CLIL CULTURE Explore Canada
1 Read about Canada. What is the most
3 In pairs, answer the questions.
important language in each region?
1 What are the most popular places in your 1 Ontario
country for visitors from other countries? 2 Quebec
2 Are there regions in your country where the 3 Nunavut
country’s official language isn’t the main language? 2
C.04 Read about Canada again.
3 What food is your country or region
Complete the sentences with place names. famous for?
1 The capital city of Canada is .
4 Are there any regions where not many people
2 The Niagara Fal s is a popular place for
live? Why don’t more people live there? visitors in the region. 4 PROJECT
3 A lot of maple syrup comes from
Make a leaflet about three cities in .
Nam. Use questions in Exercise 3 and the Canada examples to help you. 4 People in the town of don’t see
the sun for four months in winter. Ontario C A N A D A
Canada’s biggest city, Toronto, and its capital,
Ottawa, are in this region. Here, as in most of
Canada, English is the most important language. A
lot of people come here to visit the Niagara Falls and the Great Lakes. Quebec
Canada’s second biggest city, Montreal, is here.
Most people in Quebec speak French and about
forty percent want Quebec to be an independent
country. Most of Canada’s famous maple syrup
comes from this region. Canadians love eating it
with pancakes and even have the leaf of the maple tree on their flag. Continent North America Population 35 million
Offcial languages English, French Currency Canadian dollar Nunavut Favourite sport Ice hockey
Nunavut is the biggest region in Canada, but only
33,000 people live there. There are no trees and the
land and sea are frozen for most of the year. It is
Canada is the world’s second
easier to travel by snowmobile than by car. At Grise
largest country, but a lot of
Fiord, the furthest north of Nunavut’s towns, there
the land in the centre and
are four months without daylight in winter and four
north is empty. Canada is
months without night in summer. Most people in
famous for its cold winters
Nunavut are Inuit. They speak the Inuit language,
and beautiful mountains.
but they don’t live in igloos. They have houses with TVs and the Internet. 104 CLIL CLIL
SCIENCE The immune system
1 Work in pairs. What system in our body
3 Read the text again and answer these questions.
protects us from diseases? What do you
1 What is the role of the immune system? know about it?
2 What are the role of white blood cel s?
3 What is the role of lymph nodes?
4 What should we do to help our immune system stay strong?
4 PROJECT Work in groups. Read the diagram
below and find more information from the
Internet. Make a poster to explain how the
immune response works. Use your own words.
Then present the poster to the class.
2 Look up the dictionary for the meanings of the shield spreading blood cells
words and phrases. Then complete the text antibody infection lymph nodes with these words. germs immune system C.05
Our body has a special system caled the 1 that
protects us from getting sick. It's like a 2
that keeps We also have 7 . They are
like filters that catch germs and stop us safe from 3 and diseases. them from 8 . When there is an
infection, the lymph nodes tell our body
The immune system has different parts that work together to to make more white blood cels and
keep us healthy. One important part is white 4 . They antibodies to fight it.
are like superheroes that travel through our body and fight off 5
. When we get sick, white blood cel s help us get better.
To keep our immune system strong,
we need to take care of ourselves.
Another important part is 6
. These are special proteins Eating healthy food, staying active, and
that find and destroy harmful germs. When our body gets a washing our hands help our immune
new germ, it makes antibodies to fight it. These antibodies stay in system stay strong and protect us from
our body and remember how to fight the germ if it comes back. getting sick. CLIL 105 STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
Unit 5 Lesson 5.6 Exercise 3
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1 K9qfR7MiCdBZPgGJFDcTiFIXOqt fZCrg/view?usp=sharing 106